UNIV OF YorOnTO LIBRARY Tae ea SN ONCOL 4 1, | 1 ey re WP LNe | i ip Vn Daca THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) CONDUCTED BY CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.RB.S., F.LS., F.G.S., JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., V.P.Z.8. &c., WILLIAM S. DALLAS, F.L.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S. VOL. HI.—FOURTH SERIES. ~ 7 Be eee \ O LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND co.; KENT AND CO., BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH ; HODGES AND SMITH, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1869. “ Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potenti testes, divitix felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris ; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ; A yeré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linn avs. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”’—BruckNER, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. Wg: loo Wa be ... . The sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. = ‘<4 CONTENTS OF VOL. III. [FOURTH SERIES. | NUMBER XIII. I. On the Structure of the Diatomaceous Frustule, and its Genetic Cycle. By Joun Dents Macponatp, M.D., F.R.S., Staff-Surgeon, ane CE Letter BEL Vis es nein PM oe ons, oe ER lee wa eee II. On Physalia and certain Scombroid (?) Fish which are fre- quently associated with it in Tropical and Subtropical Seas. By G. ie VA Sh 2s JN BP) ak Pg oo ones Oe a a III. Description of some new Species of Fossil Ferns from the Bournemouth Leaf-bed. By A. Wanxtyn, B.A., Sidney Sussex Woellcce, Crmirtage.. Celsibe Ly coc... croscnc cis ce eos 0 siaueld o's 5 tree's IV. Investigation of the Freshwater Crustacea of Belgium. By Be EU ACA = CRITE GE REL.) re. cye.ch ach) dumps eas 06% apevess 0b nin o:xs V. Description of a Siliceous Sand-Sponge found on the South- east Coast of Arabia. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &. ......-..... VI. Descriptions of several new Species of Nymphalidian Rhopa- locera. By Anruur G. Butter, F.L.S.,F.Z.S., &c. (Plate IX.).. Woes Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Alcyonoid Corals in the British Museum. By Dr. J. KE. Gray, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., LEON” O& 5 to +745 of an inch in diameter*. On this, or, rather, imbedded cn this composite filament, the acontia- sacs are distributed. * A specimen of a piece of the preserved tentacle, mounted on an ordi- nary slide in Canada balsam, without further preparation, is to be seen in the cabinet presented by me to the Royal Microscopical Society. certain associated Scombroid Fish. 9 But the most singular phenomenon connected with Physalia consists in its power of slowly and steadily depressing its pneu- matophore from its normal erect position to a position which is horizontal, or, in other words, till the pneumatophore rests on one of its sides on the surface of the water. The act of eleva- tion or depression occupies from eight to ten seconds or there- about, and takes place as soon as the creature comes abreast of the bows of the ship, the state of depression continuing until it is abreast of the stern. I have so repeatedly witnessed this wonderful occurrence in moderately calm weather, at distances varying from a few feet to thirty or even fifty yards, that I should feel inclined to attribute it to some subtle influence produced either by molecular vibration in the water during the transit of the vessel, or to some equally subtle vibration com- municated to the pneumatophore through the intervening atmosphere. The last, however, is, in all probability, the most rational way of accounting for it, inasmuch as the com- mencement of the depression takes place, in many instances, apparently quite beyond the reach of the surface-disturbance of the water, which causes a series of advancing waves ahead of the ship. I would also take the opportunity of confirming what Mr. Collingwood says regarding the small fishes which he saw accompanying Physalia, having not only observed them over and over again, but captured them in some numbers in my casting-net thrown from the main-chains or the main-gangway port. Indeed, in a paper communicated by me, in December 1862, to ‘The Intellectual Observer,’ I distinctly drew atten- tion to this fact, and mentioned that, having submitted some sketches of the fish to Dr. Giinther of the British Museum*, he expressed his opinion that, if mature fish, and not young Scombridz, they belong in all probability to some new and unknown genus. As these fish vary in size within very re- stricted limits only (I have never seen one longer than 4 or shorter than 3 inches t), Dr. Giinther’s suggestion as to their being new to science is doubtless correct. As recorded by me, in the paper above referred to, these fish accompany Physalia just as the pilot-fish accompany the shark—in this instance swimming backwards and forwards and amongst the tentacles in such a fashion as to suggest a ‘“ co-operative” action between the two creatures, which re- sults probably in a supply of food. I may add that, on many occasions, I have also detected, adherent or creeping amongst * These sketches are now in the possession of the Microscopical Society. + Mr. Collingwood speaks of having seen them 6 inches in length (‘ Annals’ for November 1867). 10 Mr. A. Wanklyn on some new Fossil Ferns the coiled masses of the tentacles and polypites of Physalia, isopod crustaceans from about half to three-quarters of an inch in length, of a similar species to some I also occasionally ob- tained adherent to the floats of Janthina, or floating epiphytic Lepadide of the open ocean. It is further deserving of notice that both fishes and isopod crustaceans invariably presented the brilliant blue markings visible on the tentacles and polypite masses of Physalia—and, lastly, that, on placing specimens of Physalia on a piece of cardboard immediately after capture, I have seen a slow rolling movement of the pneumatophore con- tinue to take place for upwards of an hour, and, indeed, until its wall had actually shrivelled with the heat. The slow and rolling nature of this action gave me the distinct impression, at the time, that it was due to vital (probably muscular) con- tractility, and not merely mechanical. IlI.—Description of some new Species of Fossil Kerns from the Bournemouth Leaf-bed. By A. WANKLYN, B.A., Sidney Sussex College, Cambridge. [Plate I.] In the spring of 1867, Admiral Sulivan was kind enough to show me some specimens of ferns which he had obtained from the Bournemouth leaf-bed. Since then I have endeavoured to obtain sufficient data for the determination of these ferns. This I have done with regard to the ferns most commonly found, which I now propose to figure and describe. I also figure two other ferns, which differ from these, but of which I have only been able to find the specimens from which the drawings are made. Few patches of clay in this district are entirely without traces of leaves; their absence at any particular spot seems to be due, not so much to a scarcity of leaves when the strata were deposited as to the fact of the matrix having been un- favourable to their preservation. The ferns, however, seem to be very local. I have only heard of their being found at one place in this district ; and there they occur in great abundance. In the section exposed in 1867 there were two or three layers, each about an inch in thickness, which consisted of dicotyledonous leaves and fronds of ferns matted together. Beneath these there was usually a thin stratum of sand a few lines in thickness. The state of preservation of the ferns varies with the nature of the deposit. Where the matrix is sandy, the carbonaceous matter has almost disappeared, and often only the cast of the from the Bournemouth Leaf-bed. 11 frond remains; where it is a close and compact clay, the impressions of the upper and lower epidermis are preserved, and owe their colour to the decomposition of the mtervening tissues. The veins are represented by channels which often contain the remains of fibre. Their distinctness depends upon the relative decomposition of the tissues. Where the vegetable matter has been quickly and entirely removed, the specimens present only indistinct traces of the venation ; if, on the other hand, the matrix is charged with carbonaceous matter, the veins are lost in the substance of the frond, and leave no traces on the impressions. It seems probable that these beds were deposited in a shallow estuary. Large masses of wood are to be found in the cliffs so honeycombed by Teredo as to leave but the thinnest parti- tions between the tubes. In strata deposited under estuarine conditions, we cannot look for a continuous record of events, because, although the accumulation of the materials may have been the work of ages, yet their final arrangement may have been effected in a comparatively short space of time. With the exception of the Teredo-borings, few traces of animal life are to be found. Remains of insects from the pipe-clay at Corfe have been figured in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society,’ in a paper by Mr. Prestwich. I have lately obtained from Bournemouth a fragment of an insect, which Mr. Dallas has kindly undertaken to determine if possible. The ferns of which I have obtained sufficiently good speci- mens for description are closely allied to the recent subgenus Mertensia of the genus Gleichenia. Subgenus MERTENSITES (nobis). Stipes repeatedly dichotomous (Pl. I. fig. 2), the ultimate branches bearing simply forked pinne (figs. 10,c). Veins somewhat prominent, venules free. Sori near the middle of the two exterior venules of each fasciculus (fig. 1g). Capsules sessile, deciduous, arranged round a punctiform receptacle. Mertensites hantoniensis (nobis). PI. I. figs. 1 a-g. Stipes rounded; ultimate branches with a pair of pinnae; pinne lanceolate pinnatifid; segments linear-acute, quite entire. Capsules globose, longitudinally striated, eight to ten in number. This is the fern of which I have obtained the greatest num- ber of specimens. The largest in my collection are from 5 to 6 inches in length. It is difficult to arrive at the entire length 12 M.F. Plateau on the Freshwater Crustacea of Belgium. of the pinne, as it is not easy to separate them from the leaves, and I have not yet seen an entire specimen. Mertensites crenata (nobis). Pl. I. fig. 3. Seements of the pinne crenato-lobate and rather broader than those of MW. hantoniensis. This species is much rarer than the preceding. I have a specimen which indicates a pinna 4 inches broad. It seems to be altogether on a larger scale than M. hantoniensis. Croziers and fragments of stipites belonging to one or other of these species have been found; the stipites would indicate a fern probably 4 to 5 feet in length. I hope at some future time to obtain specimens which will enable me to determine the rarer forms, figs. 4a, 6, and 5. All that I can say of them is that fig. 4 seems to be allied to Lindseea or Adiantum, and fig. 5 to some genus of Cyathee. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1 a. Part of pinna of M. hantoniensis, showing the venation. 16,¢,d,e. Ultimate branches, showing the habit of growth. lf,g. Fructification. (1g is enlarged.) Fig. 2. Stipes of Mertensites (reduced one-half). Fig. 3. Part of pinna of M. crenata. Figs. 4.a,6. Adiantum? Fig. 5. Cyathee ? 1V.—Investigation of the Freshwater Crustacea of Belgium. By FEtrx Piareau. (First Part.) * THE study of the little freshwater Crustacea, already carried so far by Miiller, Jurine, and Straus, was resumed in 1837 by the English zoologist Baird, who extended the circle of our knowledge with regard to them, and set himself to describe the species (especially of the genus Cypris) which are met with in England. I have made some investigations of the same kind in Bel- gium, which, wedged in between France, Holland, and Ger- many, has a fauna partaking of those of these three countries, and consequently very rich. The present memoir, which is only the first part of my work, contains the results of my anatomical and physiological obser- vations upon the genera Gammarus, Lynceus, and Cypris, as also a list of the species of these genera which are met with in Belgium. In this summary I shall leave this list unnoticed. I may state, however, that the number of species which it con- tains is distributed as follows:—three for the genus Gammarus, * For this abstract, as also for a copy of the original memoir, from “Tome xxxiv. des Mémoires couronnés publiés par l’Académie de Belgique,” we are indebted to the author.—W. F. M. F. Plateau on the Freshwater Crustacea of Belgium. 13 six for the genus Lynceus, and twenty-three for the genus Cypris; and among these last a species which I believe to be new, and for which I propose the name of C. quadripartita. As regards my anatomical and physiological researches, the following are the results which I consider new. Gammarus puteanus, Koch, is, as is well known, a singular animal, which lives exclusively in subterranean pieces of water, and its eyes are rudimentary and destitute of pigment. I have made some experiments on the sensibility of the eves of Gam- marus puteanus ; and it appears from these experiments that light hurts them, as is the case in nocturnal animals, and that. the Gammarus even flies from diffused light, taking refuge under the shadow of opaque bodies which may be offered to it for this purpose. Since the time of Miiller the genus Lynceus had never been the subject of any general work. I have taken up the ana- tomical study of these little animals, paying particular atten- tion to the facts neglected by Miiller and other authors. In my memoir I pass in review :—1. The form of the antenne of the first and second pairs; the latter do not originate here, as in the Daphnia, from the outer sides of the head, but beneath the margin of the beak. 2. The form of the body, properly so called, which includes only seven segments. 3. The struc- ture of the rudimentary eye or black point, and of the true eye. I show that the true eye, contrary to what is stated in this re- spect by Rathke with regard to the Daphnia, is at first repre- sented in the embryo by a pigment-mass supporting a sort of entire nucleus ; the mass and nucleus divide into two distinct parts, and by their subsequent development become reunited by their inner faces. 4. The digestive apparatus: the maxille of the Lyncet are triturant, and bear a crown of conical asperities ; the digestive tube is not uniform in the greater part of its extent, but we find in it an cesophagus, a first dilatation into which opens a diverticulum corresponding to the ceca of the Daphnia, a large sac with glandular walls, which I shall call the stomach, a slender intestine forming several convolutions, already represented by Miiller, and, finally, a straight large intestine inflated like the colon in man. 5. The feet, or respiratory limbs. The limbs of the Lynce?, in addition to the antennary rami, consist of five pairs, which, however, are far from being constructed upon a uniform plan ; they may be divided as follows :—natatory feet with a rudi- mentary respiratory vesicle, and furnished with a flat disk for striking the water; feet destined to produce a current of water between the valves, also with rudimentary respiratory vesicles, but furnished with long, rigid sete; and exclusively respira- 14 M.F. Plateau on the Freshwater Crustacea of Belgium. tory feet, with enormous respiratory vesicles, and with scarcely any sete. 6. The male and female reproductive apparatus. I have discovered the male of L. trigonellus and rediscovered that of L. lamellatus; they differ from the females by their smaller size, their more elongated body, and by the consider- able size of the antenne of the first par. The essential part of the reproductive organs consists of a membranous sac on the inner surface of the penultimate joint of the tail, contaiming two sacciform glands, slightly constricted in the middle, and each furnished with a wide and short excretory duct; these two ducts open at the base of the caudal lamina. Spermato- zoids are frequently met with in the fecundated females ; these are, like those of the Daphnie, fusiform bodies with a membranous border. The female apparatus of the Lyncet greatly resembles that of the Daphnie; the winter eggs, which the incubatory cavity contains at certain periods of the year, are not enclosed in a common ephippium, but there is a membranous capsule or distinct ephipprum for each ege. Straus Diirckheim, in a memoir which has justly become celebrated, has given in much detail the anatomy of Cypris fusca; but he had never seen anything but ovaries in the in- dividuals which he examined, which led him, like Ramdohr, Treviranus, and many others, to regard the Cyprides as her- maphrodites. In 1850, M. Zenker indicated the existence of distinct males. In 1854 he described in detail their sexual organs—consisting of two testes represented by masses of cecal tubes, of two cylindrical glands of very complicated structure (glandule mucose), the secretion from which serves to form the spermatophores, and, lastly, of two corneous sacs, enclosing a corneous penis and hooks, or excitative organs, which are also corneous. Having myself rediscovered the males of Cypris monacha, and studied great numbers of the females and young of other species, [have been able to verify most of M. Zenker’s observations, and to add some new facts to those made known by him. These new facts are as follows :—The mucus-glands of the male C. monacha, contrary to what is stated by M. Zenker, present a temporary sacciform prolongation, which is some- times found filled with spermatophores. The place of forma- tion of the spermatophores is not the deferent canal of each testis, but the central canal of the corresponding mucus-gland. The free spermatozoids (that is to say, destitute of the envelopes of the spermatophore) may be classed in two groups: those of the first group are filiform, without dilatation of any kind; and those of the second, which are met with in C. ovwm, and per- haps in O. punctata, are furnished at one of their extremities Mr. H. J. Carter on a Stliceous Sand-Sponge. 15 with an inflation, which is constricted in the middle and set on at a right angle upon the principal stem, like the handle of a walking-stick. The copulation of the Cyprides appears to take place in the mud. M. Zenker has described, in the females, two pyriform sacs (receptacula seminis) in which the spermatozoids are stored up; these, according to him, com- municate by two excretory canals with the oviducts. Accord- ing to my observations, the canals in question simply open at the base of the tail. Although the young Cyprides undergo no metamorphosis like those of a great number of other Crustacea, I have found that the form of the valves in the young of many species is the opposite of that observed in the adults. Bose and Straus succeeded in keeping Cyprides in wet mud for a period of time which they do not particularize. I have repeated the same experiment, and found that this time did not exceed eight days, and that many other small aquatic ani- mals, such as Cyclops, Hydrachna, Nais, and the larve of Diptera, possessed the same power of resisting for a long time a nearly complete privation of water. V.—Description of a Siliceous Sand-Sponge found on the South-east Coast of Arabia. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e. Tethya dactyloidea (mihi). Mammilliform, elongated, date-shaped, fixed, erect, fleshy, tough ; surface smooth above, becoming hispid with recurved spines below; colour reddish brown, purplish. Upper extremity obtuse, round, perforated at the point by a circular aperture or vent separated into five divisions by as many septa ex- tending from the circumference to a central union. Lower extremity terminating in a bundle of loose, soft, spiculiferous, keratose filaments, which, tending to a spiral arrangement, finally spread out root-like into the sand beneath. Hollow internally for the purpose of receiving the contents of the excretory system of canals, which, ramifying through the cortical fleshy body, thus empty themselves into the cloacal cavity, somewhat constricted at the vent, already de- scribed. Spicules fusiform, pointed at each end, or with one extremity terminating in a trifid extension. Body of sponge 14 inch long and § inch broad; pedicel 1 inch long. Hab. Sea, south-east coast of Arabia, in shallow sandy bottom near shore. Obs. This is a siliceous sponge growing erect on the sand, 16 Mr. H. J. Carter on a Siliceous Sand-Sponge. to which it is attached by a loose flocculent bundle of filaments partially twisted into a spiral arrangement, either from the effect of currents or the instinct of the organism, or both. More detail I cannot offer, as I have given away the specimen. There is a bright yellow sponge of the same kind, but erowing in groups on the sandy bottom of the Mahim estuary, off the Island of Bombay. Of this I possess no record what- ever ; and the specimens were given away with that of Tethya dactyloidea. I found many specimens of Tethya on the south-east coast of Arabia, opposite to Ras Abu Ashrin, close to the north-east end of the Island of Masira, where the land presents an ex- panse, unbounded to the view, of white, dome-shaped, calca- reous sand-hills, upwards of 100 feet high, forming the soutnern part of the great Desert of Akhaf, with a very shallow shore and soft sandy bottom extending for many miles out to sea. Some of the specimens were alive, others dead, some floating and free, others fixed to the few black basaltic rocks which here and there skirt this otherwise all-white and desolate coast, but most among the exuvie in the little bay at this point, where, upon the stoneless and barren strand, lay heaped toge- ther a mass of drift, looking more like an accumulation of great bushes than zoophytes, which on my arrival they proved to be. Here I saw more Tethyade than on any other part of the coast. Those which were growing on the rocks adhered with such pertinacity, and were so rigid and unyielding in structure, that I could only get them off piece by piece with a hammer and chisel. Like Actiniz, molestation appeared to increase their rigidity. It might be assumed that the soft sandy nature of the shore and sea-bottom on this part of the coast of Arabia is peculiarly well adapted for the habitat of sponges generally and zoophytes, of which the enormous amount of drift on the strand bore ample testimony. The specimens of Tethya, as already stated, are found globu- lar and floating, or hemispherical and fixed to the rocks, or shaped like the one above described, throwing out a number of radical fibres coral-like into the sand beneath, thus differing from those Spongiade which seek a purer situation on the sloping or undersides of rocks, where foreign particles fall off rather than upon them. Calcareous Sponges. The spicules of Grantia ciliata among the Calcareous Sponges, as well as those of Gorgonia and those of Operculina On new Species of Nymphalidian Rhopalocera. Nii arabica among the Foraminifera that | have examined, have no central canal, in which they thus decidedly differ from the spicules of the Siliceous Sponges. are go Fig 3 Fig.1. Zethya dactyloidea, natural size: a, body; 6, pedicel; c, root, or filamentous extension into the sand. Fig. 2. Upper extremity, showing vent septated. Fig. 3. Vertical section of same, showing vent, cloacal cavity, and termi- nation of excretory canals. Fig. 4, Trifid spicule. VI.—Descriptions of several new Species of Nymphalidian Rhopalocera. By ArtTHUR G. BuTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. [Plate 1X.] TuE following species would, according to the arrangement of Lepidoptera given in Westwood & Hewitson’s ‘Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ belong to three distinct families; but these divisions, according to Bates, must be regarded as subfamilies of one large group. Family Nymphalide (Westwood, part.), Bates. Subfamily Hzzrcovrvx, Bates. Genus Heticontus, Fabricius. 1. Heliconius Zelinde, sp.nov. Pl. IX. fig. 1. ¢. Alz supra fusce, area basali nigrescente certo situ cerulescente : Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 2 18 Myr. A. G. Butler on several new antice fascia (vel potius plaga) disco-discoidea ochraceo- flavida abbreviata ad nervulum primum medianum extensa, a yenis nigris interrupta et a macula cuneiformi nigra in discocellulares dis- rupta ; punctis tribus apud apicem oblique positis albidis, aliisque subanalibus cinereis squamosis: postice fascia costali ochracea, punctis tribus squamosis subapicalibus squamisque nonnullis ana- libus inter venas marginalibus cinereo-albis: corpus nigrum albido pre punctatum. Ale anticee subtus area disco-costali fusca; area interna tricolorata, in cella grisea, infra venam medianam et nervulum primum pal- lide fusca, deinde pallide cinerea; plaga superna permagna sericeo- alba, maculis punctisve octo marginalibus increscentibus et qua- tuor decrescentibus submarginalibus apicalibus niveis: postice fuscze costa basali sericeo-flava; fascia indistincta coste sub- parallela alteraque undata magis distincta margini anali subparal- lela, ferrugineis ; maculis tribus subapicalibus lunularibus niveis, quatuorque marginalibus analibus squamosis cinereis: corpus nigro-fuscum, palpis ad basin albis; thorace flavo maculato ; ab- domine linea media squamosa ochraceo-albida. Exp. alar. une. 3}. Hab. West coast of America. B.M. Presented to the Collection by Capt. Kellett and Lieut. Wood. This species is allied to Hl. fornarina, Hewitson (from Guayaquil), but differs from it in many important particulars. 2. Heliconius primularis, sp.nov. Pl. LX. fig. 2. Alse antics supra fusce, area basali nitide cerulescente, fascia obli- qua media alteraque abbreviata obliquis sulphureo-fiavis a venis nigris intersectis, externa extus diffusa, intus bidentata : posticee area basali ceerulea nitida, apicali sulphureo-flava a venis nigris intersecta; margine externo anguste albicante, margine costali late fusca: corpus fuscum albo pre punctatum. Al subtus pallidiores, maculis in anticis una, in posticis sex coccineis; area basali fusca ; anticis linea subcostali flava, fasciaque externa ad marginem fere externum abrupte extensa, aliter velut supra: corpus fuscum, fronte nivea, palpis pedibusque primoribus late- raliter niveis. Exp. alar. une, 3, lin. 1. Hab. Guayaquil and Rio Napo. B.M. Purchased of Mr. Stevens. Most nearly allied to H. Hleuchia, Hewitson (from Bogota), but differing m the form and width of the bands in the front wings, and in having the apical area of the hind wings brim- stone-yellow in place of the narrow snowy border of Hleuchia. 3. Heliconius Zobeide, sp.nov. PI. Lae fig. 3. Ale supra nigerrime omnino cinereo nitentes; fasciis duabus anticis Species of Nymphalidian Rhopalocera. 19 obliquis, abbreviatis, niveis, interna ad venam medianam late dis- rupta, externa a venis intersecta; postice ciliis niveis: corpus fuscum pree flavo punctatum. Alse subtus fuscee, anticze margine interno pallidiore sericeo ; fasciis supernis niveis, stria subcostali basali et aliquando mediana flavis, costaque ad basin coccinea : postice striis duabus, inferiore multo longiore, punctisque duobus coccineis; ciliis niveis: corpus fus- cum flavo maculatum ; abdomine linea media, palpis pedibusque primoribus lateraliter flavis. Exp. alar. unc. 3, lin. 5. Hab. Para; B.M. Peru; Coll. Druce. Presented to the National Collection by Mrs. J. P. G. Smith. Nearly allied to H. Antiochus, Linneus, and bearing nearly the same relation to it as exists between /Z. arania, Fabricius, and its Villa-Nova representative. Subfamily Surrrmzx, Bates. Genus Ipiomorpuus, Doumet. 4, Idiomorphus Zinebi, sp.nov. Pl. LX. fig. 4. é. Al supra fusce, certo situ roseo tincte ; corpus fuscum. Alze subtus ochracez, roseo partim tinctze, lineis tribus communibus obscurioribus, duabus mediis nigro-fuscis ad costam anticarum divergentibus ; tertia pallidiore undulata submarginali: antic lineis duabus discoideis subbasalibus fuscis; apice obscuriore puncto uno alterove albis; plaga magna interna sericeo-cinerea : posticee punctis septem ocellaribus albis discalibus: corpus ochra- ceum. Exp. alar. unc. 23. Hab. Gold Coast. Coll. Swanzy. Collected by Mr. Crocker. Allied to Jdiomorphus Italus, Hewitson (from Old Calabar), but very distinct ; on the under aide more like J. Lcctus, jee Subfamily Nyupzarrz, Bates. Genus DrApEemA, Boisduval. 5. Diadema octocula, sp.nov. Pl. IX. fig. 5. @. Alw supra nigro-fusce: antice fascia postmedia obliqua ferru- ginea, ocelloque anali nigro indistincte pupillato fusco-ferrugineo cincto : postice fascia lata submarginali intus dentata ferruginea a venis nigris intersecta et puncta septem nigra ocellaria ceca inter venas includente ; linea vix distinguenda obscure ferruginea undulata marginali ; striola anali squamosa ceerulea: corpus nigro- fuscum. Alz subtus pallidiores ; fasciis striaque marginali supernis pallide roseo-albidis brunneo varlis: antic characteribus quatuor dis- coideis subcostalibus, punctis quinque subapicalibus unaque majore Ox 20 On new Species of Nymphalidian Rhopalocera. anali exruleo-albidis nigro cinctis, linea submarginali nigra: pos- tice ocellis septem nigris albido pupillatis; stria submarginali lunulari nigra, striola superna anali ceruleo-albida: corpus fuscum. Exp. alar. une. 3, lin. 4. Hab. Island of Tologa. Coll. Druce. Belongs to the Pandarus group, and would, according to Mr. Hewitson’s views, be a local variation of that species. I have not, however, seen any indication of such links between the several well-marked forms of the Pandarus group as are to be met with in the case of (Lastnassa) Bolina* (though even here I am not at present satisfied that we have only one species). The present species comes nearest to the insect figured by Mr. Hewitson (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, pl. 54. fig. 2), but differs, upon the upperside, in the ferruginous band and ocellus of the front wings, the darker margin and absence of internervular white spots in the hind wings. Genus RoMALOSOMA, Blanchard. 6. Romaleosoma Crockert, sp.nov. Pl. IX. fig. 6. Cyparissa, Doubleday (nec Cramer). 3 2. Ale supra nigre, area basali ceerulescente ; disco virescente, puncto anticis apicali albo; area anali posticis purpurascente : corpus cinereum, palpis fulvis. Als subtus ochreo virescentes; maculis marginalibus inter venas geminatis nigris, margine ipso fuscescente: anticee maculis tribus discoideis basalibus, nonnullisque disco-discoideis fasciam formanti- bus nigris fuscisque ; area interna fuscescente : postice area costali persicaria maculis sub septem mediis serie annulari positis nigris ; area inclusa virescente; area anali flavescente ; ciliis omnibus albidis: corpus ochraceo-fulvum vel fulvo-cinereum ; antennis nigris, fulvo clavatis. Exp. alar. ¢ une. 2, lin. 10; @ une. 3, lin. 4. Hab. Ashanti: ¢ ?, B.M.; g, Coll. Swanzy. 3 ¢. Purchased from the Collection of the Wesleyan Mis- sionary Society. 2. Presented by E. Doubleday, Esq. This species has long stood in the National Collection as the Cyparissa of Cramer ; the latter, however, is identical with the Cato of Fabricius. I have named it after Mr. Crocker, a gentleman acting as agent for Mr. Swanzy on the Gold Coast. * The East-Indian (Moulmein &c.) form of this species represents the true Bolina of Clerck and Linnzeus; the Bolina of recent authors will have to take the name Misippus, applied by Linnzeus to the female of that species. Dr. J. HE. Gray on new Alcyonoid Corals. 21 This gentleman, in consequence of his great taste for entomo- logy, has devoted all his spare time to the capture and study of the West-African insects within his reach, and has sent home a collection which, if not rich in novelties, can at least boast several great rarities; among the latter may be mentioned a fine pair of the handsome Diadema Dinarcha of Hewitson, Myrina Maesa, Hewits., &e. VIL.— Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Al- cyonotd Corals in the British Museum. By Dr. J. E. Gray, HW R.S.;, Ve-Zi.0:;, Oc: My nephew, Mr. W. A. Smith, sent to the British Museum some years ago a kind of Alcyonoid Coral which he collected in Garden Island near Sydney. Telesco Smithit. Coral erect, cylindrical, simple, slightly furcately branched, tubular, cartilaginous, with a thin, hard, crustaceous external coat, smooth below and marked with eight grooves and white streaks. Polype-cells short, subcylindrical, closely adpressed to the side of the stem, with eight grooves radiating from and deeper near the aper- ture. Tentacles and mouth of the polype quite retractile. Polype-cells variously disposed, even on the same stem, some- times opposite on alternate sides of the stem, at others solitary and alternate, and at others there are solitary cells in the series between the opposite ones; rarely the polype-cell on one side of the oppo- site pair is produced into a short branch bearing cells like the stem; the lower- most cells sometimes project nearly hori- zontally. Hab. Australia, Garden Island, Sydney. (W. A. Smith, Esq.) B.M. It grows erect in tufts on shells and stones, 6-8 inches high. == Telesco Smitha. The genus Te/esco may be divided into three subgenera or genera, thus :— I. TeLesco.—The coral shrub-like, fureately branched from 22 Dr. J. E. Gray on new Alcyonoid Corals. the base, the polype-cells terminating the branches and branchlets. 1. 7. aurantiaca, Lamx. Pol. Flex. t. 7. £6 (7. lutea, Lamx. Pol. Flex. 231). Australia. 2. T. ramulosa, Verrill (Cornicularia aurantiaca, Stimpson). Hongkong. 3. T. pelagica, Lamx. (Aleyonium pelagicum, Bosc; T. fruticulosa, Dana). North America. Il. TeLesceLtya. The coral erect, with successive spread- ing clusters of branches, which are ramulose on the sides. 4. T. (T.) nodosa ( Telesco? nodosa, Verrill). Loochoo. Ill. Avexerna. The coral erect, simple, with short, cylin- drical, adpressed polype-cells on the side of the stem, generally opposite each other, or scattered ; some have one or more cells produced into a short lateral branch. 5. T. (A.) Smithit. Australia, Sydney. The Museum has received from Mr. Rayner several most interesting Corals—among others, the two following Gorgo- noids with calcareous axis :-— RAYNERELLA. Coral much branched, fan-shaped, expanded in a plane; branches and branchlets pinnate; branches diverging, sub- cylindrical, slender, nearly of a uniform size; branchlets op- posite or alternate, diverging. Bark thin, with an even, very slightly corrugated surface, internally finely granular. Polype- cells prominent, roundish, close together, diverging irregularly on all sides of the slender branches; apex rather conical, con- tracted, with a central dot. Axis calcareous, hard, white, with well-marked longitudinal grooves. Raynerella aurantia. Coral orange-yellow ; branches and branchlets diverging, pinnate; branchlets ending in a broader tubercle, simple, rarely forked. Seba, Thes. iii. t. 100. £. 92 Hab, Bass’s Strait, Dewi Reef. (Rayner.) BRANDELLA. Coral very much branched, very slender, linear; branches diverging, pinnate, and nearly parallel to each other ; branch- lets pinnate, opposite or alternate, diverging at nearly right an- gles, often sinuous, inosculating, uniting the diverging parallel branches into an irregular network. Bark, when dry, very Dr. E. P. Wright on a new Genus of Gorgonide. 23 thin, almost membranaceous, smooth, and slightly wrinkled. Polype-cells on all sides of the branchlets, alternate or oppo- site, cylindrical, short, smooth externally, with a convex 8-valved top. Axis very slender, thread-like, except the main stems, calcareous, hard, pale horn-colour, very brittle. Brandella intricata. Coral fan-shaped, expanded. Stem very irregular ; branches and branchlets regularly pinnately disposed, forming an irre- gular network; some of the uppermost branchlets free. Hab. Bass’s Strait, Dewi Reef. (T. M. Rayner.) VIII.—On a new Genus of Gorgonide from Portugal. By Epwarp PercevaL Wricut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin. WHEN in Lisbon in September 1868, my friend Professor J. V. Barboza du Bocage showed me three very remarkable specimens of Alcyonarian Corals which had been taken, from a considerable depth, off the coast at Setubal. The most re- markable of these was a magnificent specimen of Paragorgia arborea (Linn.), which was several feet in height, and was in excellent preservation. A second specimen was Primnoa lepadifera (Linn.); and the third appeared to me to present some affinities to Mopsea arbusculum (Yate Johnson*), a spe- cies taken at Madeira. Professor Bocage kindly gave me a specimen for examination, accompanied by a request that, if new, I would describe it. It appears to me not only to be a new species, but to present characters that render it necessary to form a new genus for its reception. I would therefore pro- pose to characterize it as follows :— KERATOISIS, gen. nov. Coral branched, irregularly furcate ; axis jomted, composed of horny and calcareous portions ; the latter are hollow, smootht, varying considerably in length, and maintaining their form after maceration in caustic alkalies ; the branches are given off 7 ce ” from the calcareous portions. The so-called “ barky layer (ccenenchyma) is well developed, and contains a large number of calcareous spicules. The polypes are irregularly and somewhat * “Descriptions of two Corals from Madeira belonging to the Genera Primma and Mopsea,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 245, pl. 31. figs. 1 and 1 a. + Lhave only been able to examine a portion of one of the smaller branches. It is possible that the calcareous joints near the point of attachment of the stem may be striated and solid. 24 Dr. E. P. Wright on a new Genus of Gorgonide. densely grouped all round the axis; they are of large size and are completely covered with spicules, which are closely packed side by side. A variable number (nine to eleven) of long fusi- form spicules surround the apical portion of the polype, form- ing a calyx. ‘Tentacles eight, pinnately lobed. Keratoisis Graytt, n. sp. Deep water off Setubal, on the coast of Portugal*. In the Museum of the Gee of Lisbon, also the British Museum and Museum of Trinity College, Dublin. I name the species after Dr. J. E. Gray, of the British Museum. Fig. 1 represents a portion of the main axis, deprived of coenenchyma and of nearly all its polypes. Fig. 2 represents a branch, of the natural size, with the polypes. Fig. 3. A polype magnified. This Coral is of a loose irregular growth. The specimen examined by me is about one foot in length, and gives off three lateral branches: there is no apparent tendency in these to ana- * Vide Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1868, p. 427. Dr. EK. P. Wright on a new Genus of Gorgonide. 25 stomose. ‘The horny nodes are short and very much of the same length throughout; but the calcareous internodes vary con- siderably in length. ‘The whole of the stem is equally covered with polypes. ‘The ccenenchyma developes such a mass of spicules, that they may be said to form a roughened mat-like tissue over its whole surface. The spicules forming the calyx around the polypes are large and fusiform; those scattered through the barky layer are much smaller, longer than broad, and slightly irregular, and they differ from any of those figured in Kélliker’s ‘Icones.’ In the body-substance of the polypes, in what he regarded as the inner portion of the ectodermic layer, a third variety of spicules is met with: these are very small, and belong to the same generic type as those occurring in Isis hippurts (Linn.). I looked for polymorphism in this species, but it did not exist. Not only am I indebted to Prof. Bocage for the specimen figured (fig. 2), which I have presented to the British Museum, but Sig. Capello, the Assistant in the Museum of Lisbon, had the great goodness to sketch for me the portion of the coral represented in fig. 1. An interesting question now arises as to the position of this genus. All zoologists appear agreed to divide the Actinozoa with eight pinnately lobed tentacles (Alcyonaria) into the three divisions (families) of (1) Aleyonide, (2) Gorgonide, and (3) Pennatulide ; and the points of dispute are chiefly as to the rank to which these divisions are entitled, as to the ge- nera that are to be placed in them, and as to the sequence of these genera. The family Gorgonide is divided by Milne- Edwards into three subfamilies—Gorgonine, Isidine, and Corallinz ; the second of these contains the genera Isis, Mop- sea, and Melithea. Since the publication of the ‘ Histoire des Coralliaires ’ (1857), many new genera belonging to this family have been published by Dr. J. E. Gray and others; and Dr. J. E. Gray published the first part of a ‘Synopsis of the barked Corals” in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1857 (pp. 278-294). This synopsis was not completed ; but all interested in this subject will be glad to know that Dr. Gray has in the press a Catalogue of the Aleyonaria in the British Museum, in which work we may expect to find an arrangement of the genera, based on a very extensive expe- rience and on an examination of an immense number of genera and species. For my present purpose it will be sufficient to decide to which of the genera of Gorgonide as established by Milne-Edwards Keratotsis most nearly approaches. Accord- ing to Milne-Edwards, the Corals with an axis presenting nodes and internodes (jointed) would necessarily belong to the 26 =Dr. E. P. Wright on a new Genus of Gorgonide. subfamily Isidine; but if we refer to one of the latest works on the structure of the Coelenterata, that of Kolliker*, we find an arrangement of the Gorgonide which, while essentially based on that of Milne-Edwards, departs in several particulars from it. Instead of three subfamilies, Kélliker establishes six, (1) Gorgonine, (2) Isidine, (3) Briareacee, (4) Sclerogor- giacee, (5) Melitheacee, (6) Coralline; and, passing over the characters given for the other subfamilies, we find the second and fifth characterized as follows :— (2) Istdine.—Axis jointed, composed of horny and calca- reous portions; of these the latter possesses a lamellose struc- ture, and maintains its form after it has been placed in alkali. Genus Isis. (5) Melitheacee.—Axis jointed; the flexible (soft) joints consisting of caleareous spicules surrounded by horny sub- stance and connective tissue, the hard joints of coalesced cal- careous spicules. Genera Melithea and Mopsea. It is interesting to see that this classification of Kolliker’s, though it is based on the minute structure of the polypes and their coenenchyma, does not differ very essentially from those already proposed by others, though they are based on more general considerations; but I am at a loss for a reason why these two subfamilies, which certainly are very nearly allied to one another, should be so far separated as in this scheme, the more especially as there are several species of JMJopsea which are very closely related indeed to some species of Is¢s ; and we may expect to find in Dr. Gray’s Catalogue very many species intermediate between those at present known. But regarding for the moment the family Iside as having but the one genus Js?s, and the typical species of this genus to be the I. hippuris (Linn.), then Lam inclined to regard Keratotsis Grayti as having the same relation to it that Mopsea arbus- culum, Yate Johnson, has to the genus Mopsea: for this latter species Dr. J. E. Gray proposes the new genus Acanella; so that these genera may be arranged thus :— Subfamily Isidine, with the genera sts and Keratoisis. Mopseadine, with the genera Mopsea and Acanella. ” I ? § I trust to have soon an opportunity of examining the spicules . ° . of several species of the latter two genera, as well as of several species of Jsis, and may probably, in a paper describing some Aleyonaria from Australia, give a more detailed account of their histology. Kdélliker figures, in tab. 19. figs. 1-3 of his ‘Tcones,’ very beautifully and very truthfully the spicules of Js¢s hippuris, and those of Mopsea in figs. 41-44 of the same plate. * Tcones Histiologice, Part 2, 1866, p. 151. Dr. C. T. Hudson on Rhinops vitrea. Pat IX.—On Rhinops vitrea, a new Rotéfer. By C. T. Hupson, LL.D. [Plate II.] I FOUND a solitary specimen of this creature in a pond at the back of the mansion in Losely Park, near Guildford, some five years ago, and had only just made a rough sketch of it when I was called away from my microscope, and lost the Rotifer from the drying up of the water. Although I returned several times to the same pond, I never could succeed in finding any more specimens; but last week I captured scores of them in a pond in Garraway’s Nursery Gardens, at Bristol. This is an illoricated Rotiter, with its ciliated wreath divided into several series: it belongs therefore to the Hydatinea; but its two eyes set in a sort of proboscis forbid, I think, its being ranked under any of the genera given in Pritchard. I appre- hend, therefore, that it will have to be placed in a new genus, which I venture to name Ainops, as well as to give to this species the title vétrea, from its glassy cuticle. The trochal disk has two parallel lines of cilia running round it from the foot of the proboscis to the buccal funnel, the ventral side of the upper portion of which is formed by a projecting fold of the cuticle, as is shown at Pl. II. fig. B, a. The cilia of the inner row are the larger, and are sometimes held erect ; from their bases the substance of the disk slopes downwards and inwards, so as to form a hollow inverted trun- cated cone like the glass in a beetle-trap. The smaller and lower end of this cone is the aperture of a large cavity, whose only other opening is the buccal funnel. The proboscis (PI. II. fig. a, 5) is ciliated all over its ventral surface and its edge, except at the extreme point; it carries also two brilliant-ruby eyes. The buccal funnel and the large wedge-shaped aperture above it are also richly ciliated; but I could not detect any cilia on the truncated cone. I have frequently seen objects swept into the cavity, and so down the buccal funnel to the mastax, and have noticed how skilfully the ciliated proboscis directs the atoms down the cone. Rhinops usually swims at a moderate pace, rolling gently round its longer axis as it goes; and every now and then it bends its proboscis over towards its back (thus fully displaying the cilia), and turns somersets, as Syncheta does, only in a much more leisurely manner. Occasionally, however, it darts suddenly forward ; and at each time that I have watched it doing so, I have fancied that I saw the atom which it wished to secure ; certainly the impression produced on my mind was 28 Dr. C. T. Hudson on Rhinops vitrea. that the animal made a conscious effort to seize prey of whose presence it was aware; and it is the first rotifer whose actions would lead me to credit its red spots with being eyes. It is curious, too, to see how it presses together the broad flaps of the trochal disk when an unusually large atom has entered the cavity above the buccal funnel. The pseudopodium is a short, extremely transparent cone, ending in two minute toes, and capable of being drawn up into a fold of the trunk, so as to leave only the tip exposed. It has in it what appears to be a club-shaped gland, from which a prolongation runs upwards in the median line: this latter does not seem to be a muscle, as it simply bends into a sigmoid curve when the foot is drawn up. The muscular system is shown in PI. II. fig. 1, which re- presents Rhinops held down by the compressorium. our lon- gitudinal muscles, aa, 6b, spring from the same points, f/f, and proceed to the edges of the trochal disk ; they are tied to the cuticle at g g, and the outer pair again at ee. The muscles ce also act in drawing down the trochal disk, and send off branches, d d, to the proboscis. The pair hh draw up the foot, and the five incompletely circular muscles at / compress the trunk and force out the retracted trochal disk or foot. The mastax (fig. 2) contains the usual mallei and incus, the former with five teeth, 6 4, the latter with ridges, aa, on the inner edges of the rami. The proventricular canal is long ; and the stomach has thick walls, in which yellow oil-globules are frequently imbedded : it is divided by a constriction into two portions, of which the lower is densely ciliated. The cloaca opens in the usual posi- tion, where the trunk meets the foot, and is also ciliated. The two gastric glands on the upper surface of the stomach are transparent subcones, with their bases on the stomach ; oddly enough, they are not generally of the same shape, one being more bent than the other. There is a moderate-sized contractile vesicle, and tubes or cords passing up from it on either side to the trochal disk, under which they end in numerous convolutions bearing three vibratile tags. The proboscis appears to contain a nervous mass (fig. 3 ¢), which sends off two processes, aa, to its unciliated tip, and one, b, to each eye. I have been unable to detect any antenne or tactile sete; but I imagine that the tip of the proboscis 1s an organ of touch. The ova become so developed before being extruded, that the young animal quits its case and fills up a large portion of the body of its parent. I have seen several specimens in On new Genera and Species of Tenebrionide. 29 which the young Rhinops lay with its head close to the con- tractile vesicle, and its foot close under the mastax. _ My specimens average 4, inch in length, and have been living in captivity for upwards of a week. X.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Tenebrio- nid from Australia and Tasmania. By Francis P. Pascog, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Honorary Member of the Natural History Society of Natal. [Plate X.] Dr. Howitt, of Melbourne, having recently sent me a large collection of Heteromera from Australasia and New Zealand, I propose to describe in this Magazine such of the new Australian species as belong to the family Tenebrionide, adding several more derived from other sources, leaving the remainder and those from New Zealand for a future opportunity. The Tenebrionidee* belong preeminently to the hot and dry regions of the earth; the epigeous or more normal forms are found in very small numbers, either in the humid lands of the tropics or in the northern parts of the northern hemisphere. England contains only seventeen (or, with the doubtful and introduced, twenty-seven) species, while the countries sur- rounding the Mediterranean have, according to M.de Marseul’s Catalogue, 1327 species. From Australia and Tasmania we have about 210 described—a number probably far below that contained in the rich collections of Melbourne and Sydney, and which we cannot doubt will be still greatly increased as those countries are more explored. The lists which Dr. Howitt has favoured me with from time to time bear evidence of the narrow limits in which a large number of species are localized. There is some confusion in regard to the use of the terms for those parts of the elytra known as the “ epipleura”’ and the “‘ epipleural fold”’ +, which it is necessary to notice: when * In the ‘sense in which it is constituted by M. Lacordaire (Gen. des Coléopt. t.v.). The great advantage of haying a standard which is in everybody’s hands appears to me to render it desirable to conform as closely as possible to the classification and to the principles of analysis applied to the characters of the various divisions of the family. Only, for the sake of greater simplicity, I have called his “tribus” and “ groupes ” (the latter often of equal rank with the former) subfamilies. The “ sec- tions ” and “cohorts,” being merely designations of the primary branches of a dichotomous arrangement, do not themselves form natural divisions. + “ Repli épipleural” of M. Lacordaire. “Fold” is a bad rendering of “ renli,” but I know of none better. Dr. Leconte does not appear to no- tice this part. 30 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of only one is present or strongly marked, either term is often used indifferently ; while the former, in a second sense, 1s supposed to express generally the descending or inflected sides of the elytra. In future I propose to use the term “ epi- pleura” for that part of the flank of the elytron marked off from the rest by a line more or less sharply defined; when there is a descending side above this line, as in Zopherosis, I propose to call it the “pleura.” This should have been the epipleura, if the word had been used in the strictest sense ; but it is too late now to attempt to alter its ordinary significa- tion. The stripe along the lower border of the epipleura will be the “epipleural fold” (plica epipleuralis) ; when nearly obsolete, there is still very often a sort of raised line or border which marks its position. Good examples of well-marked epipleura and epipleural fold, without the pleura, will be found in our common Blaps mortisaga, or, still better, in the genus Acis (Akis). ORCOPAGIA. Subfamily Borrropuaarn 2. Antenne clavate, 10-articulate ; clava biarticulata. Tibie antice crescentiformes. Head vertical, deeply sunk in the prothorax, excavated in front between the eyes and clypeus, the latter cornuted, the lip lying in the space between the mandibles ; antennary ridge bilobed. Eyes small, transverse, impinged on by the anten- nary ridges, but not divided. Antenne clavate, ten-joited, the scape elongate; the third joint longer than the. second, the rest to the eighth gradually shorter, the ninth and tenth form- ing a large oval pubescent club, the latter twice as large as the former. Mentum subcordiform ; lower lip transverse, broadly emarginate, and frmged anteriorly, its palpi short, with the last jomt large, obovate. Maxille with the lobes of equal breadth; the palpi moderate, with the last joint cylindrical and obliquely truncate. Prothorax transverse, rounded, cre- nate, and expanded at the sides, but not foliaceous, elevated and compressed above, and projecting over the head at the apex. Elytra elongate, parallel, narrower than the prothorax, posteriorly abruptly declivous, sides nearly vertical; the epi- pleure indistinct. Legs short; femora not thickened; tibize compressed, the outer edges 5—6-toothed, the anterior crescent- shaped, the intermediate arched externally. Prosternum ele- vated, rounded, not produced behind. Mesosternum entire. Metasternum moderately elongate. Intercoxal process nar- rowly triangular. Body tuberculate; prothorax and elytra above in an even plane throughout. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 31 There are three genera of Boletophagine with ten-jointed antenne: one is North American (Phellidius*, Leconte), an- other (Ozolats, Pasc.) is from Ega, on the Amazons, and the abovet; as might be expected from three such widely sepa- rated localities, there is very little affinity between them. There are several genera, some new, with eleven-jointed an- tenn, which, as they do not belong to Australia, | propose to consider in a future article: one of them has been recently published as a Diceroderes (D. elongatus, Redtenbacher), but it is a true Boletophagin (Dysantes, MS.). Orcopagia monstrosa. Pl. X. fig. 8. O. elongata, indumento rufo-ferrugineo vestita, subtus pedibusque squamosis. Hab. Clarence River. Elongate, covered above and on the head with a reddish- ferruginous felt-like substance; beneath and legs with small scales of a yellower colour; head completely concealed above by the prothorax, the horn on the clypeus horizontal (in refer- ence to the body) ; prothorax longitudinally excavated above, the excavation bordered above with a row of tubercles, except posteriorly, where it is also notched for the reception of part of the scutellum; the latter oblong rounded, a little raised; ely- tra irregularly tuberculate, particularly a strongly marked crest, which is also tuberculate, on each side of the scutellum, and projecting forwards on the prothorax at the edge on the declivous portion on each side a conical tuberculate projection. Length 4 lines. ULODICA. Subfamily Uzopiwz. Antenne haud clavate; art. 3'° quam 4's duplo longiore. Prothorax transversus, utrinque rotundatus, marginibus squamosis. This genus differs from Ulodes{ in its antenne having the third joint much longer than either the second or fourth. Ulodes has the remarkable character of having all the joints of equal length, the last three, as in Ulodica, being pubescent, while all the others are covered with stiff scale-like hairs arranged in dense whorls. The genus was referred by its author, as well as by M. Lacordaire (to whom, however, it was * = Boletotherus, Candéze. The name in the text has priority. + It was briefly characterized by me in the Proc, Entom. Soe. for April last (1868). { Erichson in Wiegmann’s Archiy, 1842, i. p. 180, Taf. 5. fig. 1. To this genus also belongs Endophleus variicornis, Hope; the same author's E. australis is a Dipsaconia. 32 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of unknown), to the vicinity of Boletophagus. From the sub- family to which the latter belongs, all the species, as well as those of the cognate genera which have come under my notice, differ in being destitute of the transverse excavation which oc- curs behind the insertion of the mentum of the Boletophagine ; and, so far as I know, they have globose, not cylindrical, an- terior coxee. Probably, if the illustrious author of the ‘Genera’ had known any of the species, he would have made Ulodes the type of another group, as I have now ventured to do. The four genera which constitute the subfamily at present may be tabulated thus :— Antenn® Clivate.sc. oe tse oor aes eles Due: Ganyme, Pase. Antenne not clavate. Prothorax scaly at the sides. Antenne with the third joint longest .......... Ulodica, Pase. Antenne with the third joint not longer than the PORE 95, FRM aN eS tae ith sretcle oe etre oe ieee Ulodes, Er. Prothorax ciliated atthe sides) ..5 a ...5.202.%54) Dipsaconia, Pase. Ulodica hispida. U. oblonga, fusca, dense brunneo-nigroque squamosa; prothorace disco quadri-verrucoso-fasciculato. Hab. Clarence River. Oblong, dark brown, closely covered with pale reddish brown, varied with black, scales; head with small dull reddish-brown scales ; antenne brownish grey ringed with black—principally the third and fourth, sixth, eighth, and base of the ninth joints; prothorax roughly scaly, the apex with two wart-like tubercles clothed with a bunch of erect blackish scales ; behind the mid-. dle two similar tubercles, but of a pale brownish colour, like the rest of the disk, except a small black spot on the margin on each side; scutellum transversely oblong, scaly; elytra striato-punctate, the alternate interstices with small, blackish, wart-like tubercles, which are obscured by irregular black patches, giving the elytra a dull brownish ferruginous hue ; body beneath and legs ferruginous, with greyish-yellow scales ; tibie with a black rmg im the middle. Length 33 lines. Dr. Howitt has also sent me a specimen of this species, but without a locality. GANYME. Subfamily Uzoprvz. Antenne clavate, art. 3° quam 4s longiore. Oculi transversi, angustati. Prothorax utrinque fortiter angulatus. Head small, inserted into the prothorax nearly to the eyes, a little produced in front; clypeus indistinct; antennary ridge Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 33 very small. Eyes prominent, transverse, narrow throughout. Antenne clavate, the joints, except the last three, surrounded with whorls of stiff hairs; scape not stouter than the other joints, the third twice as long as the second, and longer than the fourth, the remainder to the eighth becoming gradually shorter sninth andtenth transverse, eleventh rounded,discoloured, the last three for ming a short pubescent club. Oral or ans ap- parently as in Ulodes, but the labium less transverse and more decidedly quadrate. Prothorax short, transverse, apex strongly emarginate, each side expanding into a broad. pointed angle extending from the apex to the base, and fringed with short, curved, stoutish hairs ; the base broadly lobed ; the disk slichtly convex, regular. Elytra rather short, much broader than the prothorax, convex, slightly irregular, not costate, broadest at the base, the shoulders rounded and prominent. Legs shortish ; tarsi slender, slightly hairy beneath, the posterior claw-joint not so long as the rest together; anterior cox globose, not approximate. Prosternum flat. Metasternum moderately long. A well-marked genus, on account of its peculiar prothorax and clavate antenne. In colour and clothmg the species de- scribed below bears a striking resemblance to Lemodes coccinea, Boh., an anomalous form supposed to belong to the Pyro- chroidee, common in fungi under the bark of decaying trees in Victoria. Loletophagus Sapphira, Newm.*, is another mem- ber of this genus, larger and more brightly “colour ed, with the suture and borders of the elytra black. Ganyme Howittti?. Pl. X. fig. 7 G. sordide miniacea, subsericea ; antennis, art. ultimo excepto, pedi- busque nigris. Hab. Victoria; Tasmania. Closely covered with a dark miniaceous, somewhat silky, scale-like pubescence, paler, less dense, and more scale-like beneath, and without a vestige of punctuation ; upper lip and palpi brownish black ; antenne black, except the last joint, which is of a reddish-white colour ; - prothorax with two vague impressions in front and two behind, the latter more towards the sides; scutellum corditorm, indistinct ; elytra short in proportion to the breadth, but about four times the length of the prothorax, very convex, irregular, rather abruptly declivous behind, one little callosity behind the shoulder, and two on the declivity, the epipleura curving sharply up towards the shoulder; legs black, the tips of the tibia and tarsi inclining to ferruginous. Leneth 2 lines. * Entom, i. p. 104. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. iii. 3 34 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of MELYTRA. Subfamily 4 rocerpuine. Antenne apice paulo incrassate, art. 3'° sequentibus multo longiore. Mentum subquadratum ; palpi labiales art. ultimo conico; labium membranaceum. Mazille lobo exteriore brevi, transverso ; palpi maxillares art. ult. subsecuriformi. Head triangular, subvertical, mserted into the prothorax nearly as far as the eyes; antennary ridge almost obsolete. Eyes prominent, round, entire. Antenne exposed at their insertion, long, filiform, but a little thicker at the apex ; scape globose-ovate, second joint obconic, third twice as long as the scape, fourth to the eighth much shorter than the third, ninth and tenth thicker than the preceding, eleventh elongate-ovate. Mentum subquadrate; lower lip very small, membranous. Maxille very short; outer lobe transverse, inner unarmed. Maxillary palpi long, with the last jomt securiform ; last joint of the labial palpi conic. Prothorax oblong, a little depressed, shghtly rounded at the sides, the flanks confounded with the pronotum, base and apex truncate. Elytra rather short, ovate ; epipleura vertical, narrow, with the flanks of the elytra raised above them, the shoulders obsolete; no wings. Legs mede- rate; femora thickened ; tibie filiform ; tarsi narrow, all nearly equal, the claw-joint elongate. Anterior cox globose, ex- serted, not approximate. Prosternum on the same plane with the rest of the propectus ; the anterior cotyloid cavities rather remote from its posterior edge, intermediate with trochantins angulated externally. Metasternum shorter than the meso- sternum. Interfemoral process rather narrow, triangular. Abdomen with the ventral segments nearly equal in length. This genus and the following are so far connected that in both the flanks of the prothorax are not separated from the pronotum, and the mentum is sessile to the throat. In other respects their principal characters are very dissimilar. For further remarks I must refer to the next genus. Melytra ovata. Pl. X. fig. 1. M. subnitida ; capite et prothorace nigro-piceis; elytris cupreis ; antennis pedibusque ferrugineis. flab. Tasmania. Subnitid; head and prothorax pitchy black, fmely pune- tured; palpi and antenne light ferruginous, the latter more than half the length of the body, and paler at the apex; scu- tellum transversely triangular, acuminate behind; elytra cop- per-brown, seriate-punctate, the punctures rather coarse and Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. dd somewhat longitudinally impressed, the intervals between the rows minutely punctate ; body beneath chestnut-brown, finely punctate ; legs light ferruginous. Length 3 lines, HyYM&A. Subfamily Avocrrpur. Antenne clavate, art. tertio sequentibus haud longiore. Mentum transversum, antice gradatim angustius; labium corneum. Mazille lobo exteriore elongato, angustato; palpi maxillares art. ultimo ovato. Head subtriangular, rounded and obtuse anteriorly, subver- tical, inserted into the prothorax nearly as far as the eyes; the clypeus separated from the front by a deep slightly arched suture ; antennary ridge small, auriform. Eyes conically pro- jecting, round, entire. Antenne exposed at their insertion, subelongate; scape globose, second joint shortly turbinate, third to the eighth elongate-turbinate, nearly equal in length, ninth and tenth nearly equilaterally triangular, eleventh ovate, pointed, not longer than the tenth, the three forming a depressed club. Mentum transverse, rounded at the sides, gradually and rapidly narrowing towards the insertion of the lower lip, the latter small, rounded, corneous. Maxille narrow, the inner lobe unarmed. Maxillary palpi long, with the last joint ovate, of the labial shortly cylindrical. Prothorax oblong, narrowed posteriorly, the sides rounded, the flanks confounded with the pronotum, apex and base truncate. LElytra short, ovate, the shoulders obsolete; epipleura narrow, vertical; no wings. Legs moderate; femora thickened in the middle; tibie gra- dually stouter towards the apex; tarsi lengthened, slender, the claw-joint moderate. The under parts nearly as in the preceding genus, but the anterior cotyloid cavities very close to the posterior border of the propectus, the mesosternum and metasternum a little longer, the interfemoral process very considerably broader, and the ventral segments gradually de- creasing in length to the fourth. The position of Hymea and Melytra is somewhat doubtful. From the characters of the ‘“ Apocryphides,” as given by M. Lacordaire*, they seem to me to belong to them. Mr. IF’. Bates, who has made the Heteromera his especial study, inclines to the opinion (7 litt.) that, from the narrow antennary ridges, they are more nearly related to the Strongyline, and that they form a distinct subfamily. In the ‘Genera,’ the “ Apocry- phides” are classed among the “ Hélopides,” an arrangement to which Dr. Leconte ¢ objects, because of the absence of the * Genera, Xe. vy. p. 452. + Classif. Col. North Am. p. 218, Ix ax 36 Mr: F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of membranous margin of the third and fourth abdominal seg- ments, ‘which is so evident in Helopini and all the allied tribes.” He admits, however, that ‘‘ the observation of such characters as are relied on for the classification of this family is sometimes very difficult in small species, unless specimens may be submitted for dissection.” Hymea, as it appears to me, has entirely corneous ventral segments, while Mel ytra has the third and fourth segments membranous posteriorly. Both have the mentum without a pedicel, and the base of the maxille and lower lip exposed. There are trochantins*, I think, in both.. At any rate, their intermediate cotyloid cavities are angulated externally. M. Lacordaire ascribes trochantins to Apocrypha, although he says it is difficult to decide if they really exist. Dr. Leconte refuses them without any doubt. With regard to the antennary ridges, it sometimes happens that the difference between the continuous ridge (Platygene) and the narrowed and more limited ridge (Otidogene) is one of degree, leaving it doubtful to which categ ory they belong. Dr. Leconte places “his two North-American “ tribes ”” Meracanthine and Strongyline (both otidogenous) in his “ subfamily 'Tenebrio- nide (genuini) ”’ together with Blaptinee, Boletophagine, Helo- pine, and many others s, all platygenous—an arrangement very different from M. Lacordaire’s, and attaching to the character a much less degree of importance than is done by him. The strongest ar eument against placing Hymea and Melytra among the Apoer yphine i is that the mentum is attached to the throat without the intervention of a pedicel. Hymea succinifera. Pl. X. fig. 3 H. nitida, fulvo-brunnea ; elytris tuberculis succineo-flavis instructis. Hab. Tasmania. Shining fulvous brown; head rather coarsely punctured ; prothorax not broader than ‘the head measured across the eyes, coarsely punctured, the intervals here and there raised into small tubercles ; scutellum large, but its limits very idistinet; elytra scarcely longer than the head and prothorax together, seriate-punctate, the punctures large and connected by a slight longitudinal impression, a few erect, stiffish hairs scattered chiefly at the sides; on each elytron towards the outer side two rows of large, oblong, amber-like tubercles, the outer of * The trochantin is a small piece attached to the outer edge of the coxa; in the Tenebrionide, when it is present, it is confined to the intermediate pair, and it is generally, if not invariably, correlated with a cotyloid cavity having a very pronounced angle over the spot where it occurs. Ihave given a diagram of the coxa awith a trochantin attached on Pl. X. fig. 9. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 37 them of three (one on the shoulder), the inner of two tuber- cles, and one or two spots of the same amber-colour; body beneath brownish ferruginous, coarsely punctured ; antenne and legs yellowish ferruginous, with a few longish scattered hairs. Length 2 lines. Atryphodes Howittit. A, viridi-zeneus, aureo-yersicolor, nitidus; prothorace transverso, angulis anticis rotundatis, lateribus modice foliaceis, rotundatis, sulcis discoidalibus leviter impressis; elytris costis alternis mi- noribus. Hab. Kiama. Greenish bronze, with varying golden reflections, shining ; antenne pitchy black ; prothorax transverse, broader than the elytra, anterior angles rounded, the sides with a moderately wide folaceous margin, slightly rounded, narrower at the base, the discoidal lines shallow, the lateral abbreviated ; scu- tellum subcordiform ; elytra about twice the length of the pro- thorax, their alternate costee much smaller than the others ; body beneath and legs pitchy brown, shining. Length 10-11 lines. Atryphodes is perhaps better known under its old name Thoracophorus* ; but, as that name had been previously used by Motschulsky, I proposed to replace it by the abovey. The characters as given by M. Lacordairet apply to all the species hitherto described, and therefore they need not be re- peated here. Only one species was then known (A. Walck- naert, Hope); the other two, dilaticollis, Guér., and Kirbyi, Sol., I have no doubt are referable to it. The above is a very handsome species, and easily distinguished by its colour. All the species appear to have the head and prothorax impunctate, or nearly so, the former has a frontal horseshoe-shaped or stirrup-like impressed line, the anterior portion being the groove dividing the clypeus from the front; on the prothorax there are a central and two lateral impressed lines, each termi- nating posteriorly in a more or less strongly marked fovea ; the lateral lines are frequently abbreviated. The males have the anterior tarsi slightly dilated, and the antenne thicker than in the females. I am not sure that the greater breadth * Erichson said long ago, “The name must be altered, not only because it has been already used, but also because it does not comply with the rules of nomenclature.” Wiegmann’s Arch. 1842, ii. p. 239. Thoracophorus, however, in Motschulsky’s sense, has been adopted by Dr. Gemminger and Baron von Harold in their great ‘Catalogus Coleopterorum, now in course of publication. + Journ. of Entom. i. p. 478 (1866). { Gen. v. p. 456. 38 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of of the prothorax noticeable in some individuals is always a sexual character. Atryphodes Castelnaudi. A, niger, vix nitidus; prothorace transverso, angulis anticis obtusis, lateribus rotundatis, modice foliaceis, sulcis discoidalibus subtiliter impressis ; elytris subnitidis, costis alternis minoribus. Hab. Kiama. Black, scarcely or only very slightly nitid on the head and prothorax, more so on the elytra; antenne nitid, especially at the base ; prothorax transverse, not broader than the elytra, anterior angles obtuse, the sides with a moderately wide folia- ceous margin, well rounded, and considerably narrower at the base; the discoidal lines nearly obsolete, except at the base, the fovee in which they terminate very shallow; scutellum subcordiform ; elytra about twice the length of the prothorax, their alternate coste smaller than the others; body beneath and legs pitchy black, shining. Length 10-11 lines. Thave dedicated this fine species to Count F. de Castelnau, who, in addition to numerous previously well-known ento- mological works, has recently presented us with an appa- rently exhaustive list of the Australian Cicindelidee and ba rabidee. Atryphodes cordicoliis. A. niger, nitidus; prothorace subcordiformi, lateribus modice folia- ceis, antice fortiter rotundatis, postice conniventibus, angulis an- ticis late rotundatis, sulcis discoidalibus fortiter impressis, latera- libus elongatis; elytris costis eequalibus. Hab. Brisbane. Black, shining; included part of the stirrup-shaped impres- sion of the front raised above the surrounding parts; pro- thorax somewhat heart-shaped, the sides with a moderately wide foliaceous margin, strongly rounded anteriorly, gradually contracting behind into a narrow base ; anterior angles broadly rounded ; discoidal lines strongly impressed, the two lateral nearly extending to the apex, becoming, however, gradually fainter ; scutellum deeply ensconced between the elytra, rounded posteriorly; elytra more than twice the length of the prothorax, their coste equal; body beneath and legs glossy brownish chestnut, tarsi ferruginous. Length 9-10 lines. The strongly marked form of the prothorax is exclusively the character of this species. Atryphodes wricollis. A. niger, nitidus; capite prothoraceque «reo-brunneis, hoc trans- Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 39 verso, angulis anticis obtusis, marginibus sat late foliaceis, sulcis discoidalibus lateralibus interruptis ; elytris costis equalibus. Hab. Queensland. Black, shining; head and prothorax bronze-brown, the former with the frontal impression somewhat hexagonal, the upper line forming three shorter sides; antenne black ; prothorax transverse, strongly rounded and rather broad| foliaceous at the sides, the anterior angles obtuse, lateral dis- coidal lines interrupted; scutellum triangular, on the same level as the elytra; the latter about twice the length of the prothorax, their coste equal; body beneath and legs glossy brownish black. Length 6 lines. This species in habit more nearly approximates, although very different, to A. Howittii; but the strongly rounded pro- thorax is more characteristic of A. Walcknaert. Its precise habitat is uncertain. Atryphodes encephalus. A, angustatus, niger, nitidus ; prothorace oblongo, antice sat fortiter emarginatus, lateribus anguste foliaceis, modice rotundatis, sulcis discoidalibus lateralibus interruptis vel fere obsoletis; elytris costis eequalibus. Hab. Rockhampton. Narrow, black, shining; part within the frontal impression raised and marked above with two fovee; prothorax oblong, sides slightly rounded, foliaceous margin of moderate width, anteriorly rather strongly emarginate, the anterior angles somewhat obtuse, central discoidal line well marked, the two lateral interrupted, occasionally nearly obsolete; scutellum triangular, lying below the level of the elytra; the latter about the width of the prothorax and nearly twice as long, their coste equal; body beneath and legs glossy pitchy brown. Length 7 lines. A narrow species, readily distinguished by its strongly emarginate prothorax. Atryphodes pithecius. A, niger, subnitidus, elytris cupreo-fuscis ; prothorace paulo con- vexo, utrinque modice rotundato, marginibus anguste foliaceis, sulcis lateralibus nullis. Hab. Queensland. Black, slightly nitid, the elytra dark copper-brown ; antennz brownish, much more slender in the female ; prothorax rather longer than broad, slightly convex, the anterior angles obtuse, the margins narrowly foliaceous, the sides most rounded an- 40 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of teriorly, straighter behind the middle, not incurved at the base towards the posterior angle, which is therefore obtuse, the lateral dorsal grooves represented only by the fovee at the base ; scutellum small; elytra as broad as or broader than the prothorax, ovate, the costes equal in breadth; body beneath and legs glossy brown ; ; tarsi ferruginous. Length 7-8 lines. Allied to A. errans, Pase., a black glossy species, but differ- ing essentially, inter alia, in the form of the prothorax, which is longer, considerably less rounded posteriorly, and with the foveee, but without any trace of the lateral grooves. I have four specimens, all slightly differing, inter se, but agreeing in the characters given above. Another very near may “hereafter, on more extensive examination of specimens, be found distinct. The species of Atryphodes form three divisions : all above described, together with errans and brevicollis*, belong to the Walcknaeri category, and are more or less glossy, with the foliaceous margins of the prothorax below the general level of its disk; the second category contains Macleay? aratus, and egertus, and are opaque, with the margins directed upwards, especially in the two former, and the disk of the prothorax flat and lying below them; lastly, there is the following species, in which the foliaceous mar eins become obsolete. Atryphodes caperatus. A, angustatus, niger, nitidus; prothorace oblongo, angulis anticis leviter rotundatis, lateribus haud foliaceis, in medio haud rotun- datis, ad basin subito contractis, sulcis discoidalibus interruptis. Hab. Hunter’s River; Darling Downs. Narrow, black, shining ; frontal space with five fovez (three above, two below) ; prothorax oblong, slightly broader than the elytra, sides moderately rounded anteriorly, then nearly straight, but narrowing posteriorly, near the base rounded, and then suddenly contracted and passing into the usual acute basal angle; no foliaceous margin, the two lateral discoidal lines broken up and irregular, but varying in different individuals ; scutellum transverse, scarcely below the level of the adjacent part of the elytra; the latter considerably more than twice the length of the prothorax, and with a bronze tint, their coste equal ; body beneath and legs glossy brownish black, the first two abdominal segments with a more or less decided broad longitudinal depression. Length 9 lines. A very narrow form, without foliaceous margins to the pro- thorax, and in these respects leading to Otrintus. 'The frontal * tedtenbacher, Novara-Reise, p. 180. The “lietnoides” of the same author appears to be synonymous with avalus. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. Al fovez are, in one of my specimens, connected with the upper central one by impressed lines; in another there are four or five irregular undefined depressions. BLEPEGENES*. Subfamily Apeziryvz. Caput exsertum, culmen supraantennarium in spinam productum. Mawxille lobo interiore majore, subquadrato, apice dense fimbriato. Prothorax apice truncatus. Elytra costata, plica epipleurali ad humerum haud attingente. Head exserted, gradualiy narrower behind the eyes, the antennary ridge prolonged into a nearly erect, slightly recurved spine; clypeus very thick, rather suddenly bent down ante- riorly, its apex emarginate, separated from the front by two fine oblique lines not meeting in the middle. Kyes transverse, narrow, entire. Antenne filiform; the scape obconic, the third joint not so long as the fourth and fifth together, thickened at the tip, the rest to the tenth subequal, obconic; the eleventh not dilated, longer than the preceding jomt. Mentum very narrow at the base, spreading and rounded at the sides and anteriorly ; lower lip transverse, bilobed, its palpi small. Maxillz small, densely fringed, the inner lobe larger than the outer and unarmed; their palpi slender, the basal joint elon- gate, the last securitorm. Prothorax depressed, spined at the sides, apex narrowed, truncate, posterior angles obliquely truncate. Elytra oblong-ovate, costate, flat above ; epipleura terminating before the apex, the epipleural fold slightly sinuate, not extending to the shoulder. Legs rather long; femora and tibie slightly compressed; tarsi slender, the anterior in the males rather strongly dilated, the penultimate joint of all sub- bilobed. Sterna and abdomen as in Adelium and Atryphodes. Although this genus has the subbilobed tarsi of Adeliwm, its affinity appears to me to be nearer Atryphodes, on account of its costate elytra, only slightly sinuate epipleural fold, and habit; in the latter respect it approaches Atryphodes egertus. It is among the most remarkable genera of Tenebrionide. The earliest specimens of this species which I saw were stated to be from Queensland; Dr. Howitt, however, gives Kiama as the habitat of the individuals he has kindly sent me. * This genus, with its type, was shortly described by me and published in the Proc. Ent. Soc. for April 1868. From some error, “ Clypeus valde” was printed “ Clypeus haud.” M. Preudhomme de Borre some time after published a description of the same species, in the ‘ Annales’ of the Bel- gian Entomologicai Society, under the name of Ceradelium armatum. 42 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of Blepegenes aruspex. Pl. X. fig. 2. B. cupreo-fuscus vel -niger, subopacus ; elytris costis quatuor nitidis. Hab. Wiama. Dark copper-brown or bronze, sometimes bronze-black, nearly opaque; head and prothorax impunctate, the latter with four fovez on the disk, or the lateral fovez are connected and form an irregular longitudinal impression, eachi side before the mid- dle expanding into a strong triangular spine, subhorizontal or directed a little upwards ; near the base a much smaller spine or tooth, the posterior part of which slopes directly inwards to the base; scutellum transversely triangular; elytra more than three times the length of the prothorax, each with four glossy coste, none of them reaching to the apex, the sutural and second costa having a less elevated opaque costa between them, each apex ending in a short diverging mucro ; legs ferruginous brown, shining; body beneath very glossy, brown; antenne ferrugimous. Length 8-9 lines. BYALLIUS. Subfamily A pezizz. Antenne art. tertio elongato, cylindrico. Frons parum convexa, sulci longitudinales nulli. Mawille lobo interiore unciformi. Elytra obovata, reticulata, plica epipleurali obsoleta. Head deeply inserted into the prothorax, the front slightly convex, without any grooves; the clypeus broadly truncate at the apex, separated from the front by a narrow, distinct, arched line. yes transverse, impinged on by the antennary ridges. Antenne filiform; scape obconic, the third joint cy- lindrical, longer than the fourth and -fifth together; the two latter and remainder to the tenth obconic, becoming very gra- dually shorter; the eleventh longer, ovate, depressed. Mentum rather narrow behind, rounded at the sides anteriorly ; lower lip transverse, slightly emarginate and fringed at the apex, largely excavated in the middle on each side for the insertion of the labial palpi. Maxillee with the inner lobe narrow, curved, and gradually terminating in a very distinct point ; their palpi stout, the basal jot very short, the terminal securi- form. Prothorax depressed, slightly foliaceous and rounded at the sides, the apex strongly emarginate and much narrower than the base, the latter broadly lobed. Elytra obovate, reti- culate, the epipleural fold obsolete. Legs moderately long ; femora nearly linear, compressed ; posterior tarsi compressed, the basal joint nearly as long as the rest together, the penulti- Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 43 mate of all entire. Mesosternum deeply notched for the re- ception of the prosternal process. Metasternum and abdomen as in Adelium, the former, however, rather longer. This is a very distinct genus, for which at present it is dif- ficult to assign any very near ally, although its habit is that of Atryphodes. Byallius reticulatus. Pl. X. fig. 6. B. niger, infra et pedibusque nitidis. Hab. Mountains of Gippsland. Black ; head and prothorax very slightly nitid, minutely punctured, the lateral borders of the latter recurved; scutellum very transverse and glossy ; elytra gradually broader from the base, shortly rounded towards the apex, wrinkled with small irregular vermiculate depressions, giving the whole surface a reticulate appearance, the epipleure minutely punctured ; sterna, abdomen, and legs black, shining; tarsi ferruginous brown, clothed beneath as well as the edge of the lip with rich golden hairs; antenne with a greyish pubescence towards the tips. Length 9 lines. Setrotrana* proxima. S. nigra, convexa, subnitida ; prothorace marginibus erosis ; elytris fusco-seneis, lineis interruptis eleyatis, interstitiis biseriatim punctatis. Hab. Victoria. Resembles S. catenulata, Boisd., but more convex, entirely subnitid above; the elytra dark brown bronze, with double rows of small simple punctures between the raised interrupted lines or tubercles. In S. catenulata the middle of the pro- thorax and elytra is decidedly flattish, the latter a pure dense black, and between the glossy lines of tubercles opaque ; the punctures, also in double rows, have each a glossy granule at the anterior edge. The prothorax in both species is marked with minute short longitudinal lines, between which the punc- tures are placed, and the lateral margins are jagged or erose at their edges. Dr. Howitt says that this new species is the Victorian representative of S. catenulata, whose habitat ap- pears to be confined to the Sydney district. My specimens of S. proxima are about 6 lmes long; the older species is larger. Setrotrana crenicollis (Howitt’s MS.). Pl. X. fig. 4. S. planata, brunnescens, subopaca, granulis nitidis instructa, mar- * Pascoe, Journ. of Entom, ii. p. 488. 44 On new Genera and Species of Tenebrionide. ginibus prothoracis crenatis ; elytris lineis interruptis elevatis, et granulis minutis seriatim interpositis. Hab. “ Mountains of Victoria.”’ Light reddish brown, subopaque above, with numerous glossy eranulations of various sizes ; antenne dark brown; head finely granulate; prothorax longer than broad, nearly flat, closely ‘covered with small irregular eranulations, the margins pale yellowish brown and crenate; scutellum nearly hidden by the overlapping base of the prothorax ; ; elytra nearly flat, except towards the apex, where they bend down rather sud- denly, a little wider than the prothorax at the base, the sides subparallel; the disk with granulations mostly of ‘two SIZeS, the largest (of a dark amber-colour) forming interrupted lines, of which there are four on each elytron; between these lines are rows, generally three in number, of small round ones ; body beneath thickly granulated ; legs light reddish brown, femora with a broad yellow ring near the ¢ apex ; tarsi slender, filiform. Length 5-6 lines. A remarkable species, somewhat departing from the normal form in the longer prothorax and very slender tarsi. Sedro- trana 1s distinguished from Adelium by its prothorax closely applied to the clytra, and the shortness of the third antennary joint, and from Coripera by the complete or nearly complete absence of the eprpleural fold; it is barely to be noticed in the above species, being indicated by a very narrow line nearly in the middle of the epipleura. Coripera® ocellata (Howitt’s MS.). Pl. X. fig. 5 C. cupreo-fusca, nitida ; elytris biseriatim impressis, interstitiis an- nulis oblongis impressis, marginibus disci flavis. Hab. Mount Macedon (Victoria). Dark copper-brown ; head finely and irregularly punctured ; prothorax with minute shallow punctures, its lateral margins paler; scutellum small, transverse ; elytra nearly flat above, each with seven rows of small punctures, the two outer on the epipleural line, the mner bordering the suture, the four inter- mediate lies placed in pairs, each pair and the sutural and marginal rows separated by a line of oblong impressed rings ; the disk bordered with yellowish ; body beneath and legs very glossy brown; antennee and tarsi ferruginous, the latter very slender, filiform. Length 4-5 lines. Closely agreeing in form with O. deplanata, Boisd., but very distinct on account of the peculiar sculpture of the elytra. Tn my description of the genus Cordpera the term epipleura was * Pascoe, Journ. of Entom., ii, p. 485. Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda. 45 by some oversight used to express the epipleural fold, which, although narrow, is well marked and extends along the whole length of the epipleura; the latter is nearly vertical. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. . Melytra ovata: a, mentum, lower lip, &c.; 6, maxilla &e. . Blepegenes aruspex: a, mentum &c.; 6, maxilla &e.; c, head. . Hymea suceinifera: a, mentum &c.; 6, maxilla &e. Seirotrana crenicollis, Coripera ocellata. . Byallius reticulatus: a, mentum &e.; 6, maxilla &e. . Ganyme Howittii: a, antennee. . Orcopagia monstrosa: a, mentum &e. ; b, maxilla &e. ; ¢, antenna ; d, head ; e, fore tibia. N.B. The figure is much too broad in proportion. Fig. 9, Coxa and part of the femur of a Pimelia: a, the trochantin ; b, the trochanter. The left side is supposed to be towards the spectator. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. i. Fig. Fig. OWI Or Co DD [To be continued. | XI.— Contributions to the Study of the Entomostraca. By GrorGE STEWARDSON Brapy, C.M.Z.S. &e. No. IV. Ostracoda from the River Scheldt and the Grecian Archipelago. [Plates VII. & VIII. } Lists of Species. River Scheldt, near Antwerp. | Besika Bay, 14 fathoms. Cypris gibba, Ramdohr. Pontocypris(?) angusta, Brady. Cypridopsis obesa, nov. sp. intermedia, Brady. Candona candida (Miller). Cythere tenera, Brady. compressa (Koch). crispata, Brady. lactea, Baird. affinis, nov. sp. Cythere viridis, Miller. senticosa (Baird). pellucida, Baird. —— plicatula, Reuss. castanea, Sars. tarentina, Baird. porcellanea, nov. sp. antiquata (Baird). villosa (Sars). Jonesii (Baird) and var. fuscata, nov. sp. ceratoptera. pulchella, Brady. Cytheridea Miilleri, Bosquet. Cytheridea littoralis, Brady. littoralis, Brady. (?) cornea, nov. sp. *Llyobates judeea, Brady. Loxoconcha elliptica, Brady. Loxoconcha glabra, Brady. Xestoleberis aurantia (Baird). Cytherura similis, Sars. tumida, nov. sp. angustata, nov. sp. —— flavescens, nov. sp. Xestoleberis margaritea, Brady. —— acuticostata, Sars. ij intermedia, Brady. cellulosa (Norman). Cytherideis teres, nov. sp. Cytherideis subulata, Brady. Paradoxostoma ensiforme, Brady. Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird).| Cytherella punctata, Brady. 46 Dardanelles, 17 fathoms. Cythere tenera, Brady. crispata, Brady. * (?) Stimpsoni, Brady. tarentina, Baird. —— pee Reuss. onesii, var. ceratoptera,Bosq. Cytheridea Miilleri, Bosq. Xestoleberis margaritea, Brady. Cytheropteron acutum, ov. sp. Cytherella punctata, Brady. Pireus. Pontocypris intermedia, Brady. obtusata, nov. sp. Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda *Cythere Berchoni, Brady. . Stimpsoni, Brady. plicatula, Fewss. —— antiquata (Baird). Cytheridea littoralis, Brady. castanea, Brady. Loxoconcha tamarindus ? (Jones). tumida, nov. sp. Xestoleberis margaritea, Brady. Cytherura obtusata, Brady. *Cytheropteron stellatum, Brady. Paradoxostoma ensiforme, Brady. Cytherella punctata, Brady. * Crete, mud. Polycope, sp. THE gathering from the river Scheldt (for which I am in- debted to Mr. E. C. Davison) exhibits a curious mixture of marine and freshwater species, the former, however, being chiefly such as exhibit a decided preference for littoral, estua- rine, or sub-brackish habitats, e.g. Cythere castanea, Cytheridea littoralis, Loxoconcha elliptica, Xestoleberis aurantia, and Cythe- rideis subulata. The uniformly good preservation of the shells would, nevertheless, lead to the supposition that all the species were really living in company at the place where they were found. ‘Two of the new species included in this list (Cypri- dopsis obesa and Cytheridea cornea) will be described and figured from British specimens in a future communication. It may be noted that the specimens here referred to Cytherura similis, though agreeing perfectly in shape with an outline drawing obligingly sent to me by Herr G. O. Sars, differ strikingly from his description in their surface-ornament, being distinctly punctate, and bearing also several small, distant, circular papille. The drawing of C. similis given in my ‘Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda’ is faulty, and has the posterior beak too much produced. The lists of species from the Mediterranean exhibit an inter- mixture of British species similar to what has been noticed on a previous occasion. ‘Those marked with an asterisk have been described in a French periodical, ‘ Les Fonds de la Mer ;’ the remainder of those to which my name is affixed will be found in the ‘ Transactions of the Zoological Society,’ vol. v., in the ‘Monograph of the British Ostracoda,’ or in previous papers of the present series. The specimens which I have doubtfully referred to Loxoconcha tamarindus are rather larger than that species as it usually occurs on the British coast, measuring about one-fortieth of an inch in length: they are also somewhat more ventricose, and slightly different in out- from the River Scheldt and the Grecian Archipelago. 47 line; but the differences seem to be too slight to warrant se- paration as a distinct species. One of these specimens is figured in Pl. VIII. figs. 9, 10. Pontocypris obtusata, nov. sp. (Pl. VIII. figs. 7, 8.) Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate, reniform, highest in the middle; greatest height considerably less than half the length; extremities rounded : superior margin well arched ; inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, the outline is compressed, ovate; greatest width in the middle and scarcely equal to one-third of the length, pointed in front, narrowly rounded behind. Shell-surface smooth. Colour whitish. Length 1, inch. Cythere porcellanea, nov.sp. (Pl. VII. figs. 1-4.) Valves, as seen from the side, subclavate, higher in front than behind; greatest height in front of the middle, and equal to half the length; anterior extremity broadly rounded, poste- rior obliquely rounded or subtruncate: superior margin boldly arched in front of the middle, thence sloping back- wards with a slight concave curve, and ending abruptly in an obtuse angle; inferior gently sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, equally pointed at the extremities, widest in the middle; width much less than the height. Shell- surface smooth, each valve bearing an elongated mamilli- form protuberance behind the middle of the ventral surface. Colour yellowish white. Length 3, inch. One specimen only of this species was found. Though approaching in shape C. castanea, it is very different in general appearance ; the smooth unsculptured shell and lateral protu- berances are perhaps its best diagnostic marks. Cythere fuscata, nov. sp. (PI. VIL. figs. 5-8.) Carapace, asseen from theside, oblong, subreniform, rather higher in front than behind; oreatest height equal to half the length ; anterior extremity "rounded, posterior slightly emarginate above the middle: superior margin almost str aight, inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, the outline is ob- long ovate, acutely pointed in front, subtruncate behind; greatest width less than the height, situated behind the middle. Surface of the valves closely punctate. Colour yellowish brown. Length = inch. Cythere affinis, nov. sp. (Pl. VII. figs. 13, 14.) Carapace compressed, oblong. Seen from the side, subreniform, nearly equal in height throughout; greatest height less than 48 an ab Mr. G. 8. Brady on Ostracoda half the length; anterior extremity evenly, posterior obliquely rounded: superior margin slightly concave in the middle, and more distinctly emarginate close to the posterior extre- mity ; inferior rather deeply sinuated in the middle. Out- line, as seen from above, oblong, irregularly ovate, widest behind the middle, obtusely pointed in front, broadly mucro- nate behind; greatest width less than the heignt. Surtace ot the valves irregularly pitted, marked with several peri- pheral concentric rugee and an indistinct transverse central sulcus. Colour yellowish brown. — Length 4; inch. Cythere Stimpsoni, Brady. (Pl. VII. figs. 9-12.) Cythere Stimpsont, Brady, Les Fonds de la Mer. This species exhibits a near approach to C. fistulosa, Baird, d seems to be separated from that species chiefly by its less rupt and prominent ribbing, the more delicate reticula- tion of the surface, and the less elongated form of the cara- pa ce. C. runcinata, Baird, seems to me very likely to be the male of C. fistulosa. Loxoconcha tumida, nov. sp. (Pl. VIII. figs. 11, 12.) Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subrhomboidal, highest in the middle; greatest height equal to more than two-thirds of the length; extremities obliquely rounded, the posterior emarginate at its upper extremity: superior margin arched, highest in the middle; inferior slightly convex. Seen from above, the outline is lozenge-shaped, widest at the middle and acuminate at each extremity ; width equalling rather more than half the length. Shell- surface closely and rather coarsely punctate. Length ie Tiakelo This is closely allied to L. affinis, but much more tumid. Loxoconcha angustata, nov. sp. (Pl. VIII. figs. 16, 17.) Carapace, as seen from the side, elongated, subrhomboidal, nearly equal in height throughout ; height equal to half the length; extremities obliquely rounded, the posterior emar- ginate at its upper angle: superior margin quite straight, inferior slightly sinuated. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, widest behind the middle; extremities sharply mu- cronate, greatest width about equal to the height. Shell- surface marked with closely set, deep, angular pittings. Substance of the shell rather thin and horny. Length —. inch. from the River Scheldt and the Grecian Archipelago. 49 Cytherura flavescens, nov. sp. (Pl. VILL. figs. 13-15.) Carapace, seen from the side, oblong, constricted in the middle; height fully equal to half the length; anterior extremity rounded, posterior produced in the middle into a short ob- tuse beak: superior and inferior margins both distinctly sinuated in the middle. Outline, as seen from above, ovate, mucronate behind, pointed in front; greatest width situate in the middle, much less than the height. Surface of the valves marked with delicate raised reticulations, the longi- tudinal markings being most conspicuous. Colour yellowish. Length’, inch. I have specimens of this species also from the estuary of the Thames, and perhaps from other British localities; but the genus to which it belongs is so perplexing, the species being numerous and separated by such apparently variable charac- ters, that I had not hitherto ventured to describe it under a distinct specific name. These foreign specimens, however, appear to place the species on a more certain foundation. Cytheropteron acutum, nov. sp. (PI. VIII. figs. 1-4.) Carapace, seen from the side, oblong, subrhomboidal; greatest height in the middle, equal to half the length: anterior ex- tremity rounded; posterior obliquely truncate, produced above the middle into an obtuse beak: superior margin arched, inferior sinuated im front of the middle. Seen from above, the outline is diamond-shaped, widest behind the middle; extremities acuminate, width greater than height. Surface of the shell smooth, marked with small, distant, circular papille; lateral ala prominent. Length 5!; inch. Cytherideis teres, nov. sp. (Pl. VIII. figs. 5, 6.) Carapace, as seen from the side, elongated, oat-shaped, higher behind than in front; greatest height in the middle, and equal to one-third of the length; anterior extremity rather attenuated, posterior rounded: superior margin evenly arched, inferior almost straight. Seen from above, com- pressed ovate, acutely pointed in front, more obtusely be- hind, widest in the middle; width equal to the height. Surface of the shell smooth. Colour yellowish white. Length = inch. Polycope, sp. (Plate VII. figs. 15, 16.) A few separated valves of a species of Polycope, not much different in appearance from P. orbicularis, Sars, but smooth Ann. &: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 4 50 Dr. G. C. Wallich in Reply to and wholly destitute of sculpture, were found in soundings taken by Capt. Spratt off the coast of Crete. Diam. ;'5 inch. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate VIL. Fig. 1. Cythere porcellanea, seen from left side. | Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. Fig. 3. The same, from below. Fig. 4. The same, from the front. Fig. 5. Cythere fuscata, seen from the left side. Fig. 6. The same, seen from above. | . Fig. 7. The same, from below. GN) Fig. 8. The same, from the front. Gna Fig. 9. Cythere Stimpsoni, seen from the left side. | Fig. 10. The same, from above. Fig. 11. The same, from below. Fig. 12. The same, from the front. Fig. 13. Cythere affinis, seen from the left side. | Fig. 14. The same, seen from above. y) Fig. 15. Polycope, sp., seen from the side. | x60 Fig. 16. The same, end view. ( ; Puate VIII. Fig. 1. Cytheropteron acutum, seen from the left side. > Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. Fig. 3. The same, seen from below. Fig. 4, The same, seen from the front. Fig. 6. The same, seen from below. . Fig. 7. Pontocypris obtusata, seen from the left side. Fig. 8. The same, seen from above. Fig. 9. Loxoconcha tamarindus(?), seen from the left side. Fig. 10. The same, seen from above. Fig. 11. Loxoconcha tumida, seen from the left side. Fig. 12. The same, seen from above. | Fig. 13. Cytherura flavescens, seen from the left side. Fig. 14. The same, from above. x 60. Fig. 15. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 16. Loxoconcha angustata, seen from the left side. x 40 iL 2 3 4 Fig. 5. Cytherideis teres, seen from the left side. : x40. 8 9 Fig. 17, The same, seen from above. XII.—Reply to Dr. E. P. Wright's Observations on Dredging. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, The remarks of Dr. Wright, in this month’s Number of the ¢ ? =| aa 14 1 ” Ay Annals,’ on what he is pleased to term the “ accidental ” dis- covery by me of starfishes normally living in the deeper abysses of the ocean, are so far incorrect that I must beg to be permitted to reply to them. Dr. E. P. Wright’s Observations on Dredging. 51 In the first place, 1 would observe that I accompanied the expedition, in the course of which that discovery was made, with the express purpose of ascertaining if my belief in the existence of animal life at the greatest depths was well founded or the contrary. The capture of any particular genus or order of animals not having been anticipated by me, the capture of the Ophiocome might, under a strained and per- verted interpretation, receive the verdict of “‘ accidental ;”’ or it might be called accidental in the sense that, from that par- ticular locality, that particular sounding, or the instrument employed on that special occasion, no distinct result was looked for. In this sense, but in this sense only, I had myself already described it as being “ accidental.” I certainly did not expect to capture an Ophiocoma, any more than I expected to capture a turbot. If it affords Dr. Wright any satisfaction to learn this, he is welcome to the fact; but since I can adduce the clearest evidence in support of my having anticipated the general scientific result which it was my good fortune to be able to establish, I must say it appears to me that Dr. Wright has gone out of his course, somewhat ungracefully in this in- stance, to deliver himself of what appears very like a sneer. Scientific men are quite competent to decide whether a dis- covery made with a “ souwnding-line” (for which Dr. Wright expresses such contempt) is a discovery of less value than one made with a “dredge,” and, further, whether the mere circumstance of a set of Echinoderms showing a preference for a piece of sounding-line, when they might have secured an upward passage of a mile and a half within a comfortable copper or iron receptacle, can detract in the slightest degree from the value or the significance of the discovery when worked out to tts legitimate conclusion. I would, however, remind Dr. Wright that, whilst he seems so ready to call my discovery “‘acc¢dental,” he does not appear to be aware that he has placed in my hands a weapon which recoils somewhat unpleasantly on himself; for he does not hesitate to claim full credit (see ‘ Annals’ for December 1868, p. 426) for having ‘added to the fauna of this deep-sea valley [from a depth of 480 fathoms] a@ shark” as well as “a sponge!” and this in the same page that he naively informs your readers that “he was not prepared to find sharks at such a depth, and was surprised when the padrone asked for leave to throw out the Jishing-lines just over the place where they had drawn up the dredge”’ from the above-mentioned depth of only 480 fathoms. As bearing on Dr. Wright’s discovery of the shark at 480 fathoms, I may mention that many years ago MM. Pouillet and Biot, from independently conducted observations, were 4% 52 Rev. O. P. Cambridge’ on new Species of Araneidea. enabled to prove that fish lived at depths of 500 and 550 fa- thoms—and, further, to arrive at some really important conclu- sions regarding the constitution of the gases contained in their swimming-bladders when subsisting under the conditions there present. Dr. Wright has, moreover, to inform the scientific public on what basis (when referring to my starfish-sounding at 1260 fathoms) he would have us believe that the ‘‘ dredge” is alone capable of affording “ indications of animals higher than the Rhizopods living at those depths ” (/oc, cit.), unless when, by accident, that instrument happens to bring one of these “ higher animals” to the surface. Surely, if my discovery was an accident, the discovery of Dr. Wright’s shark was “an accident of an accident.” I remain, Gentlemen, Very faithfully, yours, G. C. WALLICH. Kensington, December 6, 1868. XIII.—Deseriptions and Sketches of some new Species of Araneidea, with Characters of a new Genus. By the Rev. O. P. CAMBRIDGE, M.A. [Plates IV., V., VI.] Genus STORENA (Walck.). This genus was founded in 1805 by Baron Walckenaer (Tableau des Aranéides, p. 83, pl. 6. figs. 55, 56) upon a single spider received from New South Wales. Five species from the same region have lately come under my own eye; and of these, descriptions and sketches of characteristic portions of structure are given below. Storena variegata. Storena australiensis. scintillans. maculata. — Bradley. The last two of these I had at first described as constituting a new genus; afterwards the first two species came under my notice, and in them I recognized at once the exact type of Walckenaer’s description ; between these and the last two no generic distinction could be discovered, though each two were the types of a distinct group within the genus; lastly, S. sradleyi came before me, and puzzled me much: incapable of generic separation from S. australiensis and S. maculata, except in a modified relative position of the eyes, yet by that Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidlea. 53 modification it seemed almost to come within the genus Enyo. Dr. Ludwig Koch appears to have included several species (also from New South Wales), generically identical with the above three species, in the genus Hnyo*: my impression, how- ever, is that they will eventually be found to be quite distinct from Hnyo. Dr. Koch includes “ Storena”’ in the family Drassides, of which he fixes ¢wo terminal tarsal claws as the leading character, whereas ‘ Hnyo”’ has three, and has thence been included in the family Theridides. Now in those two of the species here described (Storena vartegata and S. scintillans) which seem to be undoubtedly of Walckenaer’s typical Storena the terminal tarsal claws are certainly three in number, though the third is very minute and difficult to be seen. S. Bradley? S. australiensis, and S. maculata have also three terminal tarsal claws. In his description of a new species of Storena (S. Greffec), also an Australian species, Dr. L. Koch does not specially re- mark upon its tarsal claws, though, from including it in his work ‘ Die Arachniden-Familie der Drassiden,’ p. 192, he leaves it to be inferred that he could only discover two. The at present little known but closely allied genus Lachesis (Savigny) seems scarcely to be generically distinct from Sto- rena, and is also apparently closely allied to Hnyo. Of both Lachesis and Enyo some species in my collection, from Syria, . Palestine, and India, have yet to be worked out; the com- parison of these with allied species already received, and with others expected, from Australia, will perhaps facilitate a more certain and permanent arrangement of the species now included in these several genera. At present the Australian species known to me must remain provisionally as here described. Storena variegata, Nn. sp. @. Adult. Length 33 lines. Cephalothorax oval, broader behind than in front, smooth, shining, rounded before; caput slopes forward, so that the profile line of the whole cephalothorax is a continuous curve ; fore part of caput has some bristly hairs upon it; normal grooves and indentations but slightly defined; colour a uni- form dark chocolate-brown. Eyes eight, not very unequal in size, in three transverse rows on fore part of cephalothorax ; the lower row consists of two eyes wide apart; close above this is the central row of four ; this row is rather curved, the curve directed backwards ; * Enyo braccata, £. picta, in “ Beschreib. neuer Arachniden u. Myriap.” aus den Verhandlungen d. k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell. in Wien, Jahrgang 1865, pp. 859-861. Enyo annulipes, ihid., Jahrgang 1867, p. 194. 54 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Spectes of Araneidea. the two middle eyes are slightly the largest of the eight, and nearer to each other than each is to the lateral one on its side: above the central row, and further removed from it than from the lower one, is the third row of two eyes, near together and smallest of the eight; height of clypeus rather greater than the space between the lower and third rows of eyes. Legs not very long, strong, tapering, furnished with hairs, and a few spines on those of the two hinder pairs. Relative length 1, 4, 2, 38, but very little difference between 1 and 4; femora of first pair stronger than those of the rest. Colour brightish orange-brown; femora, outer sides of genua, and undersides of tibiz striped and suffused with deep chestnut- brown; tarsi end with three claws, the two upper ones curved and pectinate, the under one simple, small, and inconspicuous. Palpi short, strong, furnished with hairs; colour yellowish, humeral joints chestnut-coloured. Falces strong, conical, inclined backwards towards sternum, about equal in length to height of facial space, rather paler in colour than cephalothorax ; fang small. Maaxille rather strong, straight, oblong, rounded at extremi- ties on outer sides, inclined to labium. Labium about one-third shorter than the maxille, much broader at base than at apex, which is round-pointed: these parts are paler in colour than the falces. Sternum somewhat heart-shaped, but little longer than broad, smooth, shining, furnished with hairs, and of a dark chestnut-brown colour. Abdomen oval, very convex above, but very sparingly fur- nished with hairs, nearly black, marked and variegated both above and below with pale-yellow and whitish markings ; these form a concurrent double longitudinal series of broken chevrons in the medial line of the upper side; the markings on the sides are irregular, but they concentrate into a largish bright-yellowish-white patch on either side near the fore ex- tremity; on the underside the yellow markings form two broadish longitudinal converging lines, which reach halfway towards the spinners ; between these and the extremities of the lines are three roundish pale-yellow spots in a triangle whose apex is directed backwards. Spinners yellowish brown, short, and not very strong ; those of inferior pair strongest. A single specimen in a small collection of spiders received from the Swan Riyer, New South Wales. Storena scintillans, u. sp. 2. Adult. Length 3 lines. This species is very similar in form and general appearance Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 55 to S. variegata, but it differs remarkably in various respects. The cephalothorax is more bluff and rounded before ; the nor- mal furrows and indentations are scarcely defined, the caput and thorax being imperceptibly confluent: in colour the cephalothorax is of a deep red-brown; its surface is rugulose and reflects metallic sparkling tints of a beautiful violet and dark green in different lights. The clypeus is much rounded in profile, and its height exceeds the space between the fore and hind rows of eyes ; these are very similar in disposition to those of S. vartegata, and are very nearly equal to each other in size ; the middle row is slightly curved, the curve directed forwards. The /egs are less strong than in S. variegata, their relative length the same, but those of the hinder pair are rather longer in proportion to those of the first pair; their colour is a dark red-brown, femora darkest; the extremities of the tibiae of those of the first pair (extending to about one-third of their length) are of a clear yellow ; the legs are furnished with hairs and some short stoutish spines on those of the third and fourth pairs; several of these spines form a sort of ring round the fore extremities of their metatarsi, and near them, on the inner side, is a tuft of hairs. Each tarsus ends with three claws ; the two upper ones curved and pectinate, the lower one very small and not easy to be seen. The palpi are strong, similar to the legs in colour, and furnished with hairs and spines. Falces strong, more inclined to the sternum than in S. varie- gata; their colour is red brown, front surface rugulose. Maaille also more inclined to labium, which is likewise longer in proportion to the maxilla than in variegata: colour red- brown, paler at the extremities. Labiwm similar. Sternum heart-shaped, of a deep red-brown; in appearance slightly rugulose or punctulose. Abdomen oval, rather more convex above than in S. variegata, furnished very sparingly with hairs, which are mostly of a short bristly nature; surface smooth, shining, of a deep black reflecting metallic tints of an invisible green; on the upperside are five pale markings mottled with yellowish-white spots; one of these markings, small and inconspicuous, is on either side near the fore extre- mity, another on either side just past the middle, they form two short curved lines, the curves directed backwards; the fif marking is small, but conspicuous, and placed just above the spinners; on each side of the abdomen are two oblique lines, one short and commencing just below the curved lines above mentioned; the other (midway between that and the fore extremity of abdomen) is much longer and broader, and ex- tends into a largish patch beneath, where it almost joins the opposite and corresponding patch : from between these patches, 56 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. at this point, runs a short narrow longitudinal line of the same colour towards the spinners, which are no more conspicuous than in S. variegata: the external sexual organs are rather prominent, smooth, and of a yellowish red-brown colour. _ A single specimen of this very distinct and beautiful species was contained in the Swan-River collection, with the speci- men of S. variegata. Storena Bradley?, n. sp. 6. Adult. Length 24 lines. This species bears a near resemblance in form to Storena maculata ; the height, however, of the clypeus is less; there is also a modification in the relative position of the eyes, which distinguishes it at once from all the other species known to me; by this modification the relative length and breadth of the space occupied by the eyes is altered. Cephalothorax of a clear yellow red, reflecting metallic tints of a violet colour upon the caput and other portions in a strong light. ‘Two or three strongish erect black bristles are in the medial line of the upper part of caput; this line is continued over the clypeus, where the bristles turn upwards: the height ot clypeus is double that of the space between the anterior and posterior eyes. Eyes on black spots, occupying a space broader than long (in S. maculata and S. australiensis this space is longer than broad). The chief difference in the relative position of the eyes in the present species arises from those of the third row being brought down nearer to those of the middle one, and in the two central eyes of the middle row being also brought down so as apparently to belong more properly to the first row; thus the eight eyes might be with propriety described as in two curved rows, the curves directed backwards, that of the foremost row being but slight, that of the hinder one much stronger. The four eyes of the hinder row are nearly of equal size, but much larger than those of the front row, of which last the external eyes are very small, and rather less than the two centrals ; these are nearer to each other than each is to the lateral on its side; the space between the externals of the front row is near gPout equal to that between each and the hind central on its side. Legs long, moderate in strength ; relative length 4, 3, 1, 2. but little difference between those of the first, second, and third pairs, those of the fourth pair being considerably the longest, almost double the length of the spider,—those of first pair yellow-red, femora deepest in colour; those of second pair similar, but the femora still darker than those of first Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 57 pair; while the femora, genua, and tibie of thé third and fourth pairs are of a deep blackish red-brown. All the femora reflect metallic tints of a violet colour in different lights. The legs are all furnished sparingly with hairs and spines, and each tarsus ends with three curved claws of a similar nature to those of the species already described. Palpi very similar in general appearance to those of the species next to be described (S. australienszs), short, red-yellow in colour; digital joimts red-brown, reflecting violet tints like the femora of the legs ; radial joints shorter and smaller than the cubital, and prominently produced in an obtuse form on their outer sides, the produced portions having their bases furnished with a tuft of bristly black hairs; one or two longer and strongish prominent black bristles also issue from the inner side of each radial joint ; a similar bristle issues from the upper sides of the cudbitals, and several from those of the humeral joints : digital joints very large, as long as the whole of the rest of the palpi; they are of a circular form flattened on the outer sides, with their extremities produced into a pomt much bent downwards ; they are furnished with hairs, and have two or three short, strong, claw-like spines at the extreme points ; these spines are rather abruptly bent at their extremities. The palpal organs are well developed, and consist of several yellowish and red-brown corneous processes, one of which, near their base, is prolonged into a rather prominent filiform spine, which, curving round inwards beneath the base of the digital joint, has its acute point in contact with the inner margin of the same, at about one-third of the distance from its extremity. Falces strong, about equal in length to the height of clypeus, inclined backwards to sternum, and similar in colour to cephalothorax. Maxille strongly inclined to labium, and rounded on their outer sides; a tuft or short fringe of short, black, bristly hairs at their extremities. Labium broadest at its base and roundish-pointed at apex, which nearly reaches the extremities of the maxille; these parts are similar to the falces in colour. Sternum heart-shaped, of a deep reddish black-brown, re- flecting tints similar to those on the cephalothorax, &e. Abdomenshort, oval, very convex above, almost black, clothed sparingly with fine pale hairs; five markings of a cream-yel- low are conspicuous on the upper side, two of these are on either side towards the fore part, the hinder one of each two being oblique and much the largest, the fore ones being mere dots and nearer together than the hinder ones; the fifth is a short 58 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. strong medial line, reaching for some little distance above the spinners. The upper and under sides of the abdomen are divided by a strong line (or sometimes an interrupted, narrow, oblong band) of a similar colour, on either side; these bands nearly unite in front, and terminate at about one-third the length of the abdomen from the spinners ; these are prominent, those of the inferior pair being much the strongest. Three males (two adult, one immature) of this species were received from Mr. H. Burton Bradley, of Sydney, New South Wales. Mr. Bradley has most kindly sent me these and other spiders of great interest; and I take the liberty of conferring his name upon the present species, in acknowledgment of his courtesy. S. Bradleyi is unmistakeably and nearly allied to S. australiensis and S. maculata. ‘The difference above noted in the position of the eyes approaches nearly to that of the genus Hnyo, to which genus, had the specimens of S. Bradleyi occurred in Europe or the adjoiming countries, I should have considered it to belong, though it would have been quite an abnormal species, inasmuch as in the typical Enyo the two central eyes of the front row are invariably, and, in fact, disproportionately the largest of the eight. Storena australiensis, n. sp. $. Adult. Length 23 lines. Cephalothorax oval (when looked at from behind and above), blunt or roundish-pointed before, broad and rounded behind. Caput massive; normal grooves and furrows but slightly de- fined. Clypeus broad and high, its height exceeding the length of space occupied by the eyes; behind the occiput is a slight dip in the profile line ; surface smooth and shining ; colour deep brown, approaching to black on caput, whence it tones down to dark red-brown on the hinder (or thoracic) portion ; a few slender bristles curving upwards on fore part of caput and on clypeus. yes very unequal in size, in three transverse rows on summit of caput; six of them form a regular but not equi- lateral hexagonal figure, and the remaining two are nearly in its centre. ‘The foremost of the three rows consists of two very small eyes high above the lower margin of clypeus ; the next row has four eyes, and is curved, the curve directed backwards; the lateral eyes of this row are much the largest of the eight, the two central ones the smallest and near toge- ther; the hind row consists of two eyes, not so large as the laterals of the middle row, Legs tolerably long, moderate in strength; greatest length Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 59 in the metatarsi, especially those of the two hinder pairs, furnished with long and rather slender spines, particularly on tibie and metatarsi; femora, genua, and tibie of first two pairs dark black-brown; metatarsi and tarsi pale brownish ; hinder half of femora of third pair, and nearly all of femora of fourth, bright reddish ; the remaining joints of third and fourth pairs similar to the corresponding ones of first and second—if anything, rather darker ; legs of fourth pair much the longest. Relative length 4, 2,3, 1. Owing to the specimen from which this description was made being dry and pinned, the claws terminating its tarsi could not be satisfactorily observed ; but they appeared to be (like those of the next species described) three in number,—two upper ones curved and pectinated, the inferior one very small and simple. Palpi moderately long ; cubital and radial joints short, the former nodiform, the latter produced slightly on inner side, and to a considerable length on outer side ; this latter produced portion is strong, and curved downwards and backwards ; extremity of the production bifid, one limb of the bifid part enlarged at its extremity, and stouter, though shorter, than the other: digital joint very long, and furnished with hairs ; its extremity 1s curved, and projects considerably beyond the palpal organs; these are highly developed and complicated, consisting of several corneous pieces and lobes, with which some curved spines are connected. Falces moderate in length, not very strong, much inclined backwards to maxille, which, with the labium and sternum, could not be examined, owing to the circumstance, before mentioned, of the specimen being dried and pinned. Abdomen too much shrunk out of all shape to be accurately described: it appeared to be of an oval form, very convex above, thinly clothed with hairs, and of a dark black-brown colour, with some faint markings of a rusty yellow towards the hinder part of the upper side. A single adult ¢ in the Hope Entomological Collection at the University Museum, Oxford. Hab. Australia. I am indebted to the kindness of the Curator of the Hope Collection (Prof. Westwood) for the opportunity of describing this very distinct spider, which, after much hesitation, I have assigned to the genus Storena, Walck. Storena maculata, n. sp. An immature ¢, closely allied in general appearance and pelle Xe Ap} structure to S. australiensis, was received from the Swan River, New South Wales, in a small bottle of spiders collected 60 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on a new Genus of Araneidea. there for me, through the agency of Mr. Samuel Stevens, in 1864. It is (although immature) rather larger than S. austra- liensis, being 2% lines in length, and may be at once recog- nized by the design upon the upper side of the abdomen : this consists of sundry spots and markings of a clear bright cream-white upon a dark rich maroon-brown ground. Hight nearly round spots form two slightly curved longitudinal lines on the fore part; each alternate spot is very small: these lines are succeeded by two larger spots or patches; the foremost of these is of a semicircular, and the hindmost one of an oblong form. A belt of the same colour girds the fore half of the abdomen, dividing the upper from the lower side, and to this belt, on either side, succeeds an oblong patch, the fore end of which rather overlaps the end of the belt; the underside is dull yellowish tinged with maroon, and softening gradually into that colour on the sides. Normal grooves and furrows on cephalothorax distinctly but not very strongly marked. The legs did not differ much in length, and those of the third pair appeared to be slightly longer than those of the first and se- cond; their colour was yellow-brown deepening into dark red-brown on the extremities of the femora, the basal portion of which, together with the coxal joints, was clear yellow ; they were furnished with hairs and spines, and each tarsus terminated with three curved claws, the two upper ones pecti- nated, the under one simple and much the smallest. The falees appeared to be stronger and more inclined backwards than in Storena australiensis, and they were furnished with many dark, stiff, prominent, bristly hairs. The height of the clypeus, as well as also the relative sizes of the eyes, appeared to differ. The palpi presented the same general appearance as to the relative proportions of the different jomts; but, being immature, the structure of the radial and digital joints, as well as of the palpal organs, was undeveloped. The colour of the radial and digital jomts was yellow, that of the rest dark red- brown; colour of sternum (which was of an oval form pointed behind) yellow-brown. Spinners short, compactly grouped ; inferior pair much the strongest and longest, Family Thomisides ? Nov. gen. STEPHANOPIS. Characters of Genus. Eyes eight, unequal in size, forming a corona or circlet around the upper part of a cephalic eminence which varies in height; outer eyes of the four in front of eminence largest of the eig hit. Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 61 Maxille moderately long, nearly straight, inclined towards labium, which is longer than broad and rounded at its apex. Falces long, strong, and inclined backwards towards labium. Cephalothorax and abdomen, together with the legs and palpi, variously furnished with tubercles and tuberculate spines, giving the spider a very singular and hirsute appear- ance. Legs apparently laterigrade, relative length 1, 2, 4, 3. Stephanopis altifrons, n. Sp. 9. Adult? Length 4 lines. Cephalothorax broad behind and flattened, elongated and narrowed towards the fore part; caput elevated in a sloping direction forwards into a strong laterally rounded eminence, the summit of which has a large tubercle on either side, end- ing in a short bluntish spine; several bluntish tuberculate spines also in front and on sides of eminence. Clypeus promi- nent, cleft ; each projection formed by the cleft is tuberculate, and furnished with short bristly prominent spines. The whole surface of cephalothorax rugulose, and more or less furnished with tuberculate spines. Colour deep brown approaching to black, mixed with bistre. Clypeus pale hoary yellow. yes forming a ring round upper part of frontal eminence ; they are unequal in size, and may be described as in two curved rows, of which the fore one is shortest and embraces the fore half of the eminence, while the hinder one girds the hinder half; those of hinder row are about equidistant from each other, and do not differ much in size. Lateral eyes of front row large, and largest of the eight ; middle ones smallest, and very minute; the eyes of this row are also about equi- distant from each other. Legs moderately long ; relative length 1,2, 4,3; those of first pair stronger than the rest; all furnished with tubercles, bristles, and short spines, and thinly clothed with short, pale, sessile hairs; tubercles most conspicuous on tibie, especially on those of first and second pairs, whose tibize and metatarsi have two parallel rows of strong spines, directed forwards, on their undersides. Colour yellowish, mottled and suffused irregularly with deep brown-black ; tarsi and metatarsi more regularly banded with similar colours. Palpi moderate in length and strength, similar to the legs in colour and armature. Falces long and strong, similar in colour to the legs, except that their extremities are paler than the other portion; they are much inclined backwards towards the maxille. Maxille moderately long, nearly straight, but much inclined 62 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Aranetdea. towards the labium, which is rather longer than broad, slightly rounded at its apex, near which it is rather narrower than at the base. Sternum large, oval, narrowest at its fore extremity, thickly clothed with short haws. Colour of maxille, labium, and sternum yellowish brown, the latter having a long-oval longi- tudinal patch of a darker colour in its centre. Abdomen—upperside of same colour as cephalothorax ; underside more mottled with yellowish; strongly rugulose, hinder part broader than the front, thickly furnished with bluntish tuberculate spines and bristles, similar to those on the legs. The length of the abdomen is about equal to that of the cephalothorax, and the broadest part is rather broader ; fore margin notched. A single specimen ( ¢) of this singular-looking spider is in the Hope Collection, University Museum, Oxford. Being dried and pinned, it was not possible to make a satisfactory examination of it; nor could it be ascertained whether the specimen had attained maturity. At a single glance, however, it proclaimed itself to be an undescribed species of a genus not hitherto characterized. The hasty and imperfect sketch accompanying this description may perhaps help to give some general idea of its appearance. Hab. South Australia. Stephanopis nigra, n. sp. @. Adult? Length 53 lines; relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 3. This species, closely allied to Stephanopis altifrons, resem- bles it in general form and length of legs, but is longer ; its cephalic eminence, however, is altogether rather less elevated, though more prominent between the eyes; the size of the two lateral eyes of the front row is also slightly smaller in propor- tion to those of the hinder row. The tubercular rugulosities and spines are generally stronger and more pronounced, especially upon the palpi. The colour of this species is a uniform coal- black. A single specimen (?), dry and pinned, in the Hope Coll. Oxford. Hab. “ North part of New Holland.” Stephanopis clavata, n. sp. ‘ 3 . Adult. Length 3 lines; relative length of legs 1, 2, gis s . , . . Nearly allied to both the foregoing species, the present Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 63 differs from them both in colour and armature. The central pair of eyes in the front row are lower down, and thus more removed out of the straight line of the two laterals. The form of the abdomen is a more regular oval. Cephalothorax yellow- brown, marked with darker lines of same colour. Some small, pale, scale-like hairs are disposed in longitudinal lines towards the fore extremity ; cephalic eminence much less elevated than in S. altifrons. The armature of the cephalothorax consists of short, strong, tuberculate spines. The abdomen is of a bright brown-yellow, thickly studded with small yellowish tuberculate spines, among which are many paler ones, longer and of a larger size; some of them are clubbed at their extremities ; of these some are black, and give a speckled appearance to the surface of the abdomen. Legs similarly armed, but the spies are not quite so strong. Colour of the legs like that of cephalo- thorax, with irregular oblique bands of a paler hue, formed by small scale-like hairs; these are most conspicuous on the tars1 and metatarsi, and the alternate spaces are red-brown. Sexual organs large and conspicuous; but in the dry specimen their exact form could not be ascertained. A single 9 in Hope Coll., Oxford, without label, but sup- posed to be from Australia. Stephanopis lata, n. sp. 9. Adult? Length 33 lines; relative length of legs 1, 2, 4, 3. Closely allied to S. altifrons, this species differs from it in the tuberculate rugulosities being in general less acutely spi- nous and bristly, also in having a good deal of red-brown in its colouring, as well as in being proportionally shorter and broader—in this last respect, and in the fore extremity of the abdomen being truncate, presenting a more marked 'lVhomisi- form appearance; the elevation of the caput is also far less high and prominent, and the clypeus less projecting; the legs are longer and stronger; and the size of the front lateral eyes is proportionally less; also the front centrals are lower down and more out of the straight line (as in S. clavata) :— O10 o Oo A single 9 of this spider (which may be easily distinguished from either of the foregoing species by the differential charac- ters above given) is in the same collection as those species, and is labelled ‘ Van Diemen’s Land.” 64 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. Stephanopis (?) camelina, un. sp. 9. Adult. Length 43 lines; relative length of legs 1, 2, 4,3. Cephalothorax short, broad, contracted laterally, and trun- cate before, nearly circular behind ; thoracic portion higher than caput, into which it runs sradually ; caput but very slightly prominent im ocular region; colour yellow-brown, deeply suffused with dark red-brown, margins broadly yellow: it is thickly studded with small shining tubercles ; some of these on the thorax are arranged in oblique lines correspond- ing to the normal furrows: lower margin of clypeus, looked at from the front, describes an arc of a circle : fore corners of ocular region slightly raised above the surrounding surface. Eyes in two curved, transverse rows, forming a rather longer transverse oval than in the species before described, but differ- ing less in their relative size; external eyes of front row largest, middle ones smallest of the eight: each lateral eye of hinder row very nearly in a straight line with the two outer ones on its side of the front row. Legs—those of the two fore pairs long and nearly equal in length; strong: femora (especially on their undersides) fur- nished with small tubercles ; those on the undersides largest, and forming two longitudinal rows; many of these tubercles have a small bristle issuing from their summit; possibly similar bristles may have been accidentally rubbed off from the other ‘tubercles. The tibiee and tarsi have their under- sides armed with two longitudinal rows of semisessile spines issuing from tubercles: terminal claws strong; those of the two hinder pairs much shorter and less strong than the rest; some small tubercles beneath the femora of the two hind pairs, and bristles on the tibie and tarsi, take the place of the spmes on the fore legs. Colour of the legs yellowish; the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi of the two fore pairs suffused with brownish, and the femora with dark brown. Palpi short, moderately strong, furnished with hairs and bristles. Maxille and labium were obscured in great measure, owing to the specimen being dry and pinned ; ‘but, as far as visible, these parts were similar in structure to those of the species already described. Sternum oval, of a yellowish colour, and furnished sparingly with small tubercles. Abdomen large, much broader and deeper behind than in front, and projecting over base of cephalothorax ; on the hinder portion are five clevations—a central and four corner ones 5 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 65 these latter are small, and of a blunt conical form ; the central one is large, projects backwards, and is enlarged at its extre- mity, which has a small subconical elevation at each fore corner and a slightly raised longitudinal ridge down its centre: upperside of the whole abdomen furnished thinly with small, circular, shining, red-brown tubercles; colour of upperside reddish brown, darkest down the middle, and nearly black between the two conical projections on either side; underside paler, and with a broad yellowish band down its centre. An adult 9 of this spider is in the Hope Collection, Oxford, labelled “‘ Amazons; Bates, 1861.’ It presents a remarkable difference in general appearance from the four Australian spe- cies above described; and it is only after great hesitation that I have provisionally included it in the same genus: the dis- position and relative size of the eyes, and (as far as they could be observed) the structure of the maxille and labium, seemed to designate a generic affinity with those species ; and possibly the difference in general appearance may be some day bridged over by the discovery of intermediate forms. ‘The specimen being dry, its colowrs can hardly be depended upon. Genus ASEMONEA (Camb. MS8.). Lyssomanes (Hentz), Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 198, pl. 17. fig. 3. Lyssomanes tenuipes, 0. sp. &. Adult. Length 2 lines. Cephalothorax oval, depressed, and sloping back from caput, immediately behind which is a shght dip or depression ; caput slightly raised and produced forwards, forming a platform occupied by the eyes, from among which a few coarse hairs project: colour black-brown. yes eight, in four transverse lines on front and summit of caput—two in each line; those of first line very large, con- tiguous, and occupying the whole breadth of the fore part of caput; those of second line very much smaller, a little on the outside of, and about their own diameter distant behind, those of first line ; those of third and fourth les small, and forming a square close behind the second line; the length of these lines little more than half that of the second: the eyes of the third line are the smallest of the eight. Legs long, slender, and, as far as they could be observed, not greatly differing in length; the only armature apparent con- sisted of two longitudinal rows of long slender spines beneath the tibiz of the two foremost pairs, and a few still finer ones on other parts. Colour of the legs dull pale yellowish brown. Palpi moderate in length ; digital joint large ; palpal organs Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 5 66 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. highly developed, of great size and complicated structure. Any minute description was rendered impracticable, owing to the specimen being gummed upon a piece of card—a circum- stance which also “prevented any observation of the maxillee, labium, and sternum; the falces also were almost entirely hidden : they appeared, however, to incline strongly backwards towards the maxillee. Abdomen so much shrunk as to make it difficult to describe it with any accuracy ; apparently it was long, narrow, oval in form, of a blackish colour, clothed with white hairs on the sides, and some greenish-yellow, metallic-lustred, scale-like liairs on the upperside ; two of the spinners were apparently much longer than the rest, and curved strongly upwards. A single adult ¢ in the Hope Collection, Oxford, received from Ceylon, where it was captured by Mr. G. ELK. Thwaites. It is probable that, upon a revision of the Salticides, the genus Lyssomanes, established by Mr. Hentz, in his ‘ History of American Spiders’ (oc. ett. sup.), will sink into a subgenus of the genus Salticus. Family Salticides. Genus SALTICUS. Salticus cocctnelloides, n. sp. 9? Adult? Length 1 line. Excepting the legs, the whole of this curious little spider is of a jet-black colour, with a semicorneous integument, which is shining and marked thickly with minute punctures. ‘Cephalo- thorax, looked at from above, nearly square, and arched on all sides ; normal furrows, defining caput and thoracic segments, quite obsolete ; the pr ofile of the abdomen and cephalothorax describes almost a semicircle; the fore margin of the abdomen slightly covers or overlaps the hinder part of the cephalothorax 5 and from the struc ture of these parts it seems probable that, when alive, the spider has the power of raising its cephalothorax so as to throw it almost completely back beneath the semicorneous integument of the abdomen. Legs short, pale yellowish in colour, apparently not greatly differing in ler igth, those of third pair shortest. The speci- men, however , being dry, it was impossible to be certain upon this point. Palpt so concealed as to be incapable of description, and, in fact, to leave the sex of the s spider doubtful. Eyes i in three rows, occupying the greater area of the cephalo- thorax ; their position is similar to that of the Salticé in general, Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Aranevdea. 67 viz. two large ones in front, a small one on either side, a little retreating from the line of the large ones ; these four form the first row ; those of second row two in number, one not far be- hind each outer eye of first row; those of third row (also two in number) quite on sides of caput, and thus wider apart than the outer eyes of the first row, and further from those of the second row than these are from those of the first row. Two specimens of this minute species are in the Hope Col- lection, Oxford (Hab. Novo Friborgo). They bear no small resemblance to small beetles of the family Coccinellide, since, without close examination, it is difficult to see any division between the cephalothorax and abdomen; the concavity of the fore margin of the abdomen is a curious and unusual struc- tural peculiarity. Upon any general revision of the very nu- merous family ‘“ Salticides,” the present species should form the type of a new subgenus; for the present, however, I have thought it best to describe it under the generic name Salticus only. It is nearly allied to a well-marked group of the genus Salticus which C. Koch has deseribed as a genus (Phanis) ; this group, however, has no claim to more than subgeneric separation from the genus Salticus. Salticus bicurvatus, n. sp. g. Adult. Length 23? lines. Cephalothorax elongate. Caput divided from thoracic por- tion by a strong constriction, leaving the former nearly cireular. Thorax oval, narrowest behind, where it is truncate. Caput and thorax of equal length. Colour black and shining. Eyes in three rows, each of the two forming the middle row nearer to the exterior one on its side of the first row than to that of the hinder row. Legs rather long, slender; a few fine hairs and spines be- neath tibiz and tarsi of first and second pairs; relative length 4,1, 3, 2, but little difference between first and fourth and third and second respectively: colour reddish brown, tarsal joints darkest. Palpi short, not very strong. Being curled up beneath the dried specimen, it was impossible to observe the structure of the radial and digital joints or of the palpal organs; the same cause also precluded any observation of the maxille and labium. Falces very prominent, long, strong, and massive, rather longer than cephalothorax ; their inner face flat; extremities straight and rounded on outer side ; when looked at in profile, much arched above. Fangs as long as falces, sinuous, or con- : os » oo 68 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. taining a double curve; central part thinner and weaker than the portion on either side; extremities pointed and curved ; behind this curved point a portion of the face of the fang is bluntly serrate. Colour of both falces and fangs (excepting the extremities of the latter and base of the former, which are rather lighter-coloured) dark black-brown and shining ; inner face of the falees slightly wrinkled in a transverse direction ; two rows of minute teeth beneath the falces, and several larger ones near the insertion of the fangs. Abdomen joined to cephalothorax by a short cylindrical pedicle ; oval in form, rather pointed in front, truncate behind. Colour glossy black. A single specimen of this species in the Hope Collection, Oxford, captured in Ceylon by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites. It is closely allied to Salticus manducator (Westwood) (described and figured in Guér. Mag. de Zool. 1841, Arachnides), but differs from that species in the falces and fangs: the former are rather larger in S. bicwrvatus, and the latter have a double curve (as above described). ‘The denticulation beneath the falces also differs in the two species. Salticus plataleoides, n. sp. g. Adult. Length, to extremity of falces, 6 lines, to in- sertion of ditto 53 lines. The entire spider is of a dull brownish-yellow colour, except- ing the tips of the falees, which are black on the outer sides, and the upperside of the caput, which is of a bright rufous colour. The basal half of the falces has an opaline lustre in different lights, and their extremities have a rufous hue. The cephalothorax is similar in form to that of S. btcurvatus; but the caput is more of an oblong shape. Eyes of second row nearer to those of first row than in S. bicurvatus, 1. e. about one-third of the distance between the first and third rows ; and they are inside of the straight lmes between the exterior eyes of these rows. Legs long, slender; extremities of tibize and tarsi sparingly furnished with hairs; their relative length was apparently 4,1,3,2. The pedicle joing the abdomen to the cephalo- thorax biarticulate, and as long as the thorax. Falces of great length, projecting in nearly the same plane as the cephalothorax ; basal half very slightly and transversely rugulose, and shining in some lights with an opaline hue, flat on their inner face; extremities much and abruptly enlarged on upper and outer sides for about one-third of their length, giving to the spider (when the falces are close together) much the appearance of the Spoonbill (Platalea leucorodia). The Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 69 enlarged extremities have a reddish hue in some lights, and their outer extremity, above the insertion of the fang, is deep black-brown. The fang, being folded back in its position of rest, was nearly hidden; but apparently it was almost straight and not quite as long as the falces. Abdomen apparently rather slender-oval in form, and trun- cate at its hinder extremity. Palpt short and slight. Owing to the specimen being dry, they could not be extended so as to expose the structure of the extreme joints and the palpal organs. A single specimen of this singular-looking spider is in the Hope Collection at Oxford. Hab. Unknown. Since writing the above, I have received twelve specimens of this species from Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites, of Ceylon,—nine males and three females. These, being in spirit, admit of a more accurate examination than the dry specimen above de- scribed. As far as the above description goes, however, its correctness is confirmed by the examination of Mr. Thwaites’s specimens ; but the following additional particulars are worth noting :— The spiders themselves, although adult, differ greatly in size, some being larger than that above described, and others at least one-third smaller. The falces also vary considerably in their relative length in different specimens, in one rather ex- ceeding the length of cephalothorax and pedicle connecting it with the abdomen, in another only just equalling the length of the cephalothorax. The falces are armed on their inner sides with two longitudinal rows of sharp teeth; the inferior row consists of about sixteen, nearly equally dividing the whole length of the falx; the superior row consists of but five, un- equally dividing the fore half of the falx, but stronger than those of the inferior row. The fang equals the falx in length, and is slightly curved at its extremity. The abdomen (which was shrunken and shapeless in the dry specimen) was of a long oval form, widest behind, and strongly constricted at about one-third of the length from its fore extremity, almost dividing it into two segments; on either side of the constricted portion is an oblique pale patch. Palpi about two-thirds the length of the falces, or rather more in some specimens ; radial joint long, double the length of the cubital, enlarging gradually towards its extremity, which has a small, sharp, black-pointed projection on its outer side; digital joint small, oval in form; palpal organs simple and not very prominent, consisting of a simple corneous lobe, 70 ~~ Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. with a small, pointed, black, circularly curved spine towards their fore extremity. The cephalothorax has three long fine bristles directed for- wards on either side of the upper part of the caput, indicating the position of the exterior eyes of the first row, and of the eyes of the second and third rows. The sternum is long and narrow oval in shape, with a strong curved indentation on either side towards the anterior extre- mity, and the hinder extremity much produced. Maxille long, enlarged at their extremities, which are a little divergent. Labium oblong; sides and apex emarginate; length about two-thirds that of maxille. The adult female only differed from the male in the palpi and falces; these latter are no longer than the length of the ocular region of caput, and more approaching a vertical posi- tion; the digital and radial joints of the palpi form one long, oval, flattened piece. Genus Eresus (Walck.). Eresus bicolor, n. sp. g. Adult. Length 33 lines. Cephalothorax broad oval, rather depressed behind; caput much elevated and rounded at its summit; fore margin, when looked at from above, squarely truncate. Excepting two tri- angular patches in front, which enclose the four central and the two front lateral eyes, the caput is thickly clothed with ure-white hairs; these patches, as well as the thorax, are jet-black, the latter broadly margined with pure-white hairs also. Eyes not very unequal in size, forming a small square within a large one; the posterior side of the large square formed b the four outer eyes is shorter than its anterior side; but of the inner square the anterior side is the shortest. Legs long, those of first pair very strong, and much the longest of the eight; relative length 1, 4, 2,3; femora of first pair black; tibie nearly so, and both furnished with black hairs; the rest of the jomts are of a dark reddish brown, some of them being broadly annulated with a paler hue. The genual joints, extremities of femora, and fore half and extremities of tarsi thickly furnished with pure-white hairs; the two hinder pairs have all the joimts more or less annulated with bands of white hairs, the alternate spaces being reddish brown varying to black. Palpi short, moderately strong, of a deep reddish brown- black ; cubital joints furnished with white hairs ; digital joints Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Aranetdea, 71 large; palpal organs apparently bulb-shaped at their base, with a strong corneous projection towards their outer extremi- ties. The specimen, however, being dry and pinned, its palpi were too much concealed to admit of a satisfactory examina- tion. Falces black ; a small, raised, corneous ridge of deep shining red-brown near their base on the outer side; long and strong, shghtly curved from each other, vertical. The maxillz and labium could not be well examined, owing to the specimen being pinned. Abdomen oviform, projecting considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is black, furnished with hairs, of which a few are fine erect ones ; four longitudinally connected patches of white hairs occupy the medial line of the upperside ; the first, near the cephalothorax, is of a long isosceles triangular form, rounded at its hinder extremity, which forms the base of the triangle; the next is a transverse oval patch; the third similar in form, but smaller; the fourth is quite small, and somewhat of a diamond shape; the connexion between these patches is by a narrow neck of white hairs; the last of the patches is succeeded by a small independent spot, formed also by white hairs. The underside of the abdomen is dotted with white hairs having a tinge of pale yellowish red-brown. Sternum thickly furnished with coarse whitish hairs. A single adult ¢ of this very conspicuously marked Hresus is in the Hope Collection, Oxford, Hab. “ Damara Land, South Africa.” Eresus tibialis, n. sp. gd. Adult. Length 33 lines. Cephalothorax black, sparingly furnished with hairs, a broad band on the lateral margins furnished thickly with coarsish sessile hairs of a dull yellow colour; and a fringe of similar hairs extends from the lower margin of the clypeus over the base of the falces. In form the cephalothorax of this species nearly resembles that of HZ. bicolor and many others of the genus. Eyes in the normal position of a small square within a large one; those of the hinder side of the medial square are much larger than those of the fore side; the fore side of the outer square is longer than the hinder side; but in respect to the inner or medial square it is just vice versa, the posterior side being the longest. Legs long and strong; those of the first pair have the first five joints remarkably stout, the genuals unusually long, and the tibie very large, tumid, shining, and thickly clothed 72 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. with long black hairs. The colour of the legs is red-brown ; the femora of the second, third, and fourth pairs, together with the tibie of the first, are much the darkest, nearly black ; the uppersides of femora, genua, and tibie of the ‘three hinder pairs are furnished with longitudinal lines of coarse, yellow, sessile hairs; relative length A, 4,3, 2. Palpi stout, but not very long, similar to the legs in colour; some coarse yellowish hairs form a ring at the extremities of the cubital and radial joints; digital joint large. But the palpal organs were too much concealed in the dry specimen for s satisfactory observation. Falces nearly straight, rather projecting, and a little hollowed on inner sides, strong , equal in length to the height of the facial space; fang red- “brown, not very long nor strong. Mazille and labium too much concealed to render their structure visible: apparently they were of a dark red-brown colour, furnished with a few coarse yellowish hairs. Sternum long oval, black, with a broad longitudinal central band of yellowish hairs; this band was rather dilated in the middle. Abdomen oval, broader at posterior than at anterior extre- mity, of a dark brown-black colour ; the fore half of the wpper- side, as well as a space above the spinners, and the underside were thickly clothed with coarse vellowish hairs. An adult @ of this species, remarkable for the tumidity of the tibiz of the first pair of legs, i is in the Hope Collection, Oxford. Hab. “‘ Mysore, India.” EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats LY. Storena variegata, Fig. 1. Spider in profile, much enlarged, without legs. Fig. 2. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces. Fig. 3. Portion of tarsus of first pair of legs, showing the three terminal claws Fig. 4. Position of eyes, from front. Fig. 5. Spider in profile, magnified. Fig. 6. Natural length of spider. Storena scintillans. Fig. 7. Spider in profile, without legs, much enlarged. Fig. 8. Position of eyes, from front. Fig. 9, Tarsus and portion of metatarsus of leg of hinder (fourth) pair. 4g. 10. Spider in profile, magnified a little. Fig. 11. Natural length. Storena Bradleyt. Fig. 12, Spider in profile, much enlarged, without legs. 7. 15. Position of eyes, from front. Rey. O. P. Cambridge on new Species of Araneidea. 73 Fig. 14. Spider in profile, magnified a little. Fig. 15. Abdomen and cephalothorax (without legs), from above. Figs. 16, 17, 18, 19. Left palpus in different positions. Fig. 20. Natural length of Spider. Storena australiensis. Fig. 21. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces. Fig. 21a. Natural length of spider. Fig. 22. Cephalothorax in profile. tg. 23. The same, from above. Figs, 24, 25, 26. Right palpus in different positions. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fxg. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. ¢ Fig. Fig. Fig. 27. 28. 29. 30. 51. 32, 33. 34. 35. 56, 37. 38. 39. 40. 41, Storena maculata. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces, Abdomen, from above. Cephalothorax and abdomen in profile. Portion of tarsus of leg of fourth pair, showing three terminal claws. Position of eyes, from front. Natural length. PuaTE V. Stephanopis altifrons. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces. Cephalothorax, somewhat in profile. Cephalothorax and abdomen, from above and behind. Cephalothorax, from above and in front. Position of eyes, from front. Natural length of spider. Underside, showing maxillz, labium, and sternum. Stephanopis nigra. Natural length of spider. Stephanopis clavata. Natural length of spider. Stephanopis lata. . Cephalothorax and abdomen, from above and behind. . Natural length of spider. Stephanopis camelina. : epider in profile, without legs. ore-right view of portion of cephalothorax and falces, showing position of eyes. . Fore-right view of spider, without legs. . View of abdomen, from behind. . Cephalothorax and abdomen, from above and behind. . Natural length of spider. Lyssomanes tenuipes. . Spider, without legs, in profile. . Position of eyes, from front. . Natural length of spider. Salticus coccinelloides. . Spider in profile. 74. = M. Brongniart on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Frutt. Fig. 54. Cephalothorax and abdomen, from above and behind, with the former elevated. Fig. 55, The same, with cephalothorax depressed forwards, as in fig. 53, z.e. in natural position of rest. Fig. 56. Spider of natural size. Prate VI. Salticus bieurvatus. Fig. 57, Spider magnified. Fig. 58. The same, in profile, without legs. Fig. 59. Right falx, showing double row of minute teeth underneath. Fig. 59a. Left falx. Fig. 60. Natural length of spider. Salticus plataleoides. Fig. 61, Spider without legs. Fig. 62. Portion of ditto, in profile. Fig. 63. Spider, of natural size. Fig. 64. Underside, showing maxille, labium, sternum, and left palpus. Fig. 65. Right falx, from inner and underside. Fig. 65a. Natural length of spider. Eresus bicolor. Fig. 66. Spider, from above, with only portion of leg of first pair. Fig. 67. The same, in profile, without legs. Fig. 68. Cephalothorax (caput) and falces, from front. Fig. 69. Natural length of spider. Eresus tibialis. Fig. 70. Leg of first pair, showing enlarged tibial joint (a). Fig. 71, Natural length of spider. XIV.—Note on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Fruit. By M. Bronenrart*. THE study of the fossil plants of the older strata possesses a peculiar imterest in consequence of the singularity of their forms, which most frequently separates them in a very striking manner from those which live at present on the earth. With the exception of the ferns, the resemblance of which has always been recognized, the plants of the Carboniferous formation differ so much from those which have inhabited the earth at more recent periods, and from those which now inhabit it, that very careful comparisons have been required to connect them with the families of the existing world. Nevertheless, from the commencement of my investigations upon this subject, I have indicated the relations of several arborescent plants of this period to the Horsetails or Hquisetaceze and to the Lycopodiaceze. * Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ Aug. 17, 1868, tome lxvii. pp. 421-426. M. Brongniart on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Fruit. 75 As regards the latter, I had referred to the large stems and branches which constitute the genus Lepidodendron, certain spikes or cones of fructification which appeared to me to be cones ot those gigantic Lycopodiacew, and had given to them the name of Lepidostrobus. Subsequently these relationships were completely confirmed by the researches of Dr. Joseph Hooker upon several specimens of Lepidostrobus* contained in the nodules of carbonate of iron from the English coal-measures, the internal structure of which had been sufliciently well preserved to allow the form of the sporangia borne by the scales of these cones, and the nature of the spores which they contained, to be much better appreciated than I had been able to do. Another remarkably well-preserved specimen, the origin of which, however, was unknown, had been previously described by our illustrious associate, Robert Brown, under the name of Triplosporites. The profound investigation which he made of this specimen in 1847, and the additions which he made on publishing his memoir in 18517, after the examination of a fine specimen which I showed him in 1849, left no doubt in his mind as to its intimate relations with Lepédostrobus, from which he hesitated to regard it as generically distinct. But the specimen described by Robert Brown tf, as well as that of the Museum of Strasbourg (one-half of which has been given to the Museum at Paris, and was communicated to him by me), only presents small portions of these cones; that de- scribed by R. Brown evidently corresponds to the apex of one of the cones: that which I had examined appeared to come from the base ; but the perfect specimen which forms the sub- ject of this notice proves that it belongs rather to the middle part of one of these spikes of fructification. In fact the lower part of cones of this kind presents very remarkable differences of organization, which must materially modify the characters ascribed to these fossils, and seem to indicate that there are between them and Lepidostrobus greater differences than had been supposed, at least if the organization of these latter fruits could be sufficiently appreciated in the specimens described by Dr. Joseph Hooker. The numerous but often very imperfectly preserved spe- cimens studied by that excellent observer are most frequently * Memoirs of the Geol. Survey of Great Britain, vol. ii. p. 440. + “Some Account of T’riplosporites, an undescribed Fossil Fruit,” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xx. p. 5. (Read to the Society June 15, 1847.) { This specimen was derived from the collection of Baron Roger; and a transverse section, preseryed in the collection of the Marquis de Dré, is at present a portion of the collection of the museum. 76 M. Brongniart on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Fruit. only very limited portions of these spikes; some, however, appear to have been preserved throughout their whole extent, and there is nothing to indicate any difference of structure between the base and the apex. ‘Throughout, the scales bear sporangia of the same form, and apparently en- closing bodies of the same nature; this at least is indicated by the figures and descriptions published by the learned English botanist. These characters, therefore, seem to approximate the Lepi- dostrobi to the true Lycopodia, of which all the sporangia are similar and contain identical spores. The family Lycopodiacex includes two other genera, which are very different in this respect, Selaginella and Isoétes, which, on the same stalk or in the same spike, in one word, on the same axis, present sporangia of two kinds, some con- taining very small spores destined to produce antheridia and to perform the function of fecundating organs, and the others larger spores, which will germinate after being fecundated. These two kinds of organs, which cooperate in reproduction, have been designated by the names of microspores and macro- spores. Nothing in the specimens described either by R. Brown or by Dr. J. Hooker would indicate this double nature of the sporangia or of the spores; but a very complete and generally well-preserved specimen of a spike identical in its upper part with the Triplosporites of R. Brown has just thrown a new light upon this subject, and shown in these fossils modifica- tions analogous to those which we observe in the living Lyco- podiaceee. This remarkable specimen was found in a drift deposit at the entrance of the valley of Volpe, in the Haute-Garonne, by M. Dabadie; it was communicated to me by M. Lartet, to whom it had been confided by M. Dabadie; and the author of this interesting discovery has been kind enough to allow me to have it sawn through its long diameter, and to retain one-half forthe museum. This s specimen, which was carefully modelled before being cut through, is entirely silicified: the organiza- tion of the various parts is well preserved im many points ; nevertheless its anfractuosities and crystallized portions do not allow it to be examined equally well in all parts. It presents the form of a cylindrical cone or strobile, 0°12 metre in length and 0:055 metre in breadth, showing on the outside the apices of the scales of which it is composed ; these form twenty-seven perfectly regular longitudinal rows, and are arranged in accordance with a very much flattened helix, the generative spiral of which would be expressed by M. Brongniart on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Fruit. 77 the fraction 2, an arrangement which approaches that ob- served in the leaves of many living Lycopodiacez*. The scales or bracts which form this spike spring perpen- dicularly from the axis, and are even a little reflexed; they have exactly the organization so well described by R. Brown in his Triplosporites, and to which it seems to me useless to revert; as in his specimen they are bent up towards the extre- mity and terminated at the surface of the fossil by an hexa- gonal disk, which would, as in Lepidostrobus, be produced mto a foliaceous appendage, which has been destroyed. Upon the narrow pedicels of these scales are inserted oblong sporangia, rounded at the extremity as in 7’riplosporites ; those which occupy the apex and middle part of the spike are filled with an innumerable multitude of little spores, formed by three or sometimes four united spherical cells, apparently separating in some cases into simple globular spores. In the lower third of the same spike we observe sporangia similar in form and mode of insertion to the preceding, but distinguished at once by their large, simple, spherical spores, the diameter of which is ten or twelve times that of the cells of which the little spores are composed. ‘They are very dis- tinct to the naked eye, their diameter being 0°6 millim., and enable the sporangia to be at once distinguished from those containing the microspores. These large and perfectly spherical spores have a thick smooth wall; they most frequently contain scattered globular granules, the nature of which is difficult to determine, but which appear to be connected with a state of immaturity ; some, filled with an opaque matter, seem to be more advanced in their development. This spike, therefore, like those of the Lycopodiacee of the genera Isoétes and Selaginella, presents sporangia of two kinds :—those near the summit of the spike containing micro- spores, that is to say, antheridia; the others, situated towards the base of the spike, containing macrospores or germinative spores. The form and mode of insertion of the sporangia, their great size, the considerable number of macrospores which they con- tain, and the absence of any trace of a regular line of dehis- cence cause these organs especially to resemble those of Lsoétes ; but in the latter these sporangia are inserted upon the very base of the leaves, which spring from a very short and bulbiform stem. In the fossil plant, on the contrary, these sporangia are borne by a kind of bracts or squamiform leaves united into a * [ have indicated this mode of arrangement of the leaves of Lycopo- diace in the ‘ Histoire des Végétaux fossiles,’ tome ii. p. 11. 78 M. Brongniart on a Fossil Lycopodiacean Fruit. spike, which, probably, like those of Selaginella, terminated the branches. Here, therefore, we have a peculiar combina- tion of characters, namely, sporangia analogous to those of Lsoétes united into a spike similar to that of the Lycopodiacee, but much larger. The great size of these organs is, in fact, one of the striking characters of these spikes ; it is in propor tion to the arborescent stature of the Lepidodendra, compared with that of the living Lycopodiacez, but it is none the less remarkable, for most commonly the organs of reproduction do not follow the growth of the veg etative or gans: the largest tree ferns have sporangia no larger “than the smallest species, just as the flowers of our lar vest trees are often even smaller than those of the humblest herbaceous plant. In these plants of the primitive world growth was simultaneous in both systems of organs. Thus the Lepidodendree, or arborescent Lycopodiaceze, had spikes of fructification. comparable i in size to the cones of firs and cedars, and containing very voluminous sporangia, even larger than those of Jsoétes, which they approach in form and structure. A final question remains to be solved. Have the true Le- pidodendra, the fruits of which, or Lepidostrobi, were mvesti- gated by Dr. J. Hooker, only” a single kind of spores? or did the imperfect state of his specimens ‘prevent the recognition of the nature of the spores contained in the sporangia of the lower part of the spikes of fructification? The form of the spores of these Lepidostrobi, which is quite different from that of the microspores of Triplosporites, would lead me to think that these plants are not congeneric, and that the genus Zri- plosporites of Robert Brown should be maintained. The three known specimens of this plant do not establish its real geological position ; the origin of that described by R. Brown, and of that of the Strasbourg Museum, is entirely un- known 3 the one that I have just described was found in the transported material of a valley im the Pyrenees, far from the beds in which it must have been originally deposited ; nevertheless we cannot doubt, from the nature of the plants which it most nearly approaches, that it belongs to some bed contemporaneous with the Carboniferous or Old Red Sandstone formation. Robert Brown in his memoir has given no specific name to the plant which he described ; but the confirmation of its ge- neric value, and the probability that we shall find other forms of the same genus, induce me to consecrate the memory of his excellent observations by designating this species by the name of Triplosporites Brownit, pibliographical Notice. 79 I must remark in conclusion that the very perfect specimen that I have just described probably represents a spike of fruc- tification which had not reached its last degree of development. Two facts seem to indicate this: 1, the microspores, in nearly all the sporangia which contain them, are immersed in the midst of a granular opaque matter, in which they show by transparency, and which has the appearance of the cellular plasma that surrounds these organs before their maturity ; and, 2, the vessels, which form very distinct bundles in the axis of the cone, only present transverse striz or scarcely dis- tinct rings, and not the strongly marked streaks of adult scalariform vessels. This want of maturity has perhaps been favourable to the integrity of these fossils ; but it is possible, and even probable, that the microspores and macrospores, when their development is complete, would present some differences which must not be regarded as arising from a really distinct organization. Some of the spores composing the triple microspore already appear disposed to become isolated, and would probably ac- quire the trigonal form indicated by J. Hooker for the spores of Lepidostr obus. Some of the macrospores also seem to pre- sent in their interior a more complex organization, which would indicate a tendency towards the form with a trigonal apex of the macrospores of Lsoétes. Fresh specimens, even mere fragments, but at a different degree of development, will perhaps hereafter complete our knowledge of this subject; but from this day forth the exist- ence of these gigantic Lycopodiacee, showing a still more complete relationship to certain existing forms of this family, is established indubitably. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Observationes circa Pezizas Fennie. Scripsit Wimi1am NyLanpeEr. Accedunt tabule IT. lithographice. Tue above treatise has been called forth by the work of Karsten entitled ‘ Expositio Pezizarum sibi cognitarum Fenniz,’ concerning which Prof. Nylander observes that the characters given are, for the most part, mere transcripts of those of Fries in the ‘ Systema Myco- logicum,’ with the addition of some occasional and vague remarks on the fruit. The author considers M. Karsten to have neglected the means he had at his disposal of verifying the species he describes, in not consulting collections of published specimens, such as those of Mougeot, Desmazic¢re, and Rabenhorst, and states that he has him- self acquired a more accurate knowledge of the subject from study- ing the specimens contained in the Museum of the Society for the 80 Bibliographical Notice. elucidation of the Fauna and Flora of Finland than from the work of Karsten, which, however, has had the effect of leading him to a careful examination of those species. He remarks that it is of much importance to science generally, as well as to the Finnish flora, that everything vague and uncertain should be eliminated, and more clearly defined notions acquired. Dr. Nylander considers the genus Peziza to have been more neglected than other genera of fungi, owing particularly to the difficulty of determining species, from the loose and unsatisfactory way in which they have been hitherto described. The only existing monograph is that contained in the second vo- lume of Fries’s ‘Systema Mycologicum,’ where all microscopic ana- lysis is omitted. Other difficulties arise from the rarity of many of the species, some occurring only in particular years and seasons, others in places difficult of access, many of their more marked cha- racters being also lost in the process of drying for the herbarium. Hence arises, says the Professor, a necessity for more satisfactory definitions than at present exist, to enable the student to recognize the plants he meets with; and he hopes that the treatise under consideration may furnish descriptions which will aid the inquirer in overcoming the difficulties inherent in the subject, so far as the species contained in the ‘Observationes’ are concerned. After stating the number of species contained in Karsten’s Synopsis to be 100, viz. 92 Pezize and 8 Ascoboli, several of which are not present in the Finland Museum, he notices some which are given by Karsten under wrong names, and adds others, from the collection in the Museum, omitted by that writer, giving figures of a few of the sporidia. The chief value of Dr. Nylander’s work consists in accurate mea- surements of the fruit of each species, with notes of the forms of the asci and paraphyses, and the appearances they present when treated with iodine. He also gives a few synonyms, remarking on the difficulty attending this part of the subject from the cursory way in which names have been assigned to the various forms, and shows the detriment arising to science from characters carelessly and loosely drawn up, and unaccompanied by minute analysis, and, on the other hand, the great value of clear and exact definitions of the various types. The Professor divides his materials into two grand series—the first containing the larger terrestrial species (Aleuria, Fries), the second the intermediate and minute forms. His first series is subdivided into such as have cylindrical asci with simple, elliptic fruit, showing no reaction under iodine, and others having globose fruit. Then follow those whose asci turn blue with iodine, which also present two sections, characterized by the form of their fruit. To these succeed the moderate-sized and minute kinds, subdivided into those having simple curved fruit (Hncelia and Dermatia, Fries), and others with elliptic sporidia and cups either naked or setose and sessile (Huwmaria, Fries); a third section fol- lows, with spherical or subglobose fruit; to these succeed such as have pilose or villous cups and oblong or fusiform sporidia (Lachnea, Bibliographical Notice. 81 Fries), first with stipitate and next with sessile cups; then come those species which arise from a subiculum or mycelioid stratum, divided into those with smooth cups and a flat disk (many of the Helotia of Fries), first, with distinctly stipitate, and, secondly, with shortly stalked cups ; those with convex apothecia follow (Helotia, Persoon and Fries), then those with sessile, flat, or concave cups (Mollisia, Fries), and either seated on a subiculum or free, sub- divided into those with furfuraceous (Lachnea, Fries) and those with smooth apothecia; they are either brightly coloured or hyaline (Orbilia and Calloria, Fries) and have paraphyses with claviform tips, or pallid and blackish, with simple fruit (Wollisia, Fries), or, again, have firm lichenoid cups and, frequently, septate fruit (Patellea and Patellaria, Fries). Such is, in a few words, the nature of the sections and subsections which the learned author adopts. Experience alone, perhaps, will show whether his system will prove easier to the student than that of Fries: at first sight it certainly appears so; at all events there can be no doubt of the value of his concise and lucid descriptions of species and accurate measurements of the fruit. His aim has been to give, in as few words as possible, such characters as will enable the student to determine the specimen before him, avoiding, on the one hand, the vagueness of the older writers, and, on the other, the diffuseness and prolixity of later authors. It is to be regretted that there is no scale of measurements common to the scientific world ; for the trouble of rendering in every instance fractions of French into those of English measures is so great as to render the work under discussion far less useful to an English botanist than it might otherwise have been. The dimensions of the fruit given by Dr. Nylander accord generally with those given by Messrs. Berkeley and Broome in the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ In a few cases, how- ever, he appears to have different things in view: for instance, Peziza brunnea, A. & 8., is described with spherical fruit; Corda, quoted by Dr. Nylander, in Sturm’s ‘ Deutschland’s Flora,’ iii. i. p- 68, t. 28, figures it as elliptic, and says “die Sporen sind eyfor- mig,’ &c.; so that the plant of Nylander must be different both from Corda’s and also from that of Desmaziére (Cr. Fr. ed. 1. 1312). The figure of Albertini and Schweinitz is also very unlike that of Corda. Peziza asperior, Nyl., comes near to Peziza trechispora, B. & Br. ; but the sporidia are “globose or subglobose ;” in fig. 2 they are globose. Peziza polytrichi, Schum. Dr. Nylander has evidently a different thing in view from the plant of the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for May and June 1854, No. 768, which is referred to P. humosa, Fr., in the ‘ Annals’ for August 1866. P. leucoloma, Hedw., is also said to have globose sporidia: in the plant of ‘Engl. Flo.” they are bluntly elliptic. Nylander’s plant would seem therefore to be distinct. P. alboviolascens, A. & G.—The Professor remarks, in a note, p. 28, “ Thecas sporas continentes ei nondum in speciminibus An- glicis, Gallicis, et Germanicis que examinare licuit inveni.” It has Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iu, 6 82 Bibliographical Notice. always appeared to us that this plant is a Cyphella; and we believe it to be identical with C. Curreyi, B. & Br. Peziza subferruginea, Nyl. = P. araneosa, Sow.—Whatever Bul- liard’s plant may be, it cannot be identical with Sowerby’s, as it agrees with it neither in characters nor in its place of growth. Peziza geminella, Nyl., is remarkable for its 2-spored asci. Peziza macrospora (Bagl.), Nyl. p. 66, seems to come very near to Patellaria proxima, B. & Br., the fruit corresponding closely. Thirty-one new species of the genus Peziza are described, viz. :— P. caligata, Nyl.; P. fluctuans, Nyl.= P. perlata, Karsten ; P. furva, Nyl.; P. canina, Karsten; P. luteo-pallens, Nyl.; P. articulata, Karsten; P. fulvescens, Nyl.; P. asperior, Nyl.; P. amprovisa, Kar- sten; P. juncifida, Nyl.; P. eruginella, Karsten; P. wruginascens, Nyl. = P. eruginosa auctorum; P. subferruginea, Nyl.; P. subspa- dicea, Nyl.; P. alniella, Nyl.; P. geminella, Nyl.; P. euerita, Kar- sten; P. aureliella, Nyl.; P. subfurfuracea, Nyl.; P. hymeniophila, Karsten; P. luteo-rubella, Nyl.; P. rubinella, Nyl.; P. hyalinula, Nyl.; P. epipora, Nyl.; P. pteridina, Nyl. = P. pteridis, Karsten ; P. lividula, Nyl.; P. atratula, Nyl. =P. atrata, Fr.; P. subcrenulata, Nyl.; P. amphibola (Mass.), Hepp ; P. macrospora, Bagl.; P. vari- ella, Nyl. Dr. Nylander describes some other fungi which come near the Patellaria-section of Peziza, hitherto only distinguished generically with difficulty, and gives characters, derived from the fruit, tending greatly to remove that objection, if they hold good throughout. The genus Tympanis, he observes, is characterized by dimorphism in the asci, the same apothecia containing asci filled with innumer- able minute, curved sporidia, and others occupied by a few (eight to twenty-four) larger ones. A similar fact occurs, however, in certain Nectrice, as N. cucurbitula, Fr. and N. inawrata, B. & Br. M.Tulasne considers (Carpologia, 11. p. 87) WV. aquifolia, B., and N. inaurata, B. & Br., to belong to one species ; but it seems to us that the dif- ferences in the fruit, as well as in the perithecia, are amply sufficient to pronounce them distinct. NV. cucurbitula, Fr., would appear to come much closer to NV. inaurata, B, & Br., than would NV. aquifolia, B. Dr. Nylander traced both forms of asci from an early stage to ma- turity, without perceiving any tendency in the minute curved bodies to unite and so form the larger kind of fruit, as De Notaris seemed to think, but each maintained its own form to the last. He also found spermagonia with spermatia. A fourth form of fruit occurred to Messrs. Berkeley and Broome in the case of Tympanis saligna, an account of which was published in Hooker’s ‘Journal of Botany,’ 1851, vol. iii. p. 319, where fruit was found like that of Diplodia, unless it was founded on incorrect observation, as is suggested by M. Tulasne in the third vol. of his ‘ Carpologia,’ p. 154. The following new species of 7’ympanis are described :—Tympanis confusa, Nyl. = Patellaria atrata, Fr.; T. spermatiospora, Nyl.; T. amphiboloides, Nyl., and v. hypopodiza, Nyl.; 7. hypopodia, Nyl. The author has pursued the same method in his exposition of the Pezize of Finland as in his ‘ Lichenographia,’ expressing in as few words as possible the essential characters of every species. He dibliographical Notice. $3 considers that each part of their structure should be taken into ac- count, with especial regard to their mutual differences, but that our knowledge of the Pezize is too limited at present to enable us to make use of the spermagonia as a means of systematic arrangement, a few scattered observations not sufficing to that end. He observes, however, that in cases of doubtful affinity an acquaintance with these bodies is of great value. The chief aim in descriptions should be that the various types may be easily distinguished, falling at once into their proper places. A synoptic table of the Finnish Pezize follows, demonstrating the care taken by the author to render-his treatise as complete and useful to the student as possible. Notices of a few species of Asco- bolus are also added. This genus, he observes, differs but little from Peziza, the characters relied on as essential not being constant. Dr. Nylander proposes others, such as the fuscous-violet colour of the mature sporidia, and a peculiar reaction under iodine not appa- rent in Peziza, those bodies in Ascobolus assuming a more intense violet, whilst the asci turn pale blue, as in certain species of the former genus. The character of clavate or cylindrical asci he con- siders of little value, both forms often occurring in the same speci- men, as the sporidia happen to form one or two rows—a remark in which we are disposed to concur. ‘The distinct operculum of the asci 1s only found in a few species, and therefore not to be relied on. Only three species appear to be represented in the Finnish Museum, —A. furfuraceus, P., A. glaber, P., and A.immersus, P. In a note under A. glaber, P., he corrects the error of Coemans, who has cited A. Kerverni, Crouan, under that name. Ascobolus macrosporus, Crouan, is quoted as a synonym of A. immersus, P., which it does not much resemble so far as Persoon’s figure is concerned, answer- ing better to the description. Fries’s characters of A.porphyrosporus, Fr., would induce us to bring it under the same species. We have no means of comparing A. rufopallidus, Karsten, with A. vinosus, B., nor his A. lapponicus with A. glaber, P., as given by Rabenh. (F. E. exsice. No. 778), nor A. difformis, Karsten, with A. testaceus, B. & Br.; but it is not improbable that they are synonymous. A, carneus, P., according to Finnish specimens, has larger fruit than A. granuliformis, Crouan, to which species we have been hitherto disposed to refer it. Notes on a few Spheriacei are given in an Appendix. Spheria manmata, Wahl.=Spheria (Hypoxylon) multiformis, Fr. S. dupli- cella, Nyl., is new. SS. vicinula, Nyl., and S. pruniformis, Nyl., S. sorbina, Nyl., and 8. dacrymycella, Nyl., have been published in the ‘ Flora.’ A full index of species, varieties, and synonyms completes the work. In concluding our notice of Prof. Nylander’s treatise we will only add that it is a record of observations quite essential to every bota- nist who wishes to study the genus Peziza, containing also numerous remarks bearing on the proper method to be pursued in investigating natural history in general; and as such we would recommend it strongly to all who are interested in that study. 6* 84 MISCELLANEOUS, On the Generic Name Aleyoncellum, and in reply to Dr. Gray’s Ob- servations on Sponges and on their Arrangement and Nomenclature,” ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History, March 1868. By Dr. J.S. Bowzrsank, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. I quire agree with Dr. Gray that there is considerable confusion in the early descriptions of Alcyoncellum as a genus. Messrs. Quoy and Gaimard, although they copy De Blainville’s description of the calcareous specimen, apparently in a very careless manner, evidently had their own siliceous one in their minds as the type of the genus, the heading to which is Alcyoncellum speciosum, nob. ; and if we ac- cept their specimen as the type of their Alcyoncellum, there is no reason why it should not maintain its position. On the contrary, there are very cogent reasons why the calcareous type of the ‘ Ma- nuel d’Actinologie’ should not be accepted as the type of the genus Alcyoncellum. On the first occasion of my referring to pl. 92. fig. 5, I concluded that the specimen represented was in reality a Grantia, from the central cloacal cavity, its radiating cells, and its triradiate calcareous spicula; but I did not urge these points at that time, as there did not then appear any likelihood of referring to sponges which could be mutually agreed upon as satisfactory specimens of De Blainville’s calcareous type of the genus. This difficulty has been overcome. On the occasion of my last visit to the British Museum, Dr. Gray showed me a box containing a considerable quan- tity of what he termed Alcyoncellum gelatinosum ; and subsequently, on my writing to him, he kindly sent me a small specimen of the sponge, a portion of which I immediately mounted in Canada balsam and found it to be identical in structure with similar branched cal- careous sponges that I obtained many years since from the mouth of the Murray River, Australia, and of which I had mounted por- tions shortly after I had received them. I find the sponge regis- tered thus :—‘ Grantia virgultosa, Bowk. MS. From Fremantle, Australia, by Mr. G. Clifton, and also from Murray River, by Ray.” 1856. On comparing the specimens mounted from the sponges from the above localities with those from Dr. Gray’s specimen, they ap- pear in every respect identical, and they agree perfectly with the figures in plate 92. fig. 5 in the ‘ Manuel d’Actinologie.’ Having thus determined this important preliminary part of the question, let us now see what pretensions the calcareous type of the genus has to maintain its position in the scientific arrangement of the Spongiade. The genus Grantia was published in Fleming’s ‘ British Animals,’ p. 524, in the year 1828. The ‘ Manuel d’Actinologie’ bears the date, on the titlepage, of 1834; and there is a notice, in p. viii of the introduction, stating that its production extended through the time between the years 1830 and 1834. The article “ Zoophyte,” it is stated by Dr. Gray, was ‘published in the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ vol. ix., and bears date 1830.” We have therefore two years precedence of Miscellaneous. 85 the genus Grantia, to which the specimen of calcareous sponge which is the type of Alcyoncellum gelatinosum of the ‘Manuel d’Actinologie’ decidedly belongs; and unless it be determined that genera founded on manifest errors are, rightly or wrongly, to maintain their places in science, the calcareous type of the genus in question must give place to the siliceous one of Quoy and Gaimard. The same course of argument applies to the genus Huplectella, also founded in error, as any one who will refer to the original paper descriptive of the type specimen, in the ‘Transactions of the Zoo- logical Society,’ vol. iii. p. 203, will plainly see. It would lead to inextricable confusion of dates if we were to accept as the date of a work the year in which it was said to have been commenced. The criterion of date is that on the titlepage ; and this is the only one that we can accept as the date of a genus first published in a volume—or, in the case of a paper, that on which it was publicly read in an established Society. I take this opportunity of replying to some assertions made by Dr. Gray, in his paper ‘“‘ Observations on Sponges and on their Ar- rangement and Nomenclature,” published in the ‘Annals’ for March 1868. On page 167 he states, “It is to be observed that though I have Dr. Bowerbank’s own authority for regarding MacAndrewia azorica as identical with Dactylocalyw Prattii,’ &c. I distinctly deny having ever, in writing or orally, given Dr. Gray to understand that I for a moment considered his MacAndrewia and my Dactylo- calyx Prattii as being the same species; and the remainder of the paragraph, of which I have quoted the first portion, certainly does not in any way prove Dr. Gray’s very erroneous assertion. Again, in page 168, Dr. Gray says, “I have Dr. Bowerbank’s authority for considering the latter [D. Prattii] a synonym of M. azorica, he, when examining the specimens in the British Museum, having brought to me, as a good example of his Dactylocalyx Pratti, the specimen I described and figured, not recognizing it as the sponge to which he had already given two other names (I believe the Indian habitat is a mistake); so that this sponge has been referred to two genera and regarded as three species by Dr. Bowerbank.” The as- sertions of Dr. Gray in the above quotation are just as unfounded as the first one. Long before the interview alluded to by Dr. Gray, I was too well acquainted with the structural characters of both his MacAndrewia and my Dactylocalyx Prattii to allow me for one mo- ment to consider them otherwise than as distinct species, having carefully examined the structures of both specimens, and having the results of my examinations mounted in Canada balsam, long before the interview with Dr. Gray at the British Museum, the examina- tion of the Doctor’s MacAndrewia azorica having been effected in1860, very shortly after the publication of the species in the ‘ Pro- ceedings of the Zoological Society.’ The only reference that was made to the two specimens was, that I pointed out to Dr. Gray that the specimen of his MacAndrewia azorica was in as perfect a state of preservation as my Dactylocalyw Prattii ; but I never for one moment 86° Miscellaneous. inferred that they were the same species. How Dr. Gray could have fallen into such misapprehensions I cannot possibly imagine. As to the locality of D. Prattii, I can only say that the sponge was pre- sented to me by my friend the late Mr.8. P. Pratt, with a drawer full of other sponges ; and when I called his attention to the speci- men, and wished to know its locality, he told me the whole of them were sent to him by his son from the East Indies, where he then held a high official appointment. I may also state that among the siliceo-fibrous sponges in the gallery of the British Museum there is a specimen labelled ‘ Siliceous Sponge from Formosa, by Swinhoe, 65, 12. 15.” It isin a fine state of preservation, and is undoubtedly the same species as the type specimen of D. Prattii, agreeing with that sponge in all its structural characters. Dr. Gray accounts for some of my supposed errors by stating that “I suspect that these errors arose from Dr. Bowerbank’s habit of working from microscopic preparations often made by his friends Mr. Tyler and Mr. Lee, as well as by himself, from fragments which they obtained from various collections, under different names, without Dr. Bowerbank taking the trouble to compare the specimens from which they were obtained.” This mode of accounting for my supposed sins of omission and commission is very benevolent and very ingenious of the learned Doctor; only it does not happen to be true. I have never figured a single specimen that has been prepared or mounted by either my friend Capt. Tyler or Mr. Lee. The former Thave freely supplied with specimens to mount for his own informa- tion; and [ had not the pleasure of knowing the latter gentleman until some years after the publication of my papers on the Anatomy and Physiology of the Spongiade in the ‘ Transactions of the Royal Society.’ All my figured specimens, excepting two or three, are from sponges in my own possession or in the cabinets of public in- stitutions, and have been mounted by myself. I will not follow Dr. Gray through numerous other hasty asser- tions ; but there is one in page 172 which it may be as well to note. The author writes, ‘‘ Both Geodiade and Spongilladee are well defined recognized groups: the latter lives only in fresh water, and is green, all other sponges being marine and never green.” Has the Doctor really never seen specimens of our commonest British sponge, Hali- chondria panicea, growing on the rocks between high- and low- water mark, and often of a deep green colour, and varying from that through every shade of green to yellow? Numerous Australian sponges are also decidedly green-coloured in their living state. There is an amusing inconsistency in the learned Doctor’s style of criticism. He blames Prof. Thomson for having concocted a new method of arrangement and new names, having only a book-know- ledge of his subject, forgetting that he himself formed his own new system of arranging the Spongiade principally from having cut up the plates of the copy of the ‘ British Sponges’ which I had pre- sented to him, and rearranged the figures in them to suit his own fancy, without having seen a single living or dead specimen of the sponges the names of which he quotes ; and, in consequence of this Miscellaneous. 87 mode of proceeding, he has fallen into a series of errors, many of which I have pointed out in my “ Notes on the Arrangement of Sponges, &c.” in the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for February, 1868, but which are too numerous to reiterate on the present occasion. Burrowing Annelids. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GeNTLEMEN,-—In Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh’s paper on the boring of certain Annelids, in the ‘ Annals’ for October 1868, p. 276, several Annelids are mentioned as burrowing, although I showed, several years ago, that two of the genera enumerated undoubtedly belong to the subkingdom Mollusca, and two of the Serpulids mentioned never burrow. The genera Stoa and Spiroglyphus are provided with a multispiral lid, which never is found in any Annelid. I have examined many specimens in spirit, which place it beyond doubt that these two genera belong to the Vermetidee *. I hope that this much-read journal will contribute to the exclu- sion of these two genera from the Annelids. Abildgaard only states that he got two Serpulids from a surgeon, who extracted them from holes in the “‘ marble rocks ” and “ chalk stones” below water on St. Croix. As the surgeon, on inquiry, asserted that they did not live in calcareous tubes, Abildgaard called them stone-borers. I have examined numerous specimens of Spirobranchus (Cymo- spira) imbedded in coral, but I have never been able to discover any dissolving power of the Annelid. All specimens have been overgrown by the coral; but it seems that the Serpula, in the struggle for existence, is never completely imbedded before its death. Nor have I ever seen, in groups of Serpule, dissolved parts as in Vermetide. I doubt whether any tubiferous Annelid (Ser- pula) can burrow. I may add that Swammerdam (Biblia Nature, 1735, vol. 1. p. 182, tab. ix. f. 15-17) has given an excellent account of an Annelid burrowing in Littorina littorea. I am, Gentlemen, Your most obedient Servant, Copenhagen, Frederiksborggade, Dr. O. A. L. Morcu. November 29, 1868. Contributions to the Fauna of the Gulf-Stream at great depths. By L. F. pe Povurrarss, Assist. U.S. Coast Survey. The author introduces his paper, describing the species observed by him, with the following remarks. The study of the constitution and of the inhabitants of the bottom of the sea is a field of research which has attracted the attention of * Morch, “ Review of Vermetide,” Proc. of the Zool. Society of London, 1861; and Journal de Conchyliologie, vols. vii. and viii. 1860, ‘Notice sur le genre Vermet.” 88 Miscellaneous. naturalists in comparatively recent times. What Humboldt did with regard to the distribution of life at different heights in the at- mosphere was done by Edward Forbes for the different depths of the ocean. The former’s diagrams of the zones of vegetation on the slopes of the Andes are considered indispensable in every atlas of physical geography. But what one man could do where his glance embraced miles of country in height and breadth, and where the type of vegetation could frequently be recognized as far as the eye could reach, an investigator, even as zealous as Forbes, could but sketch in broad though happily drawn lines for the marine animals. Much has been done in this direction since Forbes’s death, parti- cularly in England, where dredging has become a favourite occu- pation of many naturalists; the Scandinavian seas have also been explored with much success, chiefly by the Norwegian naturalists ; but much more remains to be done in a field in which the areas to be, explored can, as Jeffreys remarks, be reckoned in square degrees, whilst the research extends only over several square yards. It is particularly in the greater depths, in the so-called abyssal region, that our knowledge is deficient. This is easily understood, since on many coasts the sea is comparatively shoal for a consider- able distance from land, and the outfit for deep-sea dredging is beyond the means of all but afew private individuals. Government expeditions are generally fitted out for other duties, and can rarely devote their time to operations occasioning a delay of many hours. Furthermore, owing to the scantiness of the material, the impression. generally prevailed, until recently, that animal life was soon reduced to a minimum with an increase of depth, or at least reduced to the lowest forms; so that the incentive of a rich harvest seemed denied to those who would have undertaken such researches. Excepting the investigations of Dr. Stimpson on the coast of New England, the dredge has been as yet very little used along our hence The Cueeneeee and constituents of the bottom are, haere pretty well known, thanks to the care of the late Superintendent of the Coast Survey, Professor A. D. Bache, who, during his whole administration of that work, required the hydrographical parties to preserve the specimens brought up by the lead. From eight to nine thousand specimens have thus been accumulated at the coast-survey office, from a region comprised between the shore and the outer edge of the Gulf-stream, and reaching nearly to 1500 fathoms. But of course, aside from the Foraminifera and Diatomacee, for the study of which this material has proved of high interest, not much was con- tributed to our knowledge of the animals of the higher classes, the instrument used being only adapted to procure a small quantity of sand or mud. The present Superintendent of the Coast Survey, Professor B. Peirce, has lately directed the resumption of the investigations of the Gulf-stream, so successfully inaugurated by his predecessor, but interrupted for several years by the war. Besides observations of the depth, velocity, and direction of that current, and the tempera- ture and density of the water at different depths, the researches will be extended to the fauna of the bottom, of the surface, and of the Miscellaneous. 89 intervening depths. Not only will an insight be thus obtained into a world scarcely known heretofore, but that knowledge will have a direct bearing on many of the phenomena of that great current. Thus a new light may be thrown on its powers of transportation from shallow to deeper water, or along its bed, on its action in forming deposits in particular localities, or on its possible influence on the growth of coral reefs on its shores. The first campaign on this plan was organized in 1867, the field of research being in a section between Key West and Havana, inci- dentally with the purpose of sounding out the line for the telegraph- cable, shortly afterwards laid between these two points. The Coast- Survey steamer ‘Corwin’ was assigned to the work; and here I wish to express my thanks to my colleague, Assistant H. Mitchell, charged with the physical part of the campaign, and to Captain Platt and his officers for the interest they showed in my work, and for their valuable practical aid. The expedition was unfortunately interrupted by the breaking out of yellow fever on board; so that the dredgings were few in number. However, short as the season’s work was, and few as were the casts of the dredge, the highly interesting fact was dis- closed, that animal life eaists at great depths, in as great diversity and as great abundance as in shallow water. The identifications of the species have been made by me at the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, in the rich collections of which I have found abundant material for comparison ; facilities of every sort were afforded me by Professor Agassiz, for which I wish to express my heartfelt thanks, as also for this opportunity of prompt publication. The first dredgings were made on May 17th, on the Florida side of the Gulf-stream, about five miles 8.8.W. of Sand Key, in depths varying from 90 to 100 fathoms, on a bottom of calcareous mud, The following list comprises the animals obtained :— Articulates—A number of small Crustacea were brought up, which have not yet been determined. They belong to the following or allied genera:—Dromia, Ilia, Mithrax? (a mutilated specimen), Pagurus, Huphausia, and Orchestia. The tubes of several species of Annelids were obtained, but the animals were in most cases too defective for identification. The largest and best-preserved is Morphysa floridana, noy. sp. There are also tubes of one or more species of Serpula. The Gephyreans are represented by Sipunculus corallicola, Pourt. (Proc. Am. Assoc. 1851). Mollusks not determined specifically. These are mostly immature specimens or fragments of dead shells, and belong to the following genera :—Murex (dead), Turbo? (operculum), Leda (living), Astarte (living), Zellina (dead). Of Pteropods dead shells of the following species :—Hyalea tridentata, Hyalea trispinosa, Cuvieria columella, Cleodora lanceolata. The shells of this order are very common in deep-sea soundings. The Bryozoa are represented by Vincularia margaritacea, NOV. sp. Radiata.—Of Echinoderms were obtained an Ophiurian (an arm, 90 Miscellaneous: undetermined) and a number of specimens of Comatula Hageni, nov. sp. A Zoanthus, rather small, was obtained also, but, not having been noticed when alive, it would be somewhat uncertain to determine. Hydroids: Antennularia triseriata, noy. sp.; Thoa pulchella, nov. sp.; Th. capillaris, nov. sp. The Foraminifera had nearly all been washed out of the dredge ; only the following were noticed:—Textularia conica, D’O.(very large) ; Operculina (Spirillina) incerta, D’O.; Rotalina cultrata, D’O.; and Globigerina rubra, D’O. The total for this locality is therefore twenty-nine species, to which a few ought to be added for the undetermined fragments of Annelids. No dredgings were had in mid-channel; this part had been re- served for the return trip; but the unfortunate interruption of the cruise prevented the execution of the project, at least for this season. The next casts were obtained off Havana in 270 fathoms, on May 24th and 29th, on both days as nearly as possible on the same spot, as the little that was obtained at the first date had given much promise. The results of the two casts are combined below :— Articulates—The Crustacea are not determined, but are of or near the following genera :—Stenopus, Awia, Callianassa, Orchestia, and Jdotea, all living. Annelids: Marphysa tibiana, n. sp., and M. antipathum, n. sp. Tubes and fragments of four or five other species. Of the Mollusks the Gasteropods and Acephala have not yet been determined, with one exception. The following genera are represented :—WMitra?, Fusus, Turbo, Emarginulina, Dentalium, Nucula, and Spondylus, all dead; Pedi- cularia decussata, Gould, and a very small Anomia, both living. The Pteropods and Heteropods were all dead ; they are :—Hyalea tri- spinosa, affinis, D’Orb., gibbosa, Rang, and wncinata, Rang; Creseis spiifera, Rang; Cleodora pyramidata, Pér. & Les.; Spirialis ros- trata, Eyd. & Soul.; and Atlanta Peronii, Les. Of Brachiopods we obtained Terebratula cubensis, n. sp., and Terebratulina Carlleta, Crosse; both living and apparently abundant. The Bryozoa are :— Furcimia cereus, n.8p.; Vincularia margaritacea, n. sp.; Cellepora reticulata, n.sp.; C. sigillata,n. sp.; Canda retiformis, n.sp.; Canda cornigera, n. sp.; [dmonca fleauosa, n. sp. Radiata.—Kchinoderms are represented by the following species: — Spatangus (dead, fragments); Fibularia (dead); Cidaris annulosa, Gray (probably, young, living) ; Zvipneustes ventricosus (living, very young); Asterias, sp. (very young, living); Ophiurians, at least three species immature and difficult to determine ; Comatula brevi- pina, nu. sp., living; Peniacrinus, sp. (fragments of stem, among which some appear quite fresh). Of Zoantharia the following were brought up:—Antipathes hums, n. sp.; Antipathes filix, n.sp.; Acanthogorgia aspera, n. sp.; Gor- goma exserta, Ellis; Swiftia exserta, Duch. & Mich.; Hyalonema (spicules); Caryophyllia formosa, n. sp.; Deltocyathus Agassizii, Miscellaneous. 91 n.sp.; Stylaster complanatus, n.sp.; Errina glabra, n.sp.; Errina cochleata, n. sp.; Crypthelia Peircei, n. sp.; Distichopora sulcata, n. sp.; Heliopora? tubulata,n.sp.; Heliopora? carinata, n. sp.; Isis? (base of stem); Sarcodictyon rugosum, n. sp. Hydroids: Thoa pulchella, n. sp.; Tubularia erinis, un. sp. Fora- minifera: Lagena striata, Mont., rare; Nodosaria pyrula, D’O., rare ; Dentalina communis, D’O., rare ; D. (agglutinans?) ; Lingulina carinata, D’O.; Textularia trochus, D’O., common, very large, also abundant in shoaler water; 7. agglutinans, D’O., rare; Nonionina scapha, rare; Nonionina umbilicatula, Montg., rare; Cristellaria crepidula, F. & M., rather common; Orbiculina adunca, D’O., rare and only in a worn state; its proper habitat is in the littoral zone ; Amplhistegina gibbosa, D’O., rare, and only young specimens ; it is very common throughout the Gulf of Mexico in deep water; Globi- gerina rubra, D’O., very abundant, also in the Orbulina form; Gi. Dutertre:, D’O., common; Pullenia obliquiloculata, P. & J., rather common ; Pullenia courciata, n. sp., rather common; Spharoidina dehiscens, P. & J., not common; Rotalina cultrata, D’O., very common ; Rot. truncatulinoides, D’O., common; Lot. Poeyi, D’O., rather common; /totalina, two other species in single and imperfect specimens; Biloculina,sp.; Triloculina Brongniartiana, D’O., rare ; Quinqueloculina bicostata, D’O., rare. Many of the specimens of Foraminifera are filled up with a yellow mass, like the first stage of transformation into greensand ; but the process seems to stop here. Of sponges quite a number were obtained, at least a dozen species, which have not yet been determined. Some of the detached spicules are remarkable for their size—one, for instance, of the slender rec- tangulated sexradiate type of Bowerbank measuring more than half an inch. ; The vegetable kingdom was represented in this dredging by a single specimen of a minute alga, Centroceras clavulatum, Agardh, which Harvey says was found abundantly at low-water mark at Key West. In its branchlets was entangled a chain of a species of Biddulphia. Other Diatoms are rather scarce and have not yet been determined. We therefore find here, also, a confirmation of the remark made in European seas, that vegetable life does not extend to depths as great as are reached by animals, and that, therefore, the greater number of deep-sea animals must be carnivorous. The dredge contained also a number of nodules of a very porous limestone, similar in colour and texture to the limestone forming the range of low hills along the shore of Cuba, but composed appa- rently of the remains of the same animals which were found living. Thus our Deltocyathus, Caryophyllia, the various Pteropods were recognized in the stone, and found also in various stages of fossiliza- tion. The interstices between the larger forms are generally filled up with Foraminifera. On May 25th the dredge was sent down in 350 fathoms, outside of the locality occupied on the 24th and 29th. It brought up only a few dead corals—Caryophylha formosa, Deltocyathus Agassizii, Diplohelia profunda, the latter in numerous specimens,—also a 92 Miscellaneous. fragment of the siliceous skeleton of a sponge, forming a regular net- work somewhat like that of Huplectella as figured by Bowerbank, but lacking the spines. The soundings made during the cruise seem to indicate a kind of submarine terrace, on which the dredgings of the 24th and 29th were made. The cast of the 25th was probably made on the edge of it; and the dredge no doubt touched bottom only for a short time, after which the ship drifted off into water too deep for the line attached.—Silliman’s American Journal, November 1868. Deep-sea Dredgings in the region of the Gulf-Stream. By L. F. pe Povrrazes. I sent you a few days ago a small pamphlet * containing some of the results of the deep-sea dredgings made by me in connexion with the exploration of the Gulf-stream by the Coast Survey. If you think it worthy of notice in the ‘Journal of Science,’ I have thought it would add to the interest to mention the much more complete results of this year’s campaign, which were the subject of a brief communication I made to the late meeting of the National Academy at Northampton. As the specimens have not all been determined as yet, I can give here but a short outline. The dredgings were made outside of the Florida reef, at the same time as the deep-sea soundings, in lines extending from the reef to a depth of about 400 to 500 fathoms, so as to develop the figure of the bottom, its formation and fauna. Six such lines were sounded out and dredged over, in the space comprised between Sand Key and Coffin’s Patches. All of them agree nearly in the following particulars. From the reef to about the hundred-fathom line, four or five miles off, the bottom consists chiefly of broken shells, and very few corals, and is rather barren of life. A second region extends from the neighbourhood of the hundred-fathom line to about 300 fathoms; the slope is very gradual, particularly between 100 and 200 fathoms; the bottom is rocky and is inhabited by quite a rich fauna. The breadth of this band varies from ten to twenty miles. The third region begins between 250 and 350 fathoms, and is the great bed of Foraminifera so widely extended over the bottom of the ocean. The second region is the most interesting, from the variety of animals inhabiting it. The bottom rock, of which many pieces were brought up, is a limestone, still in progress of formation from the débris of the shells, corals, &c. growing and dying on its surface. In this fauna the vertebrates are only represented by a very few small fishes, and those not deeper than 100 fathoms. But all the branches of invertebrates are represented; I will mention the most characteristic. Of the Mollusks, the most common is Verebratula cubensis, mihi, and a new species of Waldheimia, both of large size. Of the former, more than a thousand specimens, and several hundred of the latter, were collected. Gasteropods are rarer and mostly small, the largest being the Voluta junonia, which was * The article above noticed. Miscellaneous. 93 obtained living several times, and dead frequently, Acephala are rather rare and small, but Bryozoa are abundant. Articulates (Crustacea and Annelids) are well represented. But the great rich- ness of this region lies in the Radiata. Of Echinoderms, the most common is a Cidaris (noy. sp.), besides which there are several new species of Kchinidee and very interesting Asteridee and Ophiuride. Holothuriz are rather rare, except a new Psolus. Of corals, I have eighteen new species, belonging principally to the families of Tur- binolide and Oculinide ; the Eupsammide are also represented by two or three species, the Fungide (a true Fungia) and the Millepo- ride by one each. The Madreporide and Astreide are entirely absent. There are also two or three species of Antipathes, eight or nine of Gorgonide, several of Actinide (some of them very abun- dant), Hydroid polyps, sponges, and Foraminifera. As a general rule, everything is of small size. There are no seaweeds. Some animal remains are found whose presence is accidental, such as sharks’ teeth, bills of Cephalopods, shells of Pteropods, &c., which have evidently come from near the surface, and also a considerable number of bones of the manatee, most frequently pieces of ribs; for the occurrence of the latter I am not able to account, as the manatee does not inhabit the open sea, and there are no currents to bring the floating carcasses from its usual haunts in the shallow bays. From the third region the dredge brought up fewer though no less interesting specimens, the chief of which is a new Crinoid belonging to the genus Bourgueticrinus of D’Orbigny ; it may even be the species named by him B. Hotessteri, which occurs fossil in a recent formation in Guadeloupe, but of which only small pieces of the stem are known. I obtained half a dozen specimens between 230 and 300 fathoms, unfortunately more or less injured by the dredge. The deepest cast made was in 517 fathoms; it gave a very hand- some Mopsea, a crab, an Ophiurian, and some annelids. The difference of the deep-sea faunz of the opposite coasts of Cuba and Florida is very marked, although the distance is so small ; of all the corals, for instance, described by me from the coast of Cuba, only two or three, and those in fragments, were found off the Florida reef. The descriptions of the new species, with plates, are in prepara- tion, and will be published, by the kindness of Prof. Agassiz, in the next number of the illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Compa- rative Zoology of Cambridge. I am glad, also, to be able to say that Prof. Peirce, Superinten- dent of the Coast Survey, has directed me to continue these researches during the coming winter.—Silliman’s American Journal, Noy.1868, Zoological Results of Dredgings in the Bay of Biscay. By P. Fiscusr. The shore of south-western France inclines in a gentle slope to- wards the west, and forms a vast submarine terrace, bounded by deeps of more than 200 fathoms. The edge of this terrace, which is 94 Miscellaneous. very distant from the coast opposite Noirmoutier (between 7° and 8° W. long.), approaches it about the opening of the basin of Arcachon (between 5° and 4° W. long.), and presents itself at a short distance from St. Jean de Luz and Spain. ‘The depth of the terrace at its middle part is from 45 to 60 fathoms, and from 90 to 100 fathoms near its western limit. I have received a great number of specimens from dredgings and soundings performed on different parts of the terrace; all of them were taken several leagues out to sea (the maximum 36 leagues), and at depths of 40 to 80 fathoms, under the directions of MM. de Folin, A. Lafont, and some captains of ships. Thanks to these supplies, [ have been able to determine the species of animals which live at these depths at considerable distances from the coast. The Mollusca form the majority, and most of them had never been indicated as French, such as Newra costellata, Desh. ; Psammobia costulata, Turt.; Lepton nitidum, Jettr.; Leda tenwis, Phil.; Areca pectunculoides, Scacchi; Lima subauriculata, Mont.; Scissurella crispata, Flem.; Cyclostrema nitens, Phil.; Rissoa soluta, Forbes ; Eulima bilineata, Alder; Mangelia borealis, Lovén ; Mangelia elegans, Scacchi, &c. It was impossible, in fact, to obtain these species along our ceasts; in England and Norway they are dredged at a small distance from the shore, and at great depths. The existence of the submarine terrace compels us to seek several leagues out to sea for the deep- sea fauna ; hence the apparent poverty of the French coasts. English authors have remarked that a certain number of quater- nary mollusca, or inhabitants of great depths in the Mediterranean, are only met with again in the British seas, without presenting in- termediate stations; from this they have concluded that, imme- diately before the present epoch, and at the close of the tertiary period, the Mediterranean communicated with the ocean by means of an arm traversing Aquitaine and Languedoc. This hypothesis, which is not supported by any geological fact, seeing that the nu- merous tertiary lacustrine deposits of these countries have never been covered by the sea since their first emergence, is still further in- validated by the result of the dredgings of the littoral terrace, which clearly proves the continuity of habitat of the species formerly re- garded as localized at such distant points. Besides Mollusca, the deposits of the terrace contain the débris of Echinoderms, such as tests of Hchinocyamus, spines of Echinus, Spatangus, and Amphidetus, and numerous ossicles of Starfish. The Bryozoa, with the exception of branches of Salicornaria, are adherent to shells; but they live at less depths than 50 fathoms. I have recognized the following species :—Hippothoa borealis, D’Orb. ; Hippothoa divaricata, Lamour.; Tubulipora serpens, Linn.; and several species of Lepralia, Cellepora, and Discoporella. The Foraminifera are rather rare; there are :—Mtholina bicornis, Walk. ; Rotalia Beccarti, Linn.; Truncatulina lobatula, Turt.; Pla- norbulina vulgaris, D’Orb., &e. Lastly, I may cite some tubes of Annelida of the genera Ditrupa and Serpula. Miscellaneous. 95 One of the most curious zoological facts connected with the sub- marine terrace is the presence of an immense bank of living Avicule (Avicula tarentina, Lamk.), situated 4 leagues out to sea from the opening of the basin of Arcachon, at depths of 40 to 50 fathoms, This bank is prolonged to the south opposite to the light of Mimi- zan (Landes) and northwards opposite Hourtins (Gironde). Its length is estimated at 25 leagues, and its width at 1 league; it is not perfectly continuous, but is interrupted here and there. The fishermen of Rochelle, whom I have interrogated upon this subject, assert that it is met with again above the mouth of the Gironde, and that it may be traced towards the north-west as far as the rock of Rochebonne across the isle of Ré. Many fishes approach the bank of Avicule; the fishermen, there- fore, throw in their nets as near to it as possible; but it frequently happens that they lose them or are obliged to draw them in loaded with Avicule. The formation of analogous banks is common among the byssi- ferous Mollusca (Mytilus, Meleagrina, Dreissena) ; the great strength of the byssus of the Avicule explains the great cohesion and the extent of their colonies.—Comptes Rendus, November 16, 1868, pp. 1004-1006. Notice of anew and diminutive species of Fossil Horse (Kquus parvu- lus), from the Tertiaru of Nebraska. By Prof. O. C. Marsu, of Yale College. In a small collection of fossil vertebrate remains, obtained by the writer during the past summer in the Tertiary deposits of Nebraska, there are several specimens of no little interest, as they indicate a new species of fossil horse, very much smaller than any hitherto known. ‘These remains were collected at Antelope station on the Union Pacific Railroad, about 450 miles west of Omaha, where a few weeks before, during the excavation of a well, they had been thrown out from a depth of sixty-eight feet. This locality has since attained considerable notoriety from the fact that the remains then found were pronounced to be human by those who first examined them, and various accounts of the discovery have been published in the newspapers. ‘This, in fact, induced the writer, when in the vicinity, to examine the locality and its fossils, an account of which he has already given elsewhere *. The equine remains now to be noticed consist mainly of bones of the limbs ; and among them is a hoof-phalanx, a coronary or second phalanx, parts of the first phalanx and metacarpals, as well as some of the smaller carpal and tarsal bones, and fragments apparently from other parts of the skeleton. All are in an excellent state of preservation, and part of them are so characteristic that they clearly indicate the near affinities of the animal to which they belonged. The ungual or hoof-phalanx differs in form from that of the recent horse only in being somewhat more depressed, and in haying * National Academy of Sciences, Northampton Meeting, Aug. 1868. 96 Miscellaneous, the sides of the upper surface slightly less convex transversely, and the beak of the articular face a little less pointed. Its length, mea- sured along the axis, is very nearly one inch; the shorter diameter of the articular face is five lines, and the longer, or transverse, ten lines. The coronary or middle phalanx, is proportionally more elongated than in the living species, and its proximal end rather more trian- gular. Its length along the axis in front is nine lines, the width of the articular face of the proximal end ten lines, and that of the distal end nine lines. The dimensions of all, or nearly all, of the remaining bones render it very probable that they belonged to the same individual, or at least to one of similar size, and specifically identical. They indicate an equine animal scarcely more than two feet, or possibly two and a half feet in height, although full- grown, as the ossification of the bones clearly proves. Additional parts of the skeleton, especially the teeth, would perhaps show generic characters different from those of the living horse; but in the absence of these, as the remains are evidently distinct from any hitherto described, the species may be named Lquus parvulus. This makes seventeen species of fossil horses now known to have lived in North America, although until quite recently it was very generally believed that there was none indigenous to the continent. The bones above described occur in a stratum of grey arenaceous clay, lying nearly horizontally, and apparently of later Tertiary age. The large number of vertebrate remains found together in the space of a few feet indicates a remarkable locality, which, unfortunately, cannot again be reached except by deep excavation; and hence it is greatly to be regretted that so many of the specimens should have been lost to science by being carried away as human relics. Among those secured by the writer, in addition to the equine fossils, were the remains of several species of ruminants, a phalanx of a carnivo- rous animal about the size of a lynx, and fragments of a land-turtle resembling somewhat the Testudo neobrarensis, Leidy, all of which will be more fully described in this Journal at an early day.—Sulh- man’s American Journal, November 1868. Siliceous Spicules in Aleyonord Corals. It has been very generally stated that siliceous spicules are only secreted and developed by the Protozoa. Prof. Mobius, in his description of four new Gorgoniad in the Hamburg Museum, published in vol. xxix. of the ‘ Verhandlungen der Kaiserlichen Leop.-Carol. Akad. der Naturforscher’ for 1861, de- scribes Solanderia verrucosa as having a ‘ calcareo-cellulose or cork- like axis, and the epiderm with s¢liceous spicules,” and at fig. 6. pl. 1 he figures the hyaline “ Kieselnadeln” or smooth siliceous spi- cules, having, as all and only such spicules have, a central canal. Prof. Mobius does not seem to be aware that there was any novelty in this structure. I doubt if Solanderia verrucosa is a typical Solanderia : it appears to be the same Coral that I described as Homo- phyton Gattyic in the Proc, Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 27, f. 2, J. E. Gray. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 14. FEBRUARY 1869. XV.— Observations on the Thalassicollide. by G. Ce W ALLicn, M.D, Fo, THE true value and significance of characters derived from the degree of development of the sarcode-body of the Rhizopods, as distinguished from those which are derived from their mineral shells or skeletons, is perhaps nowhere more clearly exemplified than amongst the families which I have asso- ciated together in my second Order, namely the Protodermata, which are characterized by the presence of a definite nucleus, but are still not sufficiently differentiated to exhibit the con- tractile vesicle which appears, for the first time, amongst the Actinophryan and Amceban Rhizopods of the third Order, namely the Proteina*. Thus, viewing their siliceous portions apart from the animal body to which they afford support, it would be difficult to point out structures exhibiting a smaller amount of apparent resemblance ; and hence it is hardly a matter for surprise that important differences of opmion should have arisen concerning the true morphological relations of the Polycystina, Thalassicollide, and Acanthometrina, which con- stitute the Rhizopoda Radiolaria of Miiller’s system. But I hope to be enabled to show that, however widely the mineral framework may differ in the four groups constituting the Pro- todermata, the uniform development. and mode of disposition of the sarcode-mass places their affinity beyond a doubt. The first accurate series of observations on the Thalassi- collide was made by Huxley, and formed the subject of an admirable paper contributed to the ‘Annals and Maga- zine of Natural History’ in 1851 (2nd ser. vol. vill. p. 433 et seqq.). With one or two unimportant exceptions, the * See a paper “On the Structure and Affinities of the Polycystina,” read before the Microscopical Society in May 1865, and published in the August number of the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.’ Ann. & Mag. N, fist. per. Volzin. 7 98 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Thalassicollide. views therein published are those from which our know- ledge of the true physiological relations of that family may be said to have been almost exclusively derived. But it is asserting too much to say that the Thalassicollidee were previously unknown, inasmuch as they are not only amongst the most constant but the most numerous inhabitants of the surface-waters of both tropical and subtropical seas. Every voyager who has traversed such seas must have become familiar with their appearance, as I confess myself to have been for twenty years and more. But so far from detracting from the credit due to Professor Huxley’s researches, this fact serves only to increase it. In short it was the difficulty of resolving the nature and relations of the organisms under notice that caused them to be entirely neglected, although they must have been constantly met with by other naturalists. If we discard as untenable the separation of the isolated forms of Thalassicolla from those which are grouped together in a common gelatinous matrix, “ like an animal Palmella’”’*, the soft body may be described as a mass of granular proto- plasm, presenting a well-defined nucleus and contained within a membranous capsule, the latter being in turn protected by a more or less thick gelatinous exudation, whilst numerous sarcoblasts of varying size occur scattered through the endosare, and occasionally a few may be seen suspended within the external gelatinous stratum. Again, if we compare those forms i which the siliceous framework is composite (that is to say, in which a number of spicular masses afford the required support by being crowded together, as they do in a Sponge or Flolothuria) with those in which it is simple and consists of a delicate foraminated shell, we shall find that the relative positions of the hard and soft structures are nevertheless the. same, and that the former, when present, invariably occur externally to the membranous capsule, and within the gelati- nous investing layer. Owing to the peculiar configuration of the Thalassicollide, and the facilities afforded by the composite forms for comparing a number of individuals under precisely similar conditions, they are admirably adapted for showing whatever changes take place in the protoplasmic substance as the age of the organism increases 3 for although it is very unusual to find any important difference in the degree of development attained by the various members forming one of the composite Thalassicollide, and there is every reason to believe that their growth is uniform, the constant recurrence of certain characters in conjunction with the evidence of immaturity derivable from small size * Wuxley on Thalassicolla, 1, ec, p. 434. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Thalassicollidee. 99 enables us to distinguish such characters as are normal from those that are accidental or occasional. In this manner we discern that the degree of granularity of the endosarc, the number and situation of the sarcoblasts, the colour of the nuclear body, the density of the membranous ectosare, and (in Collosphera) the degree of consolidation of the spherical “shell ”” are one and all subject to a wide range of modification ; and hence it follows that any attempt to establish species on distinctions arising out of these characters, unless we could assure ourselves of their having arrived at the same stage in their life-history (a thing which is manifestly impossible), must inevitably lead to misconception. Thus in specimens of Spherozoum punctatum®*™ in which, owing to the small size of the individuals, it is reasonable to infer that mature growth has as yet not been attained, the contents of the membranous capsule appear like a viscid and semitransparent yellow fluid, almost devoid of granular par- ticles. The same is observable in young Acanthometre, and, as I have elsewhere shown, in the last-formed chambers of the Foraminifera and Polycystina. In like manner the ectosare is more hyaline, and the shafts of the siliceous spicules (acanthostypes), although of their full dimensions as_ to length, are much more slender than in the adult specimens ; whilst in specimens of Collosphewra of nearly full size, but in which the appearances just described lead to the infe- rence that they are nevertheless immature, the spherical shell becomes corrugated under pressure, instead of being broken up into fragments, thus rendering it highly probable that many of the spinous and tubular growths met with in the shells of that genus may also be dependent on the age of the individual, or varying conditions in the supply of the siliceous material. These facts appear to me to be of great importance, inas- much as they are suggestive of the generic unity of Sphero- zoum and Collosphera, which has already been so strongly indicated by the similarity in the composition and disposition * The name “ Spherozoum” was given by Meyen in 1854 to “a form of agastric animal which he describes as a spherical muco-gelatinous mass, constituted internally of globules, which, again, consist of vesicles” (Quar- terly Journal of Microscopical Science, vol. iv. p. 73). Assuming the organism thus portrayed to be identical with the Thalasstcolla punctata of Huxley, Miiller retained the name on the plea of priority. The extreme vagueness of Meyen’s description, however, renders it equally applicable to Thalassicolla and numberless spherical muco-gelatinous masses ” to be met with in abundance in the ocean, but which are certainly not members of the Rhizopodal group. The extension of the law of priority to such cases ought, therefore, to be rigidly dented, as holding out a premium to inaccuracy and sloyenly investigation. T* 100 Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Thalassicollide. of the soft parts. Professor Huxley, who regarded them only as ‘‘varieties’’ one of the other, says, with reterence to 7’halas- sicolla punctata, “It is the connecting-link between the Sponges and the Foraminifera. Allied to the former by its texture, and by the peculiar spicula scattered through the substance of some of its varieties, it is equally connected with the latter by the perforated shell of the other kinds. If it be supposed that a Thalassicolla becomes flattened out, and that a deposit takes place not only round the cells, but between the partitions of the central ‘vacuole,’ it becomes essentially an Orbitoides ;” whilst in a note from Dr. Carpenter, appended to the above observations, it is stated that “the cullender-like skeleton of certain Foraminifera is extremely like in its appearance to a fragment of the shell of an Hehinus, or to the plates contamed in the integument of a Holothuria; and we know that these begin with a network of spicules” *. Accordingly, though unprepared to allow that the real con- necting-link between the Foraminifera and the Sponges is to be found in Thalassicolla, or that the modification in form or the superaddition of a deposit as described would render it conformable to the type of any of the Foraminifera—in the first instance, because the mode of siliceous deposit characteristic of the Sponges is not met with in the Thalassicollide, but m the Dictyochide, as has already been shown by me elsewhere, and, in the second, because the presence of a nucleus, and the much more highly differentiated condition of the rest of the sarcode-substance, attests the existence of a more advanced type in Thalassicolla than in the Foraminifera—there appears to me to be no sufficient reason for the generic separation of the two forms in question. With reference to the distinction into the simple and com- posite forms of Thalassicollide, suggested by Miiller but re- o¢ pudiated by other writers on analogical grounds only, I may mention that isolated free-floating individuals of the Sphero- zoum and Collosphera type are constantly to be met with; and it is quite evident that these are in a normal condition, and have not been separated from the parent matrix by violence during capture, masmuch as they are to be found not only as free- floating organisms when the composite masses are apparently altogether absent at the surface of the ocean, but also within * Huxley on Thalassicolla, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 2. vol. vil. p. 429. + See my observations “On the Process of Mineral Deposit in the Rhizopods and Sponges,” in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for January 1864. Dr. G. C. Wallich on the Thalassicollide. 101 the digestive cavities of Hydrozoa of far too minute size to have been able to swallow them in the aggregated state*. The most remarkable feature in Vhalassicolla nucleata (Huxley) consists in the presence of the “ delicate flattened branching fibrils,” which are described as being “ beset with exceedingly minute dark granules like elementary molecules, which are in active motion as if circulating along the fibrils, but without any definite direction ’”—and likewise in the occur- rence of the ‘‘ yellow cells” (sarcoblasts) amongst the deeper- seated vacuolest. If we regard the “ fibrils’ here alluded to as pseudopodial filaments (and it is difficult to reeard them in any other light, if the organism belongs at all to the Rhizo- podal group), it is manifest that the cyclosis cannot be depen- dent on a contractile power resident in those portions of the structure of the typical forms that exhibit a similar phenome- non, but must be the result of a contractile power inherent in the gelatinous matrix by which the “ fibrils ” are surrounded, as stated by M. de Quatrefages to be the case in Noctiluca miliarist. On the other hand, according to Huxley, it would seem highly probable that the cyclosis, together with the di- vision and inosculation of the fibrils in Noct¢luca, are “ abnor- mal states, and that in the natural and perfectly unaltered condition the fibres and fibrils are perfectly quiescent, and present nothing to be compared to the Protean movements of the Amebe”S, the conclusion he arrives at being that Noctiluca “is no Rhizopod, but must be promoted from the lowest ranks of the Protozoa to the highest.” If the latter view be correct, the true position of Thalassicolla nucleata must still remain somewhat doubtful; for it is obvious that the granular circulation and the presence of the fibrils are in reality the principal characters upon which the Rhizopodal character of that organism can be assumed. Although I have had ample opportunity of examining Thalassicolla nucleate in the tropical and subtropical seas on both sides of Africa, I have never been able to satisfy myself * Specimens of composite Thalassicollidze when preserved in spirits usually break up, and accordingly yield no reliable evidence, one way or the other, as regards the question under discussion. In spirit-specimens, and also in such as haye been preserved on slides, I have now and then detected what appeared to be the spherical-shelled and the spicular forms within the same gelatinous envelope ; but I regard the chances of mis- interpretation as too great in such a case to admit of my stating that their juxtaposition is normal, however probable this may be. + Huxley on Thalassicolla, loc. eit. p. 485. { See observations by this distinguished French naturalist in Huxley's Lice on Noctiluca, ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science,’ vol. ii. p. ol. § Loe, cit. p. O1. 102 MM. A. Famintzin and J. Boranetzky on of its true nature, the only approach to a transitional state being suggested, rather than proved, by the occasional detec- tion of a specimen in which the central mass with its investing capsule appeared to have escaped through an irregular orifice in the external gelatinous matrix. According to my notes written at the time of observation, these empty matrices showed the fibrillated structure, but no vacuoles or cyclosis of granules. Hence, notwithstanding their occurrence amongst the perfect forms, and their uniformity as to external ap- pearanceand dimensions, it is possible, although hardly probable, that they may have formed part of other organisms. Lastly, as bearmg on the identity in nature of 7. nucleata with Noct’luca*, | may mention that, according to my ex- perience, there are no examples of phosphorescence amongst living animals holding so low a position in type of organization as the Rhizopods. As a negative character this absence of phosphorescence is of some value for the following reason. Both amongst the minute luminous Crustaceans proper, En- tomostraca, and Ascidians of the open sea, I have found it easy, by means of a fine paint-brush, to detach a portion of a phosphorescent fu¢dfrom the living animal, and to communicate a luminous streak to any object by passing the brush so charged over it. It would seem, therefore, to be a true specialized secretion, and would furnish an explanation why creatures of such simple organization as the Rhizopods do not exhibit the phenomenon in question. XVI.—Notule Lichenologice. No. XXVI. By the Rey. W. A. Lricguton, B.A., F.L.S. On the Change of the Gonidia of Lichens into. Zoospores. By MM. A. Famintzin and J. Boranetzky f. In a thin vertical section of a Lichen the gonidia occupy the middle layer of the thallus, and are partly attached to the medullary filaments and partly free and scattered. When the section is placed in water, the gonidia readily detach them- selves in abundance, and present a perfect resemblance to a unicellular Alga. M. Sperschneider, in 1853, placed thin slices of the thallus of Physcia ciliaris, DC., on pieces of decomposing wood in a confined humid atmosphere. At the end of two months the filaments of the thallus became decomposed, but the gonidia * See paper on Thalassicolla, ut supra, pp. 441, 442. + Translated from ‘Ann, Se. Nat.’ ser. 5, vol. viil. p. 137. the Change of the Gonidia of Lichens into Zoospores. 103 remained alive, considerably increased in size, and multiplied by division. Some time after, minute punctiform bodies, of a beautiful green colour, appeared amid the decomposing thallus, which were gradually transformed into new thalli of Physcia ciliaris. Our own researches on other lichens have fully confirmed those of M. Sperschneider in all particulars, except that we have not succeeded in recognizing the transformation of the free gonidia into new thalli. Our own experiments were as follows :—Many thin slices of the thallus of Physcia partetina were placed on bits of bark of fir and lime which had been previously boiled in water for some minutes, and which were afterwards kept in a humid atmosphere. ‘These bits of bark were placed in small salvers on the bottom of a large glass vase, into which we had poured a little water, and covered with a pane of glass. They were thus maintained in a moist state for many months. Although this method was attended with good results, we preferred another, by which the gonidia were isolated. ‘The entire thallus was, for many weeks, either immersed in water or kept continually moist by water dropping upon it. The filaments of the thallus decomposed rapidly, but the gonidia preserved their vitality. The entire mass was washed in pure water, and deposited on bits of lime-bark. The gonidia iso- lated by either of the above methods always exhibited the same changes. Each gonimic cellule, whether enclosed in the thallus or isolated, presented a large central nucleus, as well as a large lateral vacuole. In this state it perfectly resembled a uni- cellular Alea called Cystococcus, described by M. Nigeli in his work ‘ Les Aleues unicellulaires,’ and figured on tab. 3, E.e. We succeeded in observing, at a later period, in these gonidia all the other phases of development of Cystococcus described by M. Nageli, and have thus established the identity of this Alga with the isolated gonidia of Physcia. During the first days the gonidia augmented their size, but preserved their spherical form; afterwards they underwent the changes corresponding to the metamorphoses observed in Cystococcus by M. Nigeli. The most remarkable of these changes consisted in the transformation of the contents of the gonimic cellules into zoospores. A portion only of the gonidia were thus changed, the rest became divided by partitions into a great number of cellules, which gradually became of a round form, and ultimately disunited by separation. The formation of the zoospores is preceded by a change characteristic of the contents of the cellules. The outlines of 104 MM. A. Famintzin and J. Boranetsky on the nucleus and of the vacuole were gradually effaced and finally disappeared entirely, whilst at the same time the entire contents of the cellule became of a very fine, homogeneous granular structure. I*mally the membrane of the cellule became torn, and the contents issued forth like a small circumscribed sphere, and resembled a small cellule still attached to the mother cell. ‘The protuberance rapidly increased in size, and soon attained the dimensions of the primitive cellule, so that the contents became twice their original size. The cellule was thus emptied and its contents transferred entirely into the protuberance, which, as it gradually increased, assumed the form of a sac. At this moment the division of the contents into zoospores became evident, and we distinguished on its surface a very thin membrane, which was speedily ruptured, and through the aperture of which the zoospores issued one after the other. Generally the membrane was speedily dis- solved, but sometimes it remained intact for a long time after. The zoospores are elongated, narrowed at the anterior part, and furnished at this end with two cilia directed forward. By means of iodine, we could easily recognize in the middle of each zoospore a nucleolate formation, the nature of which we are unable to explain. The zoospores moved in the water for acertain length of time, and then became motionless. We are still unable to explain their ulterior development ; and all our knowledge only establishes that the motionless zoospores augment in size without any change of form, and finally attain to two or three times their primitive diameter. The most delicate and at the same time most important point of these researches was to establish incontestably that the zoosporal cellules were really the gonimie cellules, and not some other organism which had been accidentally developed in our apparatus. We believe that the following facts demon- strate this fully :— 1. We obtained the zoospores by means of gonidia sown on the surface of bits of bark previously boiled in water, and consequently cleansed from living organisms. Direct observa- tion has demonstrated, moreover, that our seed-beds did not contain any other green organism besides the gonidia which we had deposited in them, and that they were only polluted by some filaments of a Hyphomycetes which had probably been transported on the bark or existed in the water in which the lichen had been macerated. 2. The changes which we have described were observed not only in a very great number of free gonimic cellules, but also in gonidia still attached to the medullary filaments. From these latter we have repeatedly observed the zoospores to the Change of the Gonidia of Lichens into Zoospores. 105 escape; and under the action of iodine the membrane of these cells was coloured violet, whilst the extremity of the filament to which they were attached was of a pale yellow. 3. We have equally obtained zoospores from gonidia united into a considerable mass. Some, indeed, of these cellules were already empty, the zoospores having escaped, whilst, on the other hand, others had undergone no change. 4, Lastly, we have found, on the bark of a birch tree in the garden of the University [of St. Petersburg], green patches exclusively formed of free gonidia, completely destitute of thallus. These cellules also produced zoospores perfectly identical with those of the gonidia which we had sown. The formation of zoospores by sowings requires always many weeks, as the following experiments demonstrate :— Hirst experiment.—V ertical sections of a thallus of Physcta were placed, March 13, on fir-bark. The issue of zoospores was first observed April 19. Second experiment—On March 21 a bit of lime-bark with a lichen growing on it was fixed on the exterior of a large glass vessel filled with water, which was made to fall on it drop by drop by means of a cotton wick curved siphon-like, On April 1 the filaments of the lichens were disintegrated. On April 3 we transferred the gonidia, as well as the mucous mass of decomposed filaments, to two bits of bark. On April 20 the zoospores appeared. Third experiment.—The lichen was immersed until the complete disintegration of the filaments, and on April 3 the gonidia were placed on gravel, on the earth, and on bits of rotten wood. ‘Those on the two former became decomposed by too much moisture ; but those on the latter succeeded well, and on May 15 the zoospores were observed. The gonidia which did not produce zoospores separated into a great number of motionless spherical cellules, amongst which we distinguished two forms—one presenting a protuberance at the commencement of the division, the others preserving to the end their regular spherical form. We also submitted these two lichens to similar experiments, except that, instead of vertical sections of the thallus or of gonidia already isolated, we used tne soredia from the surface of the thallus, and sowed them either on bark or bits of de- cayed wood. Their gonidia presented precisely similar results to those of the Physcta, both in their form and their ulterior development. These observations authorize us to propound the following propositions :— ; 1, Not only Algze and Fungi, but Lichens also, are provided with zoospores. 106 Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiacee. 2. Zoospores have been discovered in three very different genera of Lichens, viz. Physcia, Cladonia, and Evernia; and as these genera were selected undesignedly, it is probable that zoospores exist in all other lichens furnished with chlorophyll. 3. We have demonstrated the identity of free gonidia with the unicellular Alga Cystococcus of Niigeli; consequently this is not a distinct genus, but only a phase of development of a lichen. 4. The culture of the freed gonidia of Physcia, Cladonia, and Hvernia led us to expect that other lichens would afford forms corresponding with rudimentary Alge. Our researches prove this to be well founded. Vertical sections of the thalli of Peltigera and of Collema, cultivated on moist earth, showed the filaments in disintegration, the augmentation in size of the gonidia, and their transformation into “elomerules composed of spherical cellules. The gonimic cellules of Peltég gera and Collema continued to live when separated from the thallus: those of Peltigera were identical with an Alga called Poly- coccus ; those of Collema produced organisms similar to Nostoc. Consequently these three genera of Algw, hitherto regarded as different and distinct, are in reality only the gonidia of lichens in a state of development when separated from the thalli which produced them. XVII.—On the Ehretiacee. By Joun Miers, F.R.S., F.L.S., &e. EWRETIA. This genus, as arranged by DeCandolle, is very heteroge- neous, and requires redistribution, as it contains several dis- tinct groups easily recognized by good characters, especiall by those founded on their carpical § structure. After the exa- mination of all the plants within my reach, referred to Hhr‘etia, from the New World, I propose to retain in the genus only those species which are proximate to L. ténifolia, Thine Man of those belonging to the Old World will probably be found, upon critical examination, to be foreign to the genus. I have not had leisure to analy se them; but among those which I have examined, some distinct forms have been noticed. A few from Australia and Asia have a fruit containing four nucules, each 2-celled and 2-seeded, with a particular: organization ; others, again, have a bifid style, each obcuneiform branch bearing two distinct sessile stigmata; but the placentation of the ovary is that of Hhretia and Rhabdia. The greater number of the Neogean species of Hhretia enu- My. J. Miers on the Ehretiacee. 107 merated by DeCandolle enter into the genera Bourreria and Crematomia : these are distinguishable at a glance from Lhretia by their much larger, tubular, fleshy calyx, terminated by five teeth with thick tomentous margins, which are valvately closed in estivation, and afterwards sometimes adhere so strongly together as to be separable with difficulty. The Ehretia spinosa of Jacquin, judging from the characters he assigned to it, appears to differ in no way from Rhabdia, except in the pointed extremities of its deeply bipartite style : this plant constituted the second species of Don’s unrecognized and incongruous genus Lutrostylis, the type of which, the Lhretia fasciculata of Kunth, is of very different structure, and will presently be noticed ; his third species was the Lhretia montevidensis of Sprengel, which, from Sellow’s original spe- cimen in the Berlin Herbarium, has proved to be the Citha- rexylon barbinerve of Chamisso. It has already been mentioned that there exists in the or- ganization of the ovary and fruit of the hretiacee a point of structure which has escaped general observation: this is, the placentation of the ovary, and the existence of a gynobasic or central column which furnishes the nutrient ves- sels for the growth of the ovules; the course of these vessels may always be traced through apertures existing in the nu- cules where they terminate in the funicular points of suspen- sion of the seeds. Hence the frequent geminate connexion of the distinct nucules in pairs in this family, a connexion effected either through a chink on one side only of each cell, some- times near the summit (as I have already shown in Fhabdia, ante, vol. 11. p. 432), or sometimes, through the intermedium of a pseudo-cell, from a large opening above the base, as 1s seen in Bourreria: these modifications furnish good characters, which mark the different genera of the Hhretiacew, and which serve at once to distinguish this family from the Cordiacee, Heliotropiacee, and Borraginacec. The following is a reformed diagnosis of the genus under consideration :— EnretiA, Linn.—Calya parvus, persistens, subcampanulatus, imo crassiusculus, fere ad basin 5-partitus, laciniis subovatis aut subulatis, margine membranaceis et ciliatis, estivatione imbricatis. Corolla gamopetala, hypogyna, membranacea, tubo seepius calycis longitudine aut paulo longiore, limbi lobis 5, oblongis, tubo paulo longioribus, revolutim expansis, eestivatione valde imbricatis. Stamina 5, alterna; filamenta compressa, subulato-filiformia, tubo aflixa, exserta; anthere ovate, 2-lobx, imo ad medium divaricate, locellis sine con- 108 Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiacee. nectivo adnatis, membranaceis, rima longitudinali lateraliter dehiscentibus. Ovariwm conico-oblongum, disco parvo in- situm ; semiseptis 2, parietalibus, oppositis, utrinque bila- mellatim reflexis, marginibus ovulum amplectentibus ; co- lumna centralis, transversim compressa, sublibera, lamellis parallela, axi vacua, vasa nutritoria intra pseudo-locellos emittens ; inde pseudo-4-loculare, ovu/is totidem summum versus appensis. Stylus erectus, exsertus, apice breviter aut minime bifidus, stégmatibus 2 parvulis subclavatis terminatus. Drupa globosa, subcarnosa, calyce persistente circumdata, 2-pyrena, pyrenis 2-locularibus, osseis, extus convexis, intus concavis, hinc sub apice lateribus foramine parvo loculum ingrediente utrinque perforatis, loculis 1-sper- mis. Semen teres, in quoque loculo e foramine appensum ; integumenta tenuissima, papyracea; embryo in albunine parco rectus, teres, radicula supera. Arbusculee (rarvus arbores) Neogee, plerumque Mexicanee ; folia alterna, oblonga, integra vel serrata, glabra aut tuberculato- scabrida, petiolata: panicule corymbose, multiramose, ter- minales: flores parvi, albidt. fot Ehretia tinifolia, Linn. Ameen. v. 595, Syst. 192, p. 906, i. 309; Jacq. Amer. 45; Sw. Obs. 87; Willd. Sp. 1. 1077; DeCand. Prodr. ix. 503 ;—Ehretia arborea, P. Br. Jam. 168, tab. 16. fig. 1;—Ceraso affinis (in parte), Sloane, Jam. ii. 94 (nec tcone thi referta) ;—ramulis tenuibus, te- retibus, glabris; foliis ovato-ellipticis aut oblongis, utrin- que sensim angustatis, subacutis, aut obtusule acuminatis, imo obtusis, planis, glaberrimis, supra subnitidis, planis, reticulatim nervosis, submembranaceis aut crassioribus, subtus pallidioribus, nervis tenuibus paulo prominulis, in ramis infimis multo majoribus et semper planis; petiolo subtenui, suleato, glabro, limbo 14-plo breviore: panicula terminali, ramosa, multidivisa, ramulis tenerrimis, compressis, glabris, seepe laxe expansis; floribus parvis, albidis.—In Antillis: v. s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Jamaica (Sloan. hb. vol. vii. fol. 6 cum icone ex vivo, specim. typ.); Jamaica (P. Browne); ib. (Shakespear) ; Cuba (Linden, 1983); en herb. Hook., Cuba (Wright, 1360, 1366). All botanists have referred to Sloane as the earliest au- thority for this species, and the typical plant in his herba- rium confirms this; but they have all overlooked the fact that Sloane collected two species, which are. still preserved, one in fol. 5, the other in fol. 6, of his herbarium: the latter is accompanied by his own coloured drawing, taken “ex vivo,” Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiacez. 109 in fruit; but the plant corresponding with it is in flower. When Sloane published his work, he gave a figure in pl. 203. fig. 1, which is an exact tracing from his first : specimen ; but he added to it the fructiferous raceme, copied from his drawing, which does not exist in the specimen. It is evident, however, that his description in vol. ii. p. 94 does not refer to the first, but to the second specimen, with cerasiform leaves, and named by him “ Ceraso affinis ;”’ for the dimensions he gives of the oe of this “ Bastard Cherry” are 24 inches long, 1 inch broad, which agree with the second plant, but not at all with the first. P. Browne’s description and drawing of this same species, above quoted, conforms in the size and shape of the leaves with Sloane’s second plant; and it is manifest that Linneus’s Khretia tinifolia is identical with the same form, as he quotes Browne as his authority. Jacquin and Swartz must have had the same plant in view when they gave more copious characters to the species. We have thus the true /. tindfolia identified in an unmistakable manner. It is described as a tree 16 to 20 feet high, growing com- monly in the lowlands of the eastern portion of Jamaica; its leaves are 24-31 inches long, 1-1? inch broad, on a somewhat slender petiole 2-3 lines long. In Linden’s plant the leaves are thin in texture, in Wright’s they are thicker in substance. The terminal panicle is 13-2 inches long. 2. Ehretia sulcata, nob.;—Ceraso affinis, Sloane (in pat), Jam. ii. tab. 203. fig. 1 (non deseript.) ; ‘Trew, hr. t. 25 ;— ramulis crassioribus, teretibus, striatis, rubescentibus, ela- bris ; foliis oblongis aut ovato-oblongis, apice sensim an- eustioribus, obtusule acuminatis vel “obtusis, eanaliculatim recurvulis, imo rotundiusculis aut valde obtusis, in petiolo brevissime decurrentibus, ubique glaberrimis, coriaceis , Su- pra pallide viridibus, ad costam latam nervosque rubellos flavidosve suleatis, m vetustioribus valleculatis, interspatiis tune plus minusve convexis, marginibus integris vix reyo- lutis, subtus concoloribus, nervis prominentibus ; petiolo lato, crassiusculo, supra v: alde sulca ato, glabro, limbo 12-plo breviore : panicula corymbosa, terminalt, ramosissima, ramis tenuibus, compressis, glabris. ’ Tn Antillis: os. tn herd. Mus. Brit., Jamaica (in hb. Sloan. vol. vii. fol. 5); cn hort. Kew. cult., Jamaica (Houston); in herd. Hook., Jamaica (Purdie), Cuba (La Sagra), ib. Havana (Greene). In describing the preceding species, I have explained how this has been confounded with it. Its leaves are much larger, more coriaceous, broader, more rounded at base, have a much broader and reddish midrib, move distant and much more divari- 110 Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiaceze. cated nerves seated in hollow furrows, often leaving the spaces between them very convex; the petiole is much broader, thicker, and more deeply channelled. The leaves are 31-5 inches long, 3_31 inches broad, on a petiole 4—5 lines long. Trew figures separately a leaf from the older lower branches, which is 8 inches long and 44 inches broad. It is a tree 20-80 feet high, growing in the more westerly portions of the island of Jamaica. 3. Ehretia longifolia, nob.;—ramulis tenuibus, angulato- striatis, pulverulento-glaucis ; foliis elongato-oblongis, sub- lanceolatis, lateribus in medio parallele rectis, dehine utrin- que attenuatis, cum acumine obtusulo, imo in petiolo de- currentibus, integris, supra glabris, subnitidis, leete viridibus, nervis tenuissimis, divaricatis, arcuatim nexis, subimmersis, reticulatis, subtus fere concoloribus, sub lente minute sca- bridulis, nervis venisque prominulis, marginibus vix revo- lutis; petiolo semitereti, subglabro, limbo 20-plo breviore : paniculis terminalibus, racemosis, folio paulo brevioribus ; ramis imo nudiusculis, bracteolatis, alternatim multidivisis, ramulis tenuibus, compressis, glaucis vel minute strigoso- puberulis; floribus parvis, albis, suaveolentibus. —In An- tillis et Mexico: v.s. én herb. Hook., Jamaica (Lane), ib. (Macfadyen) ; Oaxaca (Galeotti, 7 194). A very distinct species: it forms a handsome tree, with leaves 5-6 inches long, 12-24 inches broad, on a petiole 3 lines long. 4, Ehretia elliptica, DC. Prod. ix. 503 ;—ramis teretibus, gla- bris, lenticellatis, ramulis hirtellis ; foliis ellipticis, utrmque obtusis, apice paulo angustioribus ‘et calloso-mucronatis, 1n- teeris, in junioribus submembranaceis, supra nitentibus, planis, minute tuberculatis et scabrido-pilosis, in vetustiori- bus rigide coriaceis, fuscis, tuberculis nunc valde auctis et subconfluentibus, creberrime albo-rugosis, asperrimis, con- vexiusculis et in nervis valde sulcatis, marginibus subrevo- lutis, subtus brunneis, opacis, subglabris aut obsolete sca- bris, nervis prominentibus, scabridulis, in axillis barbatis ; petiolo canaliculato, scabrido-piloso, limbo 12-plo breviore : paniculis racemosis, tome, ramosis, scabrido-pilosis ; : floribus breviter pedicellatis; calyce ad basin 5-partito, rigide piloso, lobis acutissimis, erectis, corolla tubo ante stamina intus plicato laciniisque oblongis reflexis calycem equantibus, filamentis subulatis, medio tubi ad plicaturas geniculatim insertis, longe exsertis, stylo his equilongo, My. J. Miers on the Ehretiacee. lei apice bifido, stigmatibus parvis, obtusis; drupa pisiformi, nuculis 2 generis structura.—In Mexico: v.s. in herb. Mus. Brit., Rio Grande (Berlandier, 2330); i herb. Hook., Matamoras (Berlandier, 939, 2369 in flore, 2320 in fructu, 900 in flore et fruct.). A very rough-looking plant, with cano-scabrid approximated leaves, 13-24 inches long, 3-14 inch broad, on a petiole 13-2 lines long. The panicle is little more than an inch long; the calyx is 14 line long; the tube of the corolla is 14, the lobes 1? line long; the drupe is 2 lines in diameter, enveloped by (oy) the calyx; the style is cleft for one-sixth of its length. 5. Ehretia scabra, Kth. et Bon. in Walp. Ann. i. p. 524 ;— ramulis teretibus, hispidulo-scabris ; foliis oblongis, mucro- nato-acutis, imo in petiolo decurrentibus, integris, supra scabris, subtus glabris, petiolo limbo 12-plo_ breviore: corymbis terminalibus, subdichotomis, scabro-hispidulis ; calyce 5-partito, lacinus lanceolato-subulatis, hispidulis ; corolle lobis patentibus, staminibus exsertis; stylo apice bifido.—E Mexico ? (non vidi). This description is given by Kunth of a plant cultivated in Berlin, supposed to be of Mexican origin: it is very near the preceding species, apparently differing only in the shape and size of its leaves, which are 4-4} inches long, 19-20 lines broad, on a petiole 4 lines long. 6. Ehretia ciliata, nob.;—ramis nudiusculis, nitidis, lenticel- latis, subcompressis, ramulis ultimis brevibus, divaricatis, foliiferis ; folis ellipticis, imo obtusis, apice subacutis, mu- cronatis, integris, planis, supra pallide viridibus, opacis, utrinque scabridule pilosis, nervis immersis, subtus paulo pallidioribus, in axillis nervorum subbarbatis ; petiolo tenui, piloso, limbo 10-plo breviore: corymbis in ramulis ultimis terminalibus, folio longioribus, pilosulis, alternatim pluri- ramosis ; floribus subapproximatis, pedicellatis ; calyce pro- funde 5-partito, laciniis acutissimis, erectis, extus aspero- puosis, intus pilosulis; corolla lobis oblongis, tuboque calyci eequilongis ; staminibus medio tubi insertis, exsertis ; stylo breviter bifido, ramis crassiusculis.—In Texas: v. s.in herb. flook. (Lindheimer, 665). In this species the leaves are 13-12 inches long, 7-9 lines broad, on a petiole 2 lines long: the panicle is about 7 inches long; the calyx, tube, and lobes of the border are each 2 lines lone. 112 Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiacex. 7. Ehretia latifolia, DC. Prody. ix. 503 ;—ramis tenuibus, sub- teretibus, rugoso-lenticellatis, striatis, glabris ; ramulis sub- compressis, subpubescentibus ; foliis late ovatis, imo sub- rotundis et circa petiolum breviter subito attenuatis, apice brevissime et obtusule apiculatis, planis, margine serratis aut serrulatis, dentibus mucronulatis, submembranaceis, supra subnitidis, leete viridibus, tenuiter nervosis, e tuberculis mi- nimis sparsis adpresse scabridulo-pilosis, subtus pallidiori- bus, subglabris aut in nervis venisque transversis promi- nulis tantum puosulis, reticulatis, in axillis nervorum paulo barbatis ; petiolo subtereti, subtenui, fere glabro, limbo 6-plo breviore : panicula corymbosa, terminali, folio dimidio bre- yiore, ramis divaricatis, scabrido- hirtellis ; ; calyce profunde 5-partito, extus ruguloso, intusque glabro, lobis oblongis, obtusis, margine ciliatis ; corolle lobis oblongis, rotundatis, tuboque caly ci equilongis ; staminibus medio tubi insertis, longe exsertis ; stylo apice breviter bifido; ovario drupaque pisitor mi structura generis.—In Mexico: v. 3, in herb. Hooke - Sangolica (Broteri 1022) : ; Oaxaca (Galeotti, 3099). A very distinct species, with leaves 3-43 inches long, 1$-3 inches broad, on a petiole 6—9 lines long; the calyx is 1 line long, the ae and lobes each of the same length. 8. Ehretia exasperata, nob. ;—ramulis teretibus, rugoso-lenti- cellatis, junioribus seabr idis ; folis oblongis, utrinque sensim obtusis, a medio ad basin paulo angustioribus, mar- ginibus remotiuscule sinuatis aut irregulariter grosse cre- natis, fragiliter coriaceis, supra viridibus, subnitentibus, tu- berculis albis piligeris crebre asperatis, in nervis longe intra marginem arcuatim nexis sulcatis, subtus pallidioribus, rigide scabridis, nervis prominentibus, in axillis barbatis ; petiolo latiusculo, suleato, hispido-pilosulo, limbo 18-plo breviore: paniculis terminalibus, divaricato-ramosis, rigi- dule hirsutulis; calyee ad basin 5-partito, lacinus oblongis, actuninatis, scabride hirsutulis ; drupa 2- Dy In Texas: | v. s in herb. Hook., San Felipe (Drummond, 296). A species HO, OS LE. elliptica, but very distinct from it. The axils are about ? inch apart; the leaves are 8-5} inches long, 13-2 inches broad, on a petiole 2 lines long ; the panicle is 23 inches long, the calyx 14 line long, the drupe 21 lines in diameter, [To be continued. ] Dr. J. D. Macdonald on Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda., 113 XVIT.—On the Homologies of the Dental Plates and Teeth of Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda, By JouN Dents MACDONALD, M.D., F.R.S., Staff Surgeon, R.N. [Plate XIII. ] ALL unisexual Gasteropoda furnished with a lengthy proboscis retractile from the base, have also large single spherical otoliths in the ear-sacs. The odontophore is ribbon-like, holding a fixed relation to the extremity of the proboscis, whether re- tracted or protruded ; and their lingual dental characters indi- cate their division into two natural groups easily distinguished from each other. In the first group the dental plates are arranged in seven longitudinal series, and the teeth are in general recurved from the anterior border of the plates—-a character which is especi- ally observable in the central and first lateral series, even where the two outer members are in the form of simple curved fangs. The buccal plates are generally well developed, and exhibit some diversity of form and structure. Very little need be said of the homologies of the dental plates and teeth of this group; for, with very few exceptions, resulting from suppres- sion of one or two of the outer rows in the pleuree, the odonto- phore is septiserial, and the corresponding parts in all the genera may be readily recognized. HKyen in cases of suppres- sion, as in Criocella and Lamellaria, the remaining dental organs are unequivocally fashioned like those of the more perfect neighbouring genera, The recurvature of the dental processes, expressed by the word Campylodonta, is the most essential character of this section of Proboscidifera. In the second group, which is eminently carnivorous, the dental processes of the central plates, and frequently also of the first lateral series, point directly backwards, without re- curvature properly so called; and this being the distinguish- ing feature of its members, | have applied to them the name of Orthodonta. The eyes are variously situated on the outer side of the tentacula, viz. near the tip, in the middle, at the base, or on an external depressed lobe-like process. In some the propodium is largely developed, either simple, as in Harpa, or divided into two lateral portions by a median sulcus, as in Oliva. But in most of the families the propodium is marked off from the mesopodium by a more or less deep transverse groove dilaminating the anterior border of the foot. The Orthodonta admit of division into two parallel sections, distinguished respectively by the uncinate or the comb-like character of the lateral teeth. Though the prevailing form of Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. in. S 114 Dr. J. D. Macdonald on the Homologies of the dentition is triserial, its derivation from one of a higher num- ber is indicated by the occurrence of five members in the tongue of Clavatula in the combed section, and in the tongue of Olivella in the uncinate. On the other hand, the lateral teeth, which are barely traceable in Harpa, are altogether suppressed in Cymba and Marginella, while the lateral fangs alone are present in Mangelia and Pleurotoma. 'The examples of sup- pression here noticed cannot be looked upon as equivalent to primary types, though they may be quite characteristic of the families in which they occur. The above remarks will be better understood on carefully comparing the annexed outline drawings of the leading forms of dentition occurring amongst the Orthodonta. (Pl. XIII.) The lingual sac of Conus (fig. 1) presents a sigmoid flexure about its middle, the teeth in the fore part being in general directed forwards. The fangs are separately erected or depressed (I have not accurately determined this point) by a special bundle of muscular fibres, arising by a fine point in front of the articu- lation of each, and being inserted by a kind of tendon a little below a trochanter-like process at their base, reminding one of the mode of insertion of the triceps muscle into the olecranon process of the ulna. ‘This arrangement, however, cannot warrant the assertion that the teeth in the Towdfera, so-called, are inserted into the fleshy proboscis. Notwithstanding the remarkable difference existing between the long spiral shell of Terebra and the depressed, almost in- volute, spiral form of Conus, the anatomy of the respective animals is remarkably similar, exhibiting an obvious natural affinity ; and the dentition of both is modelled upon the same characteristic plan. The genuine Plewrotome, which are notched in the outer lip, will be found, on accurate comparison with Bela, Man- gelia, or such shells as are grooved at the suture, to present characters sufficiently well marked to suggest their separation. The lingual cartilages of Plewrotoma form two comparatively large rounded masses, upon and between which the odonto- phore lies evenly, without the sigmoid flexure of Conus or Bela, but, on the contrary, it may be readily laid out quite flat for microscopic examination. The odontophore of Plewrotoma has very much the same relative proportions as that of Mitra; but the teeth are in two rows, long, smooth, rounded, tapering and gracefully curved (as it were, to inaugurate the uncinate series). The Columbellide (Pl. XII. fig. 11), including the beautiful little shells of the genera Nitédella and Conidea, seem to link Dental Plates and Teeth of Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda. 115 the true Pleurotomes with the Olives. No dentition can be more characteristic than theirs, or less likely to be confounded with any other. The lateral teeth become shorter, more strongly curved, and falcated in a manner peculiar to the family, while the central area only presents a series of un- armed plates. ‘These, however, shadow forth their composite nature by a narrowing in the middle, suggesting their homo- logy with all three central plates of Clavatula blended toge- ther. In Olivella (fig. 12) the corresponding plates are fur- nished with a row of fine teeth along the posterior border, and the more simple uncini are flanked externally by a single row of thin quadrilateral plates. In Oliva (fig. 13) the uncini are quite simple, without notches or foliations, and closely re+ semble their homologues in Turritide (fig. 17) and Muricidee (fig. 18). In the Harpidee (fig. 14), Volutide (fig. 15), and Marginellide (fig. 16) they are altogether suppressed. I have placed Clavatula (Pl. XIII. fig. 4) by itself as the type of a provisional family until further information is ob- tained by the study of the numerous little shells im this alliance occurring in tropical seas. Much is to be anticipated also from the examination of an equally numerous group referable to the Olive type. In the odontophore of Clavatula (fig. 4) we find the most interesting combination of the dentition of Mangelia or Bela (fig. 3) with that of Cyrtulus (fig. 5), explaining to us certain homological relationships which would be difficult to compre- hend without its aid. Thus its fangs may be traced back- wards to Plewrotoma (fig. 10), and thence through the uncinate series to the hooks of Murex or Concholepas (fig. 18), while its side combs may be followed through the pectinate series to the lateral teeth of Bucctnum (fig. 9), from which it must be apparent that the hooks of Murex and the lateral teeth of Buccinum are not homologous organs, and therefore cannot be convertible. Being well aware of the existence of certain fusiform spe- cies having neither plaits nor folds upon the columella of the shell, but with lateral combs in the odontophore, I con- clude that these would form with Cyrtulus (Hind) a well- marked family. The Muricoid species, such as /usus probos- cidalis, should be carefully excluded, and only the Cyrtuloid members (e. g. Colus raphanus) retamed. My reason for pro- posing the family name Cyrtu/ide is founded on the study of the anatomy of Mr. Hind’s Cyrtulus serotinus (‘ Cyrtule du soir’’ of the French), the type of the genus; and [ hold its name to be still intact, though it has been unhesitatingly ab- sorbed into Swainson’s Clavella, no sufficient data having been Qt 116 On the Dentition of Proboscidiferous Gasteropoda. advanced for such a proceeding*. The tongue of Clavella dis- torta is unequivocally Buccinoid, and the shell is now even taken as the type of the genus Tr¢umphis. It is quite gratui- tous to say that Musus longevus of Solander and Cyrtulus serotinus ot Hind are members of the same genus. It may be very pleasant to discover a living species of a genus fossil as far back as the Eocene period ; but where is the proof of such a position? ‘The naming-difticulty is nowhere more remark- ably illustrated than in the members of this family, for which I have chosen the name Cyrtulide. Fasciolaria (P|. XIII. fig.6) and Mitra (fig. 7) form the types of two distinct families: the former, with its lengthy ribbon and narrow median series, differs remarkably from the latter, in which the odontophore is short and broad; moreover the shell-characters are sufficiently distinctive. Conchologists in general assume that Twrbinellus and Cyno- donta belong to the same family; but the proof of this has never been made plain. Cynodonta (fig. 8) alone appears to have undergone examination; and a family is certainly re- quired for its reception, as it is not conformable with any other already established. In Harpa the propodium is largely developed; but it is simple or without the median fissure above which characterizes all the Olivide proper. The head and tentacula are remark- ably small as compared with the great mass of the foot. The proboscis is in keeping with the head and very small, and the odontophore is so minute as to be readily overlooked by inex- perienced observers. The lateral plates are quadrilateral, bearing a broad tri- angular tooth ; but both are so delicate and rudimentary as to require a nice adjustment of the light to render them visible at all. ‘The central plates are also quadrilateral, but concave in front and convex behind, bearing a large conical tooth in the middle, with a very small one on either side, near its base. {t would appear that the diminutive size of the whole ribbon, or the rudimentary nature of one or more of its elements, anti- cipates as it were some decided change in the plan of the dentition of the next succeeding family. Thus the rudimentary pleural teeth of Harpa indicate the alliance of that genus with some other in which those teeth are more highly developed ; and in keeping with this reasoning, if no pleural teeth are at all present in the Volutide and Marginellidx, we cannot affirm on this ground alone that their lingual dentition is typically tuiserial, * The young Cyrtulus is a veritable Lamarckian Fusus, Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Aleyonoid Corals. 117 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Fig. 1. Dentition of Conus: a, one fang, with its muscle remaining intact ; b, extremity of the other fang, more highly magnified, to show the barbed processes more distinctly. Fig. 2. Dentition of Terebra. Fig. 3. r Bela. Fig. 4. ” Clavatula, Fig. 5. = Cyrtulus. Fig. 6. “ Fasciolaria. Fig. 7. By Mitra. Fig. 8. 3 Cynodonta. Fig. 9. ” Buecinum, Fig. 10. % Pleurotoma. Fig. 11. RS Columbella. Fig. 12. 9 Olivella. Fig. 13. a Oliva. Fig. 14. +. Harpa. Fig. 15. “ Melo. Fig. 16. 2 Marginella (from memory ). Fig. 17. i. Costellaria, Fig. 18. _ Concholepas. XIX.—WNotes on the Fleshy Aleyonotd Corals (Aleyonium, Liinn., or Zoophytaria carnosa). By Dr. J. E. Gray, P.R.S., V.P.2.8., &e. THIS group of Corals was named A/leyontum by Linneus and Pallas, but has been more lately subdivided into several ge- nera. ‘The polypes are social, generally with elongated tubular bodies, which are united to one another into a more or less fleshy crust or lobulated or branched coral. The inner substance between the tubular bodies is sometimes rather fleshy and permeated with vessels. The polypes and the flesh are often strengthened with various-shaped calcareous, sunken or superficial spicules; but there is no central axis as in the horny or stony Alcyonoid Corals. In one genus at least (Paraleyonium) the lateral younger polypes are short, and there is direct communication between their bodies and the central cavity of the older or mother polype; and in some other genera, as Sympodium and Erythro- podium, which form only a thin crust, the body of the polype is short, as in the animals that form a thin bark on the central axis, e.g. In Gorgonia and Corallium. The part of the polype at the base of the tentacles, and the tentacles themselves, are often armed with a series of spicules generally placed obliquely in two parallel series; they pro- tect the polype when it 1s protruded: in some these spicules are so numerous as to prevent the complete contraction of the polype. 118 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonotd Corals. The skin of the body and the fleshy substance between the bodies of this group of polypes are also studded with various- shaped calcareous spicules, the fusiform being the most com- mon. ‘The spicules were observed and studied by J. Ellis, and by various physiologists since his time, especially by Prof. Kolliker, in his ‘Icones Histiologice ;’ but they require to be studied with more care and in a more philosophic manner, so as to divide the forms into different groups by observing the modifications which the spicules of each species undergo when being developed, and also in a larger number of kinds, before they can be used for the distinction of the genera and species. Lamarck, in his Monograph on Alcyonium, first published in the ‘Annales du Muséum,’ and then in the ‘ Hist. Nat. des Anim. s. Verteb.’ (ii. 412), described many species that I have not been able to identify or place in this synopsis. Though most of them are described from specimens then in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, they are not further described or in any way referred to in Milne-Hdwards and Haime’s ‘Coralliaires,’ founded on specimens in that collection; so it is to be feared that the types have been lost. Some of them, like some of the Alcyonia figured by Esper and other zoolo- gists, were, very likely, sponges. Considering the number of species that Ehrenberg and Quoy and Gaimard collected, and the very few localities from which the specimens described have been received, there must be very many species of these ani- mals to be discovered, if they were only sought for in other localities. They are very easily preserved; so there is ver little excuse for their not haying been more collected and studied. Section I. DERMOCORALLIA. The coral crust-like, attached by the lower surface, or lobed and branched, with polypes on the whole of the exposed sur- face. A. The coral crust-like, attached by the lower surface. The body of the polype short. Fam. 1. Antheliade. Coral crust- or skin-like, spreading, and attached by the lower surface. Polypes produced above the surface of the coral, not retractile. Spicules fusiform or cylindrical, spinous or tubercular. ‘This family is somewhat like Xeniadx, and chiefly differs in producing buds only at the base of the cells; in this way the coral is expanded outward, and forms an incrusting plate. Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Aleyonoid Corals. 119 ANTHELIA. Savigny, MS.; Lamarck, A.s. V. ii. 407; Lamx.; Blainv. ; Dana, Zooph. 602; M.-Edw. & Haime, Corall. i. 109; Kolliker, Ic. Hist. 132. Polypes not retractile, not branched by budding ; the tentacles only retractile. Polype-body subcylindrical, prominent, from an expanded basal plate. 1. Anthelia glauca, Sav. Egypte, t. 1. f. 7. Hab. Red Sea. 2. Anthelia strumosa, Ehy. Hab. Red Sea. 3. Anthelia pupurascens, Ehr., Sav. Egypte, t. 1. f. 5. Hab. Red Sea. 4. Anthelia Filippi, Kolliker, Ic. Hist. 132, t. 18. f. 41, 42. Hab, Guadaloupe. 5. Anthelia lineata, Verrill, t. 6. f. 9. Hab. Hongkong. 6. Anthelia Dujardinii, Dana. (Xenia Dyjardini’, Templeton, Trans. Zool. Soc. 1. 25, f. 3-7.) Hab. Isle of France. Fam. 2. Sympodiade. Polype and tentacles completely retractile into the skin-like or crustaceous coral. 1. MASSARELLA. Coral irregular-shaped, attached to the horny axis of a Gorgonia; outer surface hard, crustaceous, smooth ; internal cork-like. Polypes completely retractile. 1. Massarella coralloides ; B. M. (Gorgonia coralloides, Pallas, Zooph. 192; Esper, t.32. Sympodium coralloides, Eby. Gi, MGI) Hab. Fs 2. Massarella rosea. (Sympodium roseum, Ehrenb.) Hab. West Indies. 3. Massarella vera. (Sympodium verum, Duchass. & Michel. Suppl. 104.) Hab, West Indies. See Anthozoanthus parasiticus, Desh., Schleiden, Das Meer, t. 4, said to be a Lobularia on a Gorgonia, 120 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Pleshy Aleyonoid Corals. 2, EUNOELLA. Coral crust-like, thin. Polypes large, convex when con- tracted. Eunoella gorgonoides. (Aleyonium gorgonoides, Ellis & Soland. Zooph. 101, t. 9. f.12. Sympodium gorgonoides, M.-Edw. Sertularia gorgonia, Pallas.) Hab, West Indies. 3. SYMPODIUM. Ehrenb. Corall. 61; M.-Edw. & Haime, Corall. 1. 110; Koélliker, Ic. Hist. 141, +. 19. 4. 7-9. Coral expanded, fleshy, skin-like. Polype-cells small, pa- pillose, not spined; polype and tentacles retractile, leaving a small superficial wart. Spicules fusiform or short, subeylin- drical, tubercular or spinous. 1. Sympodium fuliginosum, Ehrenb., Savigny, Polyp. t. 1. f. 6. Hab. Red Sea. 2. Sympodium ceruleum, Ehrenb. Hab, Red Sea. 3. Sympodium poriferum, Verrill, Proc. Boston 8. N. H. 1866. Hab, Panama. 4, HRYTHROPODIUM. Kolliker, Icon. Hist. 141 (1866), t.12. 10,11, t. 9. f. 6. Coral incrusting, membranaceous; flesh of the coral studded with dark-red, large, subcruciate or subcylindrical tubercular spicules. Polype completely retractile into the cell, leaving only a slight convex edge. ‘Tentacles nearly cylindrical, pectinate. Erythropodium caribbearum, Kélliker. (Xenia caribbearum, Duchass. & Michel. Corall. Antilles, t. 1. f. 8-10.) Hab. West Indies. 5. OJEDA. Duchass. & Michel. Corall. Antilles, 14, Supp. 104. Coral like Sympodium. ‘ Spicules, which resemble small nummulites, are so minute as to be only seen by the aid of the microscope ; the edges are deeply cut out ; resembling a small many-rayed star, nummulitiform.” Ojeda luteola, Duchass. & Michel. Corall, Antilles, 14. Hab, West Indies. Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. 121 B. The coral crust-like, convex, with more or less erect lobes. The polypes to the edge of the crust or the base of the stem, with long cylindrical tubular bodies ; polypes retractile. Fam. 3. Lobulariade. Coral with a hard, crustaceous, smooth external coat. Po- lypes retractile. * Polype-cell flat, not raised above the surface of the crust. 1. LOBULARIA. + Coral crust-like, with a few rounded lobes or cylindrical blunt branches. 1. Lobularia digitata, Lamk. (Aleyonium digitatum, Linn. A. lobatum, Pallas. A. exos, Spix. A. palmo, Esper, t. 9, dry. A. lacunosum, Esper, t. 14, dry. Lobularia grandiflora, Chamisso? HHaleyontum palmo, Ehy., var. Aleyonium cydonium, Miller. Lobularia conotdea, Lamk. Cydonium Miilleri, Fleming.) Hab. North Sea, Mediterranean. B.M. A. cydonium, Esper, t. 25. f. 1, 2,3, looks like the section of a dry specimen of this coral. 2. Lobularia massa. (Alcyonium massa, Miiller, Z. D. t. 81. f.1,2. Massarium massa, Blainy. Sympodium massa, Ehrenb.) Hab. North Sea. 3. Lobularia glomerata. (Alcyonium glomeratum, Johnston. A. rubrum and A. sanguineum, Hassall, Couch, Cornish Fauna, t. 13. f. 1.) Hab. Coast of Cornwall (Couch). 4, Lobularia carnea. (Alceyonium carneum, Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 385. A. digitatum, Stimpson.) Hab, North Sea. 5. Lobularia rubriformis, hrb. (Aleyontum rubriforme, Dana, Verrill, Mem. Boston 8. N. H. 1. 4.) Hab. North Sea. 6. Lobularia Verrillit. (Aleyonium Essex Institute, 1865, p. 191.) Hab. Sea of Okhotsk (Verrill). 7. Lobularia mollis. (Aleyonium molle, Esper, t.18 B, in spi- rits. A. granulatum, Esper, t. 24, dry.) Hab. , on a Lucus. B.M, ,n.8s., Verrill, Rep. 122 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. 8. Lobularia rigida. (Alcyonium rigidum, Dana.) Hab, Feejee Islands (Dana). 9. Lobularia Ceicis. (Alcyontum Ceicis, Duchass. & Michel. Corall. Antilles, 14, Suppl. 104.) Hab, West Indies, 10. Lobularia cequinoctialis, Duchass. Rad. Antilles, 21. Hab. West Indies. 11. Lobularia capitata. (Xenia capitata, Duchass. & Michel. Corall. Antilles, 16, t. 1. f. 22, Suppl. 105.) Hab. West Indies. 12. Lobularia brachyclados, Ehrenb. (Alcyonium brachy- clados, Dana.) Hab. Red Sea. 13. Lobularia leptoclados, Khrenb. Hab, Red Sea. tt Coral produced into acute finger-like lobes or branches ; base compressed. 14. Lobularia flava. (Alcyonium flavum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 23. f. 6, 7.) Hab, Vanikoro. 15. Lobularia flabella, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 23. f, 18-20. Hab. Australia. Trt Coral creeping ; branches simple, erect, lamellar. 16. Lobularta muralis. (Alceyontum murale, Dana, Zooph. 1-48; de 10.) Hab. 'Tongatabu. 2. SPHARELLA. Coral hard, coriaceous, globular or subglobose, affixed by a slender peduncle, growing in clusters. Polypes scattered over the whole surface, quite retractile. Spherella tuberculosa, (Aleyonium tuberculosum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 23. f. 4-8.) Hab. Tongatabu. 3. CHLOROZOA. Coral soft, divided into finger-like lobes, deep green. Po- lypes very small, irregularly disposed. ‘Tentacles petal-like, ovate, lanceolate, connected by a membrane like a veil, and Dr, J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals, 123 lacerated or ciliated at the tip. (See Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol, t, 23. f, 22, 23.) Chlorozoa viridis. (Aleyonium viride, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 23. f. 21-23.) Hab. Vanikoro. ** Polype-cell with a raised edge. 4, Ruopopuyton, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 706. Coral fleshy, with a hard crust, branched to the base. Polype- cell with a raised edge, Polypes half-retractile. Rhodophyton Couchii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 706 (fig.). Hab, Cornwall (Couch). B.M. 5, AMICELLA. Coral thick at the base, branched, tree-like. Polype-cell rather prominent, covered with eight valves, each marked with two rows of spicules, Polypes quite retractile. ‘ Tenta- cles simple, clavate” (Quoy). Amicella amicorum. (Alcyontum amicorum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol, t. 22. f. 13-15. Nephthea amicorum, Blainy. Ammothoa amicorum, M.-Edw.) Hab. 'Tongatabu. Section IT. PODOCORALLIA. The coral pedunculated, the lower portion stem-like, barren, the upper lobed or branched, with the polypes on the surface. The polypes with an elongated tubular body. A. Coral with a coriaceous or crustaceous minutely granular “outer surface, with more or less numerous internal spicules, Polypes retractile or senuretractile. Fam. 4. Alcyoniade. The coral fleshy, divided into lobes or branches above, bearing the polypes on all sides. Stem more or less coriaceous externally. Polypes retractile. 1. ALCYONIUM. Coral erect ; base thick, smooth, barren ; wpper part divided into subeylindrical lobes. Polype=cellseven. Polypes small, retractile. Kolliker says A. palmatum has a rudimentary axis. (See Icon. Hist. t. 12. f. 4.) 124 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. * Coral fleshy. 1. Alcyonium palmatum, Pallas. (A. exos, Gmelin, Esper, t. 2 ; Ellis, Phil. Trans. 1763, t. 20. £.9. Lobularia palmata, Lamk. L. digitata, Chiaje.) Hab. Mediterranean. B.M. 2. Alcyonium Sarstt. (A. palmatum, var., Sars, Kélliker, Icon. Hist. 132.) Hab. North Sea. 3. Alcyonium aurantium, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 22. f. 16-18. (Lobularia aurantiaca, Lamk.) Hab. New Zealand. B.M. ** Coral crustaceous. A, Alcyonium stellatum, M.-Edw. Aun. Sc. Nat. iv. 1835, t. 16 ; Coral, 1. 4dG.1t.. 4 oof. 2, Hab. Coast of France. 2, DANELLA. Coral soft; stem thick, barren, not dilated at the base; branches slender, cylindrical, ascending. Polypes small, on the branches; spicules very abundant in all parts of the stem. * Coral coriaceous, branches blunt. 1. Danella conferta. (Alcyonium confertum, Dana, Zooph. die eae Me) Hab. Feejee Islands. ** Coral soft, branches acute. 2. Danella flewibilis. (Alcyonium flexibile, Quoy & Gaim.) Hab. Vanikoro. 3. Danella fegeensis. (Aleyontium flexibile, var., Dana, Zooph. tO as Oe) Hab. Feejee Islands (Dana). 3. AMOCELLA. Coral fleshy, smooth, arising from a more or less extended, compressed, horizontal base, with thick, erect, smooth, sterile stems divided above into lobes or branches, covered on all sides with retractile polypes. 1. Amocella pauciflora, Savigny, Egypte, t.1. £8. (Lobularia paucifiora, Khrenb. Ammothoa virescens, part., Audouin. Alcyonium paucifiora, Dana.) Hab, Red Sea. Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. 125 2. Amocella polydactyla. (Lobularia polydactyla, Khrenb.) Hab. Red Sea. 3. Amocella? trichanthema. (Alcyonium trichanthemum, Dana, Zooph. t. 56. f. 1.) Hab, Feejee Islands. Fam. 5. Sarcophytide. The coral discoidal or hemispherical, pedicelled; stem and under surface barren, rather coriaceous, granular. Polypes on the upper surface of the frond, retractile. 1. SarcopuyTon, Lesson. Coral agaric-shaped, soft, fleshy, externally soft; stem cylindrical, formed of cylindrical tubes. 1. Sarcophyton glaucum, Verrill. (Alcyonium glaucum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 22. f. 11, 12.) Hab. Tonga (Quoy) ; Feejee (Verrill). B.M, 2. Sarcophyton lobatum, Lesson, Voy. Bélanger, t. 2. 'Tenta- cles simple ? Hab. ? 3. Sarcophyton agaricum, Stimpson, Vervrill, Hab, Japan. 2. AREOCELLA. Coral rather rigid, stipitate, very broadly expanded, sinuate on the edge; upper surface areolated, areole hexagonal, each surrounded by a series of small tubercles. Polype in centre of each areola. Areocella lata. (Alcyonium latum, Dana, Zooph. t. 56, f. ?, t. 58. f. 7. Sarcophyton latum, Verrill.) Hab. 'Tongatabu, Feejee Islands. 3. CLADIELLA. Coral half-ovate or obconical, in clusters, below tapering’ to a small base, barren, above flat. Polypes retractile. 1. Cladiella spherophora. (Lobularia spherophora, Ehyrenb. Alcyonium spherophora, Dana.) Hab. Red Sea. 2. Cladiella brachycladia, (Aleyonium brachycladium, Dana, bite to 8.) Hab, 'Tongatabu. 126 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. Fam. 6. Bellonellade. Coral capitate; stem thick, with a coriaceous granular outer surface, grooved, showing the tubular form of the bodies of the polypes above; head hemispherical. Polype-cells cy- lindrical, with a plaited mouth. Polypes retractile. Chiefly differs from Xentade in the stem being more coria- ou and the polypes retractile into the tubular projecting cells. BELLONELLA. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 35, figs. 3, 4. Coral cylindrical, simple, with a convex head, with sub- cylindrical, truncated, divergent polype-cells on the upper, nearly flat surface, with eight grooves on the edge when the tentacles are enclosed. ‘Tentacles pinnate. 1. Bellonella granulata, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 35, fig. Hab. Bellona Reefs. B.M. 2. Bellonella? capitata. (Lobularia capitata, Duchass. & Mi- chel. Corall. Antilles, 21.) Hab. West Indies. Fam. 7. Keniade. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, iv. 443. Coral soft and fleshy; stem simple or slightly branched, smooth or minutely granular. Polypes clustered on the rounded ends of the branches, not retractile ; skin of the stem and polypes to the end of the pinnules strengthened with spicules. 1. XENIA, Savigny =CREPITULARIA, Valenc. Coral creeping, fleshy ; stem erect. Internal spicules few. 1. Xenia unbellata, Savigny, Egypte, Polypes, t. 1. f. 3. Hab. Red Sea (Savigny). B.M. 2. Xenia fuscescens, Khrenb. HTab. Red Sea. 3. Nenia cerulea, Ehrenb. Hab. Red Sea. 4, Xenia samoensis, Kolliker, I. H. 133, t. 12. f. 1, 2. Hab. Samoa Island. 2. LORIDELLA. Coral erect ; stem thick, with a contracted base ; surface co- Dr. J. E. Gray on the Pleshy Aleyonoid Corals. 127 riaceous, with imbedded fusiform spined spicules. ‘ Tentacles with lobes on all sides”? (Quoy). 1. Loridella subviridis. (Cornularia subviridis, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. iv. 256, t. 22. f. 5-7.) Var., Quoy & Gaim. l. c. t. 22. f. 8-10. Hab. Feejee. 2. Loridella florida. (Actinantha florida, Lesson, Voy.Coq.85, t. 1. £3 = Xenia florida, Dana.) 3. Loridella elongata. (Xenia elongata, Dana, Zooph. 606, tots 1s.) Hab. ? 4, Loridella rosea, (Xenia cerulea, var., Dana, Zooph. 605, tet. 3) Hab. Feejee. 3. WARDELLA. Coral simple; stem simple, with very numerous smooth internal spicules forming a thick spongy web. Polypes not retractile. Wardella indivisa. (Xenia tndivisa, Sars, Kolliker, I. H. 133.) Hab. Naples (Sars). B. Coral cellular ; the surface of the coral and outer side of the polype- cells covered with opaque, rugose, fusiform spicules. Polype retractile. a. Stem, branches, and polype-cells covered with spicules. Fam. 8. Nidalide. Coral simple or branched; stem cylindrical, cartilaginous, with a crustaceous skin and imbedded spicules. Polypes on the upper surface of a hemispherical head, with prominent large conical polype-cells ; stem and polype-cells covered with large fusiform spicules. NIDALIA. Gray, P. Z. S. 1835, 11. 59. Coral cylindrical, branched, with an expanded hemispherical head with large conical cells on the upper surface; cells covered with spines. Nidalia occidentalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. iii. 80; P. Z. S. 1857, ps 1295 te. (Hot te dake) Hab. rs 128 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Aleyonoid Corals. Fam. 9. Spoggodide. Coral membranaceous, cellular, branched, the outer surface covered with opake fusiform spicules. Polype-cells at the ends of the branchlets, and surrounded by a series of projecting spicules. Polypes retractile. 1. SpoaGoveEs, Lesson. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862. Polypes crowded together at the ends of the branchlets, the groups more or less surrounded by larger spicules. 1. Spoggodes florida, Gray, P. Z. S. 1862, t. 4. f. 1, 2,3. (Al- cyonium floridum, Esper, t. 16. Xinia florida, Lamk. Neptea florida, Blainv. Spoggodes celosia, Lesson.) Hab. Philippines (Cuming). B.M. 2. Spoggodes spinosa, Gray, 1. c. t. 4. f. 5-7. Hab. New Guinea. B.M. 3. Spoggodes capitata, Vervill. Hab, Hongkong. B.M. 4, Spoggodes arborescens, Verrill. Hab, Feejee Islands. 2, SPOGGODIA. Gray, P..Z, 8. 1862, sp, 29, Polype-cells subcylindrical, prominent from the sides, or forming the tips of the branchlets. 1. Spoggodia unicolor, Gray, lc. f. 1, 2. Hab. Bellona Reefs. B.M. 2. Spoggodia divaricata, Gray, l. c. f. 3, 4. Hab. New Guinea. B.M. 3. Spoggodia ramulosa, Gray, 1. c. f. 5, 6. Hab. Bellona Reefs. B.M, A, Spoggodia gracilis. (Spoggodes gracilis, Vervill.) Hab. Loochoo Islands. b. Stem with a coriaceous granular skin; branches and polype-cells strengthened with superficial fusiform spicules. Fam. 10. Nephthyade. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1859, iv. 444. Coral fleshy, cellular, branched; stem coriaceous or granular Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonoid Corals. 129 externally ; branches and polype-cells with superficial spicules. Polype-cells subcylindrical, ineurved. Polypes retractile. 1. NepHTHYA, Savigny. Coral fleshy, with a large horizontal basal mass. Stem erect, divided above into heads or spikes of polypes ; branches and polype-cells with many large superficial and few internal spicules. Polype-cells crowded on all sides of the ovate club- shaped terminal branchlets. Polypes half-retractile, leaving an incurved tubercle covered with fusiform spicules. 1. Nephthya Savignit, Ehrenb., Savigny, Polyp. Egypte, t. 2. f. 5. (N. Chabrolit, Audouin. N. énnominata, Blainv.) Hab. Red Sea. B.M. 2. Nephthya polyanthus. (Ammothea polyanthus, Duchass. & Michel. Wot. fe fs'G:) Hab. West Indies. 3. Nephthya parasitica. (Ammothea parasitica, Duchass. & Michel. 15, t. 1. f. 3, 4, 5.) Hab. West Indies. 4. Nephthya aurantiaca, Verrill. Hab. China Seas. 2. AMMOTHEA, Savigny, Pol. Egypte. Coral fleshy, with a horizontal creeping basal mass. Stem erect, divided above into heads or spikes of polypes. Stem and branches with very few minute superficial spicules, and with many internal spicules. Polype-cells crowded on all sides of the oval club-shaped terminal branchlets; polype-cell sub- cylindrical, incurved, lobed at the mouth. Ammothea virescens, Savigny, Polyp. Egypte, t. 2. f. 6. (Nephthea Cordier’, Audowin. Neptea Savignii, Blainv.) Hab. Red Sea. B.M. 3. CAPNELLA. Coral erect; stems clustered, coriaceous, granular, divided into short branches; outer surface studded with small, flat, smooth, irregular-shaped spicules. Polype-cells crowded and imbricate on all sides of the oval club-shaped branchlets ; polype-cell campanulate, slightly eight-lobed. Polypes re- tractile. Capnella imbricata, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. iv. 281, t. 23. f. 8-14. (Ammothea imbricata, M.-Edw.) Hab. New Zealand, Australia. B.M. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. ii. 9 130 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Fleshy Alcyonotd Corals. 4, MorcHELLANA, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 30. Coral clavate ; stem thick, contracted below; outer surface coriaceous, granular; skin of branches thin, studded with large, opaque, fusiform spicules. Upper part divided into short, conical, spreading branches, closely covered with sub- cylindrical incurved polype-cells. Morchellana spinulosa, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 31, fig. at page 30. Hab. Indian Ocean. B.M. See Alcyonium spongiosum, Esper, Zooph. t. 3. Ammothea phalloides, Lamk. Figured from a dry specimen. c. Coral soft, membranaceous, cellular, smooth, with the polypes at the ends of the fleshy branches. Polypes partly retractile, leaving a subspherical terminal head to the branchlets ; a few imbedded spicules near the mouth and in the tentacles. Lower part of the coral simple or retractile into a tubular spinulose sheath. Fam. 11. Lemnaliadez. Coral simple at the base; stem formed of the clustered cylindrical tubular bodies of the polypes ; outer surface smooth, without spicules. Known from Nephthyade by the polype-cell being pedi- celled, and the stem and branches of the coral not bemg co- vered with superficial fusiform spicules. 1. LEMNALIA. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1868, ii. p. 442. Coral-stem forming an expanded creeping base. Polype- cells racemose. 1. Lemnalia Jukesti, Gray, l. c. fig. 1. fab. ? 2. Lemnalia terminalis. (Aleyonium terminale, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. t. 23. f. 15-17.) Stem unknown. Spicules fusiform, smooth, small, flat, irregular-shaped (Quoy). Hab. ? 3. Lemnalia nitida. (Ammothea nitida, Verrill, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 39.) Hab. Ganzibar (Verrill). Stems clustered. 2. VERRILLIANA. Coral soft, branched. Stem tapering, cylindrical, longi- Dr. A. Giinther on a Gigantic Species of Batrachus, 131 tudinally grooved. Polypes clustered together on all sides of the ends of the branches, forming an ovate-lanceolate grou or thyrse. Polype-cell cylindrical, with a subglobular Hiden when the polype is contracted, 1. Verrilliana ramosa. (Aleyonium ramosum, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. iv. 275, t. 23. f. 8-11. Ammothea ra- mosa, M.-Edw.) Hab. New Granada (Quoy). 2. Verrilliana thyrsoides. (Ammothea thyrsoides, Ehrenb. Nephthya thyrsoidea, Verrill.) Hab. Red Sea (Ehr.), Cape of Good Hope (Verrill). Fam. 12. Paralcyoniada, Coral membranaceous, branched above, smooth, with minute dermal spicules near the mouths of the polypes ; the bodies of the polypes opening into each other, making a common cavity. The coral retractile into a tubular sheath covered with large dermal spicules. Tentacles retractile. Paratcyontum, M.-Edw. ( Aleyonidia, M.-Edw. 1835.) Paraleyonium elegans, M.-Edw. Corall. j. POOF hi ate (Alcyonidia elegans, M.-Edw. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1835, iv. t. 12, 13.) Hab. Algiers. XX.—Notice of a Gigantic S pectes of Batrachus from the J y) ) Seychelle Islands. By A. Ginruer, F.R.S. THE British Museum has lately received, through Lieut.-Col. Playfair, the dried head of a gigantic Acanthopterygian F ish, which was captured by Swinburne Ward, Esq., H.M. Civil Commissioner for the Seychelles. To judge from the head, this fish appears to be equal in bulk to any of the species of Histiophorus, if, indeed, it does not exceed them in size. I was previously acquainted with this fish from a pair of jaws only, preserved in the British Museum for a long time; but I was unable to form any opinion from these fragments as re- gards the systematic position of the fish to which they be- longed. Although one character of Batrachus, viz. prominent spines of the opercles, is absent, or at least not conspicuous in the head before me, its appearance and structure is that of the species of this genus; and as I do not know of a Species to which it may be referred, I regard this fish as wideccebad ® 132 Mr. F.P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of and it may be appropriately called Batrachus gigas. I may hope soon to supplement the following incomplete description by the acquisition of more perfect specimens. The head is 26 inches broad (between the ends of the gill- covers), 21 inches long from the snout to the end of the opercle, or 16 inches to the occiput. It is depressed, with the eyes directed upwards, as in Batrachus, covered all over with comparatively small hard scales, the scale-pouches of the skin being also provided with minute scales. The crown of the head is flat, without ridges; the eyes (14 inch wide) are far apart (5% inches). The cleft of the mouth is enormous, about 16 inches wide, slightly obliquely directed upwards, with the lower jaw somewhat prominent. The jaws, vomer, and pala- tine bones are armed with broad bands of villiform teeth. The vomerine teeth form a semicircular disk, well separated from the palatine bands, which are tapering in front and behind, lancehead-shaped. The maxillary bone (10 inches long) be- comes gradually broader towards its extremity, where it is 3 inches broad; it is entirely smooth. The preeoperculum has its margin irregularly denticulated; and the denticulations at the rounded angle are much the strongest, perhaps the remnants of worn-off spies. ‘The margins of the other oper- cles are smooth, but there are still traces of two spines on each operculum. The jaws mentioned above are somewhat larger still than those of the head described; so that some individuals of this species must evidently attain an enormous size. XXI.—Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Tenebrio- nide from Australia and Tasmania. By Francis P. Pasco, F.L.S. &e. [Continued from p. 45. } [Plate XI.} Arter the following additions have been made to the genus Adelium of Kirby *, there remain a few species, the types ap- parently of as many genera related to it, but differentiated by characters which will not allow them to be conjoined. We find that there are three characters which seem to belong without exception to the Adelia, viz. the tarsi tomentose beneath, their penultimate joints subbilobed, and the eyes transverse, narrow, and more or less impinged on by the antennary ridges; a secondary character, because there are cases in which it be- * Trans. Linn, Soe. xii. p. 420, Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 133 comes scarcely recognizable, is the emarginate apex of the prothorax. The subbilobed form of the tarsi is the most per- manent of all, and is absent from none of the new genera here recorded. The mentum and lower lip seem subject to con- siderable modifications ; but, after the examination of those of several species, I think it would be unsafe to depend on them alone for generic characters. ‘The subjoined tabular arrange- ment will give an idea of the diagnoses of the genera :— Tarsi tomentose beneath. Kyes narrow, transverse. Anterior tarsi with the three intermediate joints transverse. Adeliwm. Anterior tarsi with the three intermediate joints narrow BHOCOMCORIG I, HN FEM MO os iets tchdss bw aso-doodn » fa Oe Gee Apasis. Hivos HOABL ys TOWNE tacts: 5 salsig cccqsc' 0 jap Ua eee ev ate ss Brycopia. Tarsi pilose beneath. Prothorax emarginate at the apex .......... cece ee eeeee Dystalica. Prothorax not emarginate at the apex. MER OUT a rn cow pl enanaiche aitssvoue'ei aim oVereis oie Se tenes Dinoria. Hiyes transverse, NAITOW “2. ces eee ee wn ee se aeds seeee. Lteinoma. Adelium plicigerum. A. nigrum, parum nitidum ; prothorace late transverso, marginibus foliaceis, disco longitudinaliter plicato; elytris fusco-cupreis, bre- viter obovatis, interrupte striatis. Hab. Queensland. Black, slightly nitid; head irregularly punctured; two transverse wrinkled impressions above the clypeus ; prothorax short, the sides strongly rounded, the foliaceous margins very distinct, the disk marked with fine longitudinal, irregular, raised lines; scutellum broadly triangular; elytra of a clear brownish copper-colour, shortly obovate, sharply striate, the striz interrupted, the alternate intervals between them slightly raised, epipleuree with scattered punctures ; body be- neath and legs dark pitchy, impunctate ; prosternum and cor- responding portion of propectus elevated ; antenne black, the outer jomts obconical, the last ovate. Length 8 lines. A very distinct species, having the outline of A. auratum, but at once distinguished from all other Adelia by the sculp- ture of the prothorax. Adelium cerarium. A. viridi-zneum, subnitidum; prothorace transverso, marginibus haud foliaceis, disco ereberrime punctato; elytris interrupte costatis, Hab. Darling Downs. Greenish bronze, rather nitid; head and prothorax closely punctured, the punctures varying in size and shape, and fre- 134 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of quently confluent, the latter transverse, well rounded at the sides and without foliaceous margins; scutellum small, tri- angular; elytra rather short, the sides but slightly rounded, irregularly costate, the costae more or less interrupted, the in- tervals irregular but scarcely punctured, epipleure strongly punctured ; body beneath dark glossy green, nearly glabrous, but the last abdominal segment punctured; legs and antenne dark green, clothed with short black sparse hairs, the latter with the outer joints obconic. Length 7 lines. Allied to A. augurale, but more glossy, the elytra more regularly striate, without granulations, &c. Adelium pilosum. A. fusco-cupreum, subnitidum, pilosum; prothorace creberrime punctato, lateribus angulato-rotundatis, haud foliaceis; elytris subcostatis, irregulariter punctato-impressis. Hab. Uachlan River. Brownish copper, slightly nitid, everywhere clothed’ with short scattered erect hairs, especially on the back; head un- even between the eyes, finely punctured ; prothorax transverse, closely and here and there contiguously punctured, the sides forming a rounded angle at the middle, not foliaceous, the apex only slightly emarginate; scutellum indistinct, uni- colorous ; elytra oblong obovate, subcostate, the intervals with two rows of irregular punctures, one of the rows with much larger and more oblong punctures than the other; epipleuree of the elytra, and body beneath, glossy purplish black, finely punctate, or nearly impunctate ; legs black, the femora glossy, with a greenish tinge ; antenne brown, the outer joimts obconic, the last oval. Length 7 lines. Adelium scutellare. A, fusco-cupreum, subnitidum, pilosum; prothorace interrupte punctato ; scutello nigro; elytris punctatis et punctato-impressis, lineisque subelevatis. Hab. Darling Downs; Brisbane. Brownish copper, slightly nitid, clothed with short scattered erect hairs above; head with a few small punctures, uneven between the eyes; prothorax as in the last, but the punctures fewer, scattered, and leaving here and there glabrous patches ; scutellum greenish black, broadly triangular; elytra oblong, rounded at the sides, seriate-punctate, many of the punctures (two or three together) in oblong impressions, the intervals be- tween the alternate rows slightly raised ; epipleuree of the elytra, and body beneath, glossy greenish black, the former finely Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 135 punctured; legs greenish black, shining, slightly pilose; an- tenne brown, with the outer joints elongate obconic, the last obovate. Length 7-8 lines. These two species belong to the category of A. angulicolle, Lap., with which my A. sueedswm is probably identical. Adelium reductum. A. fusco-cupreum, nitidum ; prothorace subtilissime punctato, haud foliaceo ; elytris modice obovatis, leviter seriatim punctatis, punctis ineequalibus, interstitiis impunctatis ; antennis linearibus. Hab. Brisbane. Brownish copper, shining ; head sparingly and rather finely punctured ; prothorax transverse, the sides well rounded, not suddenly contracted near the posterior angle, disk very minutely punctured ; scutellum small,rounded behind ; elytra not broadly obovate, seriate-punctate, the punctures small, unequal in size, some oblong or more deeply impressed, the intervals between the rows rather wide and impunctate, epipleuree impunctate ; body beneath and legs dark copper, smooth ; tarsi with bright golden-brown hairs; antennz linear, the joints elongate-ob- conic, pitchy black, ferruginous towards the apex. Length 5+ lines. Adelium geniale. A, fusco-cupreum, nitidum ; prothorace subtiliter punctato, lateribus subfoliaceis; elytris late obovatis,. striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtiliter punctatis ; antennis linearibus. Hab. Clarence River. Brownish-copper, shining ; head and prothorax black, finely punctured, the latter short and transverse, well rounded, broadly margined at the sides, but the margin only slightly foliaceous; scutellum transversely triangular, black; elytra broadly obo- vate, striate-punctate, the striz well marked, not widely apart, the punctures small and very nearly contiguous, the intervals between the rows slightly convex and rather finely punctured, epipleure finely punctured; body beneath and legs pitchy black ; tarsi ferruginous beneath; antennz linear, the joints elongate-obconic, pitchy, ferruginous towards the apex. Length G64 lines. This species, as well as the former, belongs to the category of A. calosomoides, Kirby. From this the first is distinguished by its narrower form, scarcely punctate prothorax, and the larger and unequal punctures of the elytra; the second, with the same broad outline, has the elytra striated. The next species departs from the calosomoides-type in having the antenne gradually 136 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of thicker outward, and with shorter joints. The four species have a short curved impressed line on each side of the prothorax. Adelium neophyta. A. fusco-cupreum, nitidum ; prothorace subtiliter punctato, haud fo- liaceo ; elytris subanguste obovatis, striato-punctatis, interstitiis subtilissime punctulatis; antennis apice crassioribus, articulis paulo breviusculis. Hab, Adelaide; Essendon Plains, Victoria. Brownish copper (much darker in the Victorian example), shining; head and prothorax black, finely punctured, the latter transverse, moderately well rounded at the sides, not foliaceous ; scutellum black, broadly triangular; elytra rather narrowly obovate, striate-punctate, the striz broad and shal- low, the punctures rather small and not nearly contiguous, the intervals of the strie slightly convex and very minutely punc- tured, epipleuree glabrous, nearly impunctate ; body beneath and legs smooth, pitchy black, tibiee and tarsi with ferruginous hairs; antenne a little thicker outwardly, the joints obconic, not elongated, the third equal to the fourth and fifth together, pitchy, with scattered short hairs. Length 42 lines. A. brevicorne, Blessig, judging from the figure he has given*, appears to be a much broader species, with the prothorax much less narrowed at the apex; in the description the latter is said to be twice as broad as long. Adelium ancilla. A. cupreum, sat nitidum; prothorace subtiliter punctato, angulis posticis productis ; elytris irregulariter seriatim impresso-punc- tatis. Hab. Darling Downs. Copper-brown, rather nitid; head sparingly punctured ; clypeus rounded at the apex, its suture somewhat indistinct, but the groove at the base of the antennary ridges well marked; prothorax transverse, much narrower than the elytra, finely and rather remotely punctured, broad at the base, the apex narrowed, sides strongly rounded, posterior angles produced directly outwards ; scutellum transversely triangular, its apex rounded ; elytra broadly obovate, convex, seriate-punctate, the punctures irregularly impressed, oblong or round, here and there one, two, or three together, the intervals of the rows broad, impunctate, and more or less uneven from the impressed sides of the punctures ; epipleure of the elytra, body beneath, and legs glossy reddish copper, sparingly and finely punctured ; * Hore Soc. Ent. Rossicze, fase. i. p. 101, taf. 3. fig. 2. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 137 antenne more than half the length of the body, slightly thicker outwards, glossy copper at the base, gradually becoming ferru- ginous and opaque, third joint nearly as long as the next two together, the last joint a little larger than the preceding one, and somewhat semicircular. Length 5} lines. Differs from A. cisteloides, Kr. (?A. helopoides, Boisd.), inter alia, in its longer antennee, and in the greater breadth of the base, and the produced posterior angles of the prothorax. Adelium repandum. A, cupreum, subnitidum ; prothorace creberrime punctato, punctis magnis rarissime dispersis ; elytris seriatim punctatis, interstitiis alternis interrupte subcostatis. HTab. Brisbane. Copper-brown, a little nitid; head rather finely punctured ; clypeus truncate at the apex, its suture going off near the an- tennary ridges, no branch groove ; prothorax moderately trans- verse, not so broad as the elytra, sides well rounded, posterior angles not produced, base emarginate, rather close to and shghtly overlapping the elytra, closely and minutely punc- tured, a few large punctures irregularly dispersed among them; scutellum very short and transverse ; elytra obovate, irregu- larly seriate-punctate, punctures small, not crowded, the inter- vals between the rows broad, the alternate ones with slightly raised interrupted lines, epipleuree with a few minute scattered punctures ; body beneath and legs dark greenish brown, very glossy, the middle of the abdominal segments finely corru- gated ; antenne rather short, copper-brown, thicker outwards, third joint a little longer only than the fourth, the last ovate, much longer than the tenth. Length 5} lines, A distinct species; in the closeness of its prothorax to the elytra, and also in habit, slightly approaching the genus Coripera. Adelium scytalicum. A, fusco-cupreum, pernitidum ; prothorace nigro, levissimo; elytris seriatim punctatis, punctis ineequalibus. Hab. Swan River. Brownish copper, very nitid ; head and prothorax black, the former minutely punctured, the latter very smooth and glossy, rather transverse, the sides well rounded and not foliaceous, the base and apex of equal breadth; scutellum nearly semi- circular; elytra oblong, slightly rounded at the sides, seriate- punctate, the punctures unequal in size, the intervals but very slightly convex ; epipleure of the elytra, legs, and body beneath very smooth and glossy; tarsi ferruginous; antenne dark 138 Mr. F.P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of brown, eighth, ninth, and tenth joints triangular, dilated on one side, the eleventh obliquely ovate, larger than the pre- ceding one. Length 5 lines. I have but one “example of this very distinct species; it is probable that the peculiarity of the antenna is sexual. Adelium orphana. A, cupreum, nitidum ; prothorace subtiliter punctato ; elytris striato- punctatis. Hab. Yankee Jim’s Creek, Victoria. Glossy copper-brown ; head finely punctured ; clypeus very slightly emarginate at the apex, its suture moderately arched ; prothorax transverse, nearly as broad as the elytra, a little rounded at the sides, minutely punctured, posterior angles not produced; scutellum transversely triangular; elytra sub- parallel at the sides, punctate-striate, punctures rather small and approximate, intervals of the strie thickly punctured, epipleuree finely punctured; body beneath and legs glossy copper; tarsi fulvous; antenne ferruginous, gradually thicker outwards; last joint larger than the tenth, somewhat semi- circular. Length 43 lines. Very like an Amara in habit; narrower, more parallel at the sides, and more glossy than any of the others. The three following species have a more slender form than the Adelia generally: the prothorax is also less transverse and only shghtly emarginate at the apex, and the eyes are broader and less impinged on by the antennary ridges. The third species has the prothorax nearly as broad at the base as at the apex, while in the first two it is very much narrower. They lead to a certain extent to Apaszs, from which, however, they are separated by the characters of their anterior tarsi. Adelium steropoides. A, gracile, eneum ; prothorace apice parum emarginato, basi angus- tiore; elytris punctato-striatis. Hab. Victoria. Brassy, nitid; head concave and thickly punctured between the antennary ridges, the front with a slightly bilobed gibbosity ; clypeus deeply emar; ginate; prothorax rather broader than long, the sides well rounded, narrowed at the base, very mi- nutely punctured ; scutellum triang ular ; elytra oblong, shghtly rounded at the sides, moderately « convex, punctate-striate, the punctures nearly contiguous, the intervals of the strie narrow, convex, and impunctate ; epipleuree of the elytra, body beneath, Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 139 .and legs glossy copper-brown, with minute scattered punctures; tarsi and outer joints of the antenne ferruginous. Length 64 lines. Adelium ruptum. A, gracile, piceo-fuscum ; prothorace apice parum emarginato, basi angustiore ; elytris weneis, striatis, striis interruptis. Hab. Yankee Jim’s Creek. Pitchy brown, nitid; head concave between the antennary ridges, rather thickly punctured, front slightly raised between the eyes; clypeus tinged with steel- blue, deeply emarginate, the upper lip very short and narrow ; prothorax slightly trans- verse, well rounded at the sides, narrowed at the base, very minutely punctured; scutellum rather narrowly triangular ; elytra oblong, slightly rounded at the sides, a little depressed, striate, the striz more or less interrupted, the intervals of the strie flattish and nearly impunctate, epipleure indistinctly punctured ; body beneath and legs dark brown, glossy ; tarsi y] and outer joints of antenne ferruginous. Length 7 lines. Adelium commodum. A, gracile, nigrum; prothorace apice parum emarginato, basi haud angustato; elytris wneis, tenuiter subpunctato-striatis. Hab. Tasmania. Black, subnitid; head scarcely punctured, flattish in front and above the eyes; clypeus strongly emarginate, somewhat ferruginous, as well as the upper lip; prothorax as long as broad, apex slightly emarginate, sides moderately rounded, base rather broad, but less so than the apex, the disk very slightly convex and scarcely punctured ; scutellum transverse ; elytra slightly rounded at the sides, finely striate, the striz with traces of punctures only, the intervals narrow, with an indistinct punctuation ; epipleure of the elytra, body beneath, and femora glossy reddish brown, with minute shallow punc- tures ; tibie reddish ferruginous ; tarsi and antenne paler, in- clining to fulvous. Length 5 lines. APASIS. Mentum angulis anticis rotundatum. Prothorax apice truncatus. Tarsi ant. in foem. art. tribus intermediis obconicis; omnes subtus tomentosi. The type of this genus has a very different appearance from any of the species of Adeliwm; and therefore, in the absence of any very salient differential character, I have been led to 140 My. F.P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of attach some importance to the peculiar form of the inter-. mediate joints of the anterior tarsi of the female; for in the male they are transverse, as in both sexes of Adeliwm*, but more dilated. I owe my specimens, as well as all the new allied forms here described, to my kind friend Dr. Howitt, to whom I dedi- cate the species. Apasis Howitt’. Pl. XI. fig. 7, 3. A. atra, nitida ; tarsis palpisque fulvis; elytris striatis. Hab. Victoria. Black, shinmg; head nearly impunctate, very hollow be- tween the antennary ridges in the line of the clypeal suture, a transverse groove in front above the eyes; clypeus strongly emarginate, upper lip large and prominent; prothorax very glabrous, finely and sparsely punctured, about equal in length and breadth, convex, rounded at the sides, the margins with a narrow raised border; scutellum transverse; elytra oblong oval, a little broader than the prothorax, slightly rounded at the sides, striate, the strie and the spaces between them im- punctate, scutellar stria nearly obsolete; epipleuree of the elytra, body beneath, and legs pitchy brown, very smooth and glossy ; tarsi and palpi fulvous; antenne a little thicker out- wards. Length 10 lines. LICINOMA. Mentum angulis anticis rotundatum. Tarsi subtus leviter pilosi. Prothorax apice haud emarginatus. In other respects, except that the eye is broader, this genus resembles Adeliwm, with the habit of some of the smaller Feronie. Licinoma nitida. L. cuprea, nitida ; elytris punctato-striatis ; tarsis fulvis; antennis ferrugineis. Hab. Mount Macedon, Victoria. ? Copper-brown, shining, finely punctured; head convex be- tween the antennary ridges, sparsely punctured; clypeus emarginate at the apex; prothorax nearly as long as broad, the sides slightly rounded, a little narrowed at the base; scu- tellum small and indistinct; elytra oblong, very moderately rounded at the sides, scarcely broader than the prothorax, de- * The anterior and frequently the intermediate tarsi are more dilated in the males of Ade/ixm than in the females. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 141 licately punctate-striate, the intervals of the strie flattish, sparingly punctured; epipleure of the elytra, body beneath, femora, and tibize glossy reddish brown, sparsely punctured ; tarsi fulvous ; antenne ferruginous, thicker outwards, the last ce large and as long as the two preceding together. Length ines. BrYCOPIA. Ocult prominuli, subrotundati. Mentum angulis anticis rotundatum. Prothorax apice haud emarginatus. The principal differentiating character in this genus is the prominent and nearly circular eye. The simple clypeal suture may probably also be taken as a generic character. The tarsi are closely tomentose beneath, as in Adelium. Brycopia pilosella. B. breyiter et sparse pilosa; capite prothoraceque violaceo-nigris ; elytris cupreis, punctato-striatis. Hab, Mount Macedon, Victoria. Shining above, with short erect scattered hairs; head and prothorax violet-black, coarsely punctured, the clypeal suture not sending a branch along the base of the antennary ridge ; sides of the prothorax well rounded anteriorly, then contracting more gradually to the base; scutellum triangular; elytra oblong oval, coarsely punctate-striate, the intervals between the striz impunctate, epipleure scarcely punctured ; body beneath reddish pitchy, punctured ; legs and antennz pale ferruginous, the last joint of the latter rounded, a little larger than the preceding one. Length 3 lines. DINORIA. Oculi parvi, rotundati. Tarsi subtus pilosi. Prothorax apice haud emarginatus. Very similar to Brycopia, and only to be distinguished by the pilose tarsi. The clypeal suture is also simple. Dinoria picta. D. cuprea, nitida ; elytris marginibus fulvis. Hab. Tasmania. Copper-brown, shining ; head coarsely punctured, the cly- peus forming a prominent fold above; prothorax transverse, roughly and not closely punctured, rounded at the sides, more narrowed behind the middle, the posterior angles prominent, 142 Mr. F.P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of but not acute; scutellum narrowly triangular ; elytra obovate, closely and strongly punctate-striate, the intermediate mtervals more elevated, the margins of the disk and apex fulvous; body beneath and femora at the base dark glossy brown, sparsely punctured ; rest of the femora, tibie at the apex, and tarsi clear fulvous; palpi and antenne yellowish ferruginous, the latter a little thicker outwards, the last joint oval, nearly equal to the two preceding together. Length 3 lines. DYSTALICA. Oculi angustati. Tarsi subtus pilosi. Prothorax apice emarginatus, lateribus crenatus. In habit resembling Adeliwm porcatum more than anything else in the subfamily. Dystalica homogenea. D. subparallela ; capite prothoraceque nigris; elytris ceneis, fortiter punctato-striatis. Hab. Swan River. Head and prothorax closely and rather coarsely punctured ; clypeal suture strongly arched, sending back on each side a shallow groove terminating near the upper edge of the eye; prothorax much broader than long, convex, the sides rounded and remotely crenate; scutellum narrowly triangular; elytra oblong, the sides nearly parallel, about the width of the pro- thorax, strongly punctate-striate, the punctures approximate, intervals between the striz narrow and very convex, epi- pleure coarsely and rather closely punctured; body beneath and legs greenish black, glossy, slightly punctured; antenne with the third joint elongate, fourth to tenth equal and ob- conic, the last oval, not larger nor longer than the tenth. Length 8 lines. Omolipus levis. O. ater, nitidus; antennis tarsisque ferrugineis; elytris subtiliter seriatim punctatis. Hab. Cape York. Black, shming; head and prothorax very minutely punc- tured, the latter transverse, well rounded at the sides, the base broader than the apex; scutellum very small, triangular ; elytra shortly ovate, seriate-punctate, the punctures very small and invisible to the naked eye; body beneath and legs very glossy ; the antenne, palpi, and tarsi ferruginous ; claw-joint very stout. Length 6 lines. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 143 Omolipus gnesioides. OQ. ater, nitidus ; prothorace antice gibbosulo; elytris fortiter se- riatim punctatis, punctis oblongis. Hab, Port Denison. Black, shining; head very minutely punctured, punctures somewhat scattered, much more crowded on the clypeus ; pro- thorax also minutely punctured, somewhat compressed, and becoming slightly gibbous anteriorly, the sides moderately rounded; scutellum small, transverse, rounded behind; elytra rather narrowly ovate, seriate-punctate, the punctures oblong and strongly impressed; body beneath and legs very glossy ; antenne and tarsi black. Length 4 lines. Omolipus (Pascoe, Journ. of Entom. i. p. 127) is allied to the European genus MWisolampus, from which it may be at once distinguished by the presence of a scutellum and the hooked inner maxillary lobe. The species are all of an intense black colour, more or less glossy ; and, in addition to the characters given of the genus, it may be stated that the claw-joint is un- usually stout, and the epipleura gradually narrows posteriorly and disappears a little way from the apex. The other two species may be diagnosed as follows :— Omolipus corvus, Pase. 1. ¢.—Ater, nitidus ; prothoracis basi apice angustiore ; elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis. Hab. Brisbane*. Omolipus socius, Pase. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser.3. ix. p.463).— Ater, nitidissimus; prothoracis basi apice latiore ; elytris fortiter seriatim punctatis, punctis distantibus. Hab. Wizard Island. EcTYcHe. Subfamily Amwpuarporiz. Clypeus a fronte discretus, antice paulo rotundatus. Tibiee antice apice dilatate, oblique truncate. Processus intercoxalis angustatus, apice rotundatus. Head rather short, inserted into the prothorax as far as the eyes, regularly convex in front; the clypeus large, a little rounded anteriorly, separated from the front by a strongly arched suture. Eyes narrow, entire. Antenne slightly thicker outwards, the third joint longer than the others, the fifth to the tenth more or less ovate, submoniliform, the last larger and oblong. Mentum pedunculate, trapezoidal, the anterior border slightly biemarginate ; labium small, membranous, transverse. Maxillary lobes narrow, the inner hooked. Maxillary palpi * Not Melbourne, as erroneously stated in the ‘ Journal of Entomology.’ 144. Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of large, strongly securiform ; the labial short, thick, approximate at the base. Prothorax transverse, convex, apex rather slightly emarginate, sides rounded but broadly emarginate at the pos- terior angle, the emargination with a tooth im the middle. Elytra ovate, convex, the shoulders rounded; epipleura broad at the base, gradually narrower and almost obsolete at the apex. femora strongly clavate ; anterior tibize toothed along the outer margin, gradually thicker below, the apex obliquely truncate and terminating im a stout spur inwardly, the inter- mediate and posterior linear, the edges round their cotyloid cavities spinous; tarsi slender, setose beneath ; the basal joint of the posterior moderately elongate. Prosternum abruptly elevated, rounded anteriorly and posteriorly. Mesosternum abrupt and a little excavated in front. Metasternum very short. Abdomen with the third and fourth segments mem- branous at their edges. Body, with the legs and antenne, covered with long flying hairs. After Dr. Leconte, I have taken Amphidora as the type of a subfamily perfectly distinct from the Adeline, im which M. Lacordaire places it, although with some doubt. The sub- family forms to a certain extent an exception to the cognate groups in regard to the tarsi, the pubescence beneath being “very coarse, sometimes almost spinous;” in Hetyche it is completely setose (or spinous). ‘The Amphidorine hitherto have been exclusively Californian and Chilian; and, notwith- standing there are so many points of agreement between the latter and the Australian beetle-faunas, it was not until after a long examination that I ventured to consider this genus one of its members. All the essential characters, however, are the same, the intercoxal process, very broad in Amphidora it- self, is considerably less so in Stenotrichus; and we have seen that the vestiture of the tarsi is variable. I owe my specimen to the Rev. George Bostock, of Free- mantle. Fictyche erebea. Pl. XI. fig. 1. E. oblonga, nigra, opaca ; elytris striato-punctatis, interstitiis crebre punctatis. Hab. Freemantle. Black, opaque, everywhere above covered with long, erect, slender, black hairs; head, upper lip, and prothorax closely and finely punctured; scutellum minute, punctiform; elytra about three times the length of the prothorax, striate-punctate, the intervals closely and rugosely punctured; breast gla- brous, closely punctured; abdomen coarsely punctured, hairy. Length 2 lines. Tenebrionidex from Australia and Tasmania. 145 The following species is closely allied to Eetyche, but differs in the character of the tibize, which are all of the same form and toothed (or rather, perhaps, shortly spined) externally. It is a much smaller species; and my specimen, which I owe to Mr. Odewahn, of Gawler, having been carded, the gum (?) used has such a tenacious property that it is impossible to get rid of it so as to be able to examine the different organs satisfactorily. I record it here principally to call the attention of Australian entomologists to the subject. The occurrence of two such closely allied species so far apart suggests the probability that these are by no means such isolated forms as they now appear to be. It 1s not unlikely that they are ants’-nest insects. Ectyche? nana. £.? breviter ovata, nigra, opaca ; elytris subnitidis, crebre punctatis, interstitiis rugosis. Hab. Gawler. Shortly ovate, opaque black, but the elytra slightly glossy, covered above with long black erect hairs ; head and prothorax finely and closely punctured; clypeus not distinct from the front ; prothorax transverse, convex, rounded at the sides and anterior angles, the posterior acuminate ; scutellum inconspi- cuous; elytra scarcely broader than the prothorax, subnitid, the punctures mostly irregular, or with slight indications of rows, crowded, the intervals rugose ; body beneath dark brown, closely punctured; antenne and legs ferruginous ; tibie slightly compressed, gradually dilated downwards, the outer edge shortly spined; tarsi with longish hairs beneath. Length 1} line. BRISES. Subfamily Cazomerorrn®. Caput ad oculos retractum. Mawille lobo interiore mutico. Prothorax lateribus foliaceis. Head transverse, inserted into the prothorax as far as the eyes; antennary ridges dilated ; clypeus broad, separated from the front by a slightly arched line, strongly emarginate in front. Eyes transverse, entire. Antenne small, thicker out- wards ; third joint elongate; fourth, fifth, and sixth obconic ; seventh to the tenth submoniliform, the last obovate. Mentum, as well as the labium, transverse, broader and truncate ante- riorly. Maxillary lobes small, the inner short and unarmed. Palpi gradually thicker outwards; the maxillary with a short basal joint, second as long as the two following together, the last narrowly triangular ; the labial with a basilateral inser- Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iti. 10 146 Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of tion. Prothorax transverse, the apex strongly emarginate, sides foliaceous and recurved, disk scarcely convex, the base subtruncate, with the posterior angles narrowly produced. Elytra shortly ovate, broader than the prothorax at their base, shoulders round; epipleuree gradually narrowing posteriorly. Legs rather feeble; femora slightly thickened, the anterior with trochanters; tibiee linear, shortly spurred; tarsi clothed beneath with long, stiff hairs, the middle and posterior with the claw-joint as long, or nearly as long, as the preceding joints together. Prosternum elevated, produced above. Mesosternum V-shaped. Metasternum short. Intercoxal process narrowly triangular, obtuse anteriorly. Abdomen with the fourth seg- ment very short, and with the third incurved at the sides. This is another of those special forms in which Australia is so prolific ; and therefore there is little to be said respecting its affinities. As may be supposed, it differs in some respects from the characters of the Coelometopine as laid down by M. Lacordaire. Many species of this subfamily are Califor- nian, where, according to Dr. Leconte, they are found under the bark of trees. We are ignorant of the habits of the Australian species. Brises trachynotoides. Pl. XI. fig. 5. B. nigro-fusca, opaca; elytris granulatis, punctatis, singulis bicos- tatis. Hab, Champion Bay. Opaque blackish brown; head and prothorax finely and very closely granulate, the granulations more or less confluent; scutellum transverse, pointed at the tip; elytra moderately convex, irregularly punctured, with the intervals granulate, each elytron with two very marked coste not reaching to the apex ; body beneath pitchy brown, finely but obscurely punc- tured; antenne and legs dark ferruginous, covered with scat- tered stiffish hairs. Length 7} lines. ASPHALUS. Subfamily Ca@zomerorrnx. Caput ad oculos retractum. Mawille lobo interiore hamato. Tarsi omnes art. ultimo ceeteris simul sumptis longiore. Head transverse, inserted into the prothorax as far as the eyes; clypeus separated from the front by an arched line, SACK emarginate anteriorly; labrum broadly transverse, porrect, Eyes transverse, nearly entire. Antenne rather Tenebrionidee from Australia and Tasmania. 147 short, gradually thicker outwards, the third joint a little longer than the second and fourth, and all, as far as the seventh, ob- conic; eighth, ninth, and tenth broader and shorter, the last larger than the preceding, round and a little depressed. Men- tum shortly pedunculate, hexagonal, winged *; labium very transverse, subtrilobed. Maxillary lobes—inner narrow, gra- dually terminating in a strong hook; outer short, broad, some- what triangular. Maxillary palpi stout, the last joint securi- form ; labial short, last joint large, cup-shaped. Prothorax convex, broader than long, sides rounded, terminating poste- riorly in a strongly produced acute angle; apex deeply and broadly emarginate, base bisinuate. LElytra ovate, as broad as the prothorax, convex; epipleure entire, gradually narrow- ing from the shoulder to the apex. Legs stout, the posterior longest; femora gradually thickened, furnished with tro- chanters; tibie shortly spurred, intermediate and anterior arched ; tarsi short, entire, the claw-joint longer than the rest together. Prosternum broad, produced behind. Mesosternum broadly V-shaped. Metasternum very short. Intercoxal pro- cess small, quadrate. Abdomen with the third and fourth segments strongly incurved at the sides. In habit resembling Pedinus, with which I at first thought this genus might possibly be connected; but its true place is with the Coelometopine. Mr. F. Bates has already placed his two Australian genera Hypaulax and Chileone, dismembered from Nyctobates, in this subfamily ; but these are very different in appearance from Asphalus. There is a considerable depres- sion on the throat of the species here described, which repre- sents the grooves of Hypaulax and Celometopus. The lower lip is also remarkable, inasmuch as the central lobe appears to be corneous, whilst the lateral ones are membranous. Asphatus ebeninus. Pl. XI. fig. 3. A, aterrimus, nitidus, levis; elytris leviter punctato-striatis. Hab. Clarence River. Deep black, smooth and shining; antenne and tarsi ferru- ginous; head and prothorax very minutely punctured, the latter with the sides rather more broadly margined anteriorly than posteriorly ; scutellum very short, transverse ; elytra very convex, faintly punctate-striate, the epipleura at its junction * Mr. F. Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1868, p. 259) proposes by this word to designate that ‘peculiar form of mentum composed of a central portion large and convex and two smaller flat pieces (wings) situated on each side at the back.” These wings om to be the ‘lateral lobes” of Dr. Leconte. The presence of these lobes differentiates Nyctobates from Iphthimus. 10* 148 Myr.F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of with the disk forming a prominent line, especially anteriorly ; body beneath more or less finely corrugated. Length 8 lines*. PROMETHIS. Subfamily Tewrprioni 2. Caput exsertum, pone oculos collo cylindrico contractum. Prothorax angulis anticis productis, rotundatis ; marginibus integris. Tibice haud calearatee ; tarsi postici validi, breviusculi. The type of this genus is “ Upis (Iphthimus) angulatus,” Ex.t, a species remarkable for the bearded mentum of its males—a peculiarity which does not appear to be anything more than specific. This genus is differentiated both from Upis and Iphthimus by the form of its prothorax, and its entire margins when compared with the latter,—to which, as a secondary cha- racter, may be added the sculpture of its elytra. The first of the two species described below has been long known in col- lections ; and in my own it formerly stood as a Baryscelis, an unpublished name of Dr. Boisduval. Iphthimus niger, Blessig, appears to be in some respects intermediate between the two following. Promethis lethalis. P. nigra, subnitida; prothorace basi angustiore ; elytris postice la- tioribus, fortiter punctato-striatis, interstitiis convexis. Hab. Queensland. Black, shining ; head minutely punctured ; clypeus slightly emarginate at the apex, separated from the front by a fine transverse line bent downwards at the sides; prothorax very finely punctured, longer than in P. angulata, gradually nar- rowing towards the base, strongly canaliculate on the disk, with two impressed spots on each side; scutellum semicircular; elytra much broader than the prothorax at the base, and gra- dually widening posteriorly, rounding towards the apex, deeply punctate-striate, the punctures indistinct, the intervals raised and very convex; beneath glossy black; first three segments * Mr. F. Bates, as we have already noticed, having withdrawn several species previously placed with Nyctobates, to form his two genera Hypaulax and Chileone, which he places in Ceelometopine, it will be necessary to constitute another for my WV. feronioides. This genus, which I propose to name JZydissus, differs essentially from both the above in haying the penultimate joint of all the tarsi subbilobed ; it has no grooves behind the mentum ; and the epipleural line terminates at the shoulder, this raised and strongly marked line, which in Hypaulaxr is continuous with the basal, being interrupted, the basal line turning backwards and running down for a short distance inside and parallel to the other. + Wiegmann’s Archiv, 1842, i. p. 174. It is found in Victoria as well as in Tasmania. Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 149 of the abdomen finely and thickly punctured; legs pitchy ; antenne ferruginous, scarcely extending to the middle of the prothorax. Length 13 lines. A much larger species than P. angulata, but with shorter antenne proportionally, more nitid, a longer prothorax con- tracted behind, and strongly striated elytra, which are con- siderably broader posteriorly. In the following species the elytra are nearly parallel, and the prothorax has the apex and base of the same breadth. Promethis quadricollis. P. nigra, subnitida; prothorace transversim subquadrato ; elytris subparallelis, punctato-striatis, interstitiis modice convexis. Hab. Swan River. Resembles the last, but with head and prothorax much less finely punctured, the latter very much more transverse, not narrower at the base, slightly canaliculate ; elytra nearly pa- rallel at the sides, punctate-striate, the striz broad and shal- low, the punctures large, intervals of the striz moderately convex; abdomen very minutely punctured, the second and third segments with a series of short longitudinal ridges at the base. Length 9 lines. It will be necessary to form a new genus for the reception of Upis cylindrica, Germ.*, which, as M. Lacordaire justly observes, is more related to Menephilus than to Upis. Itisa very distinct form, for which I propose the name of CEcTosIs. Oculi angustati, infra acuti. Prothorax angulis posticis rotundatis. Epipleura postice defecta. It is a less depressed form than Menephilus, and has on each side between the base of the mandible and the eye a prominent fold, as in Iphthimus ; and it is this apparently which gives the latter its peculiar form. The prosternum is recurved behind, and terminates in a short triangular process. The absence of the epipleura towards the apex is also characteristic of Dechius, Pasc.t, another Australian genus of this subfamily, but which is notwithstanding more allied to Tenebrio, as 1t appears to me, on account of its spurred tibiae. My specimen is from the Darling River. * Linn. Entom. iii. 198. + Journ. of Entom. ii. p.455. Mr. F. Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1868, . 265) contradicts my statement as to the absence of the hook on the internal maxillary lobe of Dechius aphodioides. This part has since been examined by Messrs. Smith and C. Waterhouse, of the British Museum, who agree with me that it does not possess a vestige of such a peculiarity. 150) Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of MENERISTES. Subfamily Z'eveprionrwx. Tibice calearatee ; femora incrassata. This genus differs only in the above characters from Jene- philus, Muls. The type I have received from Dr. Howitt, under ‘the name of “ Baryscelis laticollis, Boisd.” That genus was never published; but, according to a note of M. Lacor- daire’s, it belongs to the Coelometopine, and therefore cannot be this. In the British Museum the same species is labelled “ Tenebrio australis, M‘L. (Boisd.).” The descriptions of Dr. Boisduval in the ‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe’ are very short, varying from five Latin words to five-and-twenty, the latter exceptional ; and these are followed by a strictly literal French translation. With the vague ideas of genera common thirty years ago, and even later, the generic name affords scarcely any clue, and it is only by a sort of tradition that we are able to accept at all many of Dr. Boisduval’s names*. The types, many of them at least, seem to have been lost. I retain the name of “ daticoll’s,” as it is sufliciently distinctive, and, should it hereafter be found to be the species so designated by Dr. Boisduval, there will be no alteration. Meneristes laticollis. Pl. XI. fig. 2. M, niger, nitidus; sutura clypeali valde impressa; prothoracis an- gulis anticis et posticis productis ; tibie antics valde arcuate. Hab. Victoria. Black, shining; head glossy, finely and closely punctured ; clypeal suture arched, strongly impressed; prothorax minutely punctured, anterior angles “produced, subacuminate, posterior terminating in a long acute angular process ; scutellum curvi- linearly triangular; elytra ne early parallel, coarsely punc- tate-striate, punctures slightly quadrate, very close together, intervals between the stria very narrow ; body beneath and legs glossy black ; anterior tibiae equal in ‘length to the inter- mediate, strongly curved. Length 9 lines. Meneristes intermedius. M. niger, nitidus; sutura clypeali impressa; prothoracis angulis minus productis ; tibiis anticis ( 9 ) vix arcuatis. Hab. Gawler. Black, shining; head opaque, finely punctured; clypeal * Under the name of Mallodon australis, Boisd., for example, M. Lacor- daire says he found “several species, belonging to different genera, in collections.” (Gen. viii. p. 111, note.) Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 151 suture arched, moderately impressed ; prothorax as in the last species, but the angles, especially the posterior, less produced ; scutellum triangular ; elytra broader in proportion, less glossy, and less strongly punctured; body beneath black, shining ; legs glossy reddish pitchy ; anterior tibie in the male strongly arched; shorter, and nearly straight, at least on the outer edge, in the female ; the former only with the tarsi dilated. Length 8 lines. A stouter insect comparatively than the last, and differing in the form of the anterior tibia. In both species there is a deep fovea on each side of the prothorax at the base. Meneristes servulus. M, niger, nitidus; sutura clypeali vix impressa; prothoracis angulis posticis productis ( ¢ ); tibiis anticis in mare longioribus, arcuatis, apice penicillatis. Hab. “Tasmania to Queensland.” Black, shining; head glossy, very minutely punctured ; clypeal suture marked by a smooth arched line only ; two small impressed curved lines between the eyes ; prothorax longer in proportion to the width, very smooth, anterior angles rounded, the posterior narrowly produced in the male; scutellum tri- angular ; elytra narrower anteriorly and not much broader than the prothorax at the base, the greatest width a little distance from the apex in the male, the base broader in the female, punctate-striate as in the last; body beneath and legs pitehy ; anterior tibiz in the males much longer than the rest, strongly arched, and having a tuft of golden hairs at the apex; in the females shorter, less arched, and without the tuft at the apex. Length 63 lines. EPHIDONIUS. Subfamily Tewesrionrx. Caput exsertum, rhomboideum, pone oculos elongatum. Tibie fortiter calcarate ; tarsi subtus subnudi. Head exserted, rhomboidal, broad in front, gradually nar- rowed behind the eyes ; clypeus widely emarginate at the apex, its suture nearly straight, except at the sides. Eyes small, rather narrow, transverse. Antenne slender; third joint longest; fourth, fifth, and sixth shorter, obconic, nearly equal in length; seventh to tenth more or less obovate ; the last ovate, pointed, scarcely longer than the tenth. Mentum trapezoidal, broadest and truncate anteriorly. Labium corneous in the middle, with two rounded membranous lobes at the sides ; its palpi elongate, a little thicker outwards. Maxille with two short lobes, the 152. Mr. F. P. Pascoe on new Genera and Species of inner narrow and unarmed; maxillary palpi with the first joint very short, second long, the last obconic, truncate at the apex. Prothorax transverse, slightly emargmate anteriorly, anterior angles not produced, sides rounded, without a raised border, and terminating in well-marked posterior angles, base broad and subtruncate. Hlytra ovate, slightly convex, broader than the prothorax. Femora sublinear; tibize strongly spurred; tarsi slender, gradually longer from the anterior, nearly naked beneath, except a few sete at the tips. Prosternum narrow, declivous; mesosternum V-shaped; metasternum moderately elongate. Abdomen with the fourth segment very short, its sutural edge arched. The general appearance of the insect forming the type of this genus is more nearly that of Iphthimus ttalicus than any other known to me. ‘The vestiture of the tarsi, however, and the presence of spurs to the tibie is sufficiently distinctive ; the former character, indeed, may lead to the doubt of its be- longing to the Tenebrionine at all; but in this case I believe it is exceptional. I am indebted for my specimens to Johannes Odewahn, Esq. Ephidonius acuticornis. Pl. XI. fig. 6. E. niger, capite prothoraceque nitidis; elytris opacis, seriatim et leviter punctulatis. Hab. Gawler, South Australia. Black ; head and prothorax finely punctured, shining, the former from the clypeus backwards smooth and convex; base of the prothorax close to the elytra, but below their level ; scutellum triangular; elytra finely seriate-punctate, the suture thickened into a line, three other lines also on each elytron placed on the intervals of every four rows of punctures ; body beneath and legs shining pitchy brown; antenne reddish brown. Length 9 lines. TANYLYPA. Subfamily Borrmz. Oculi transversi. Maville lobo interno inermi. Tibice arcuate. Head exserted, small, gradually narrower behind the eyes ; clypeus separated from the front by a short arched suture. Eyes rather narrow, transverse. Antenne a little thicker outwards ; the basal joints more or less obconic, the eighth to the tenth transverse, the last rounded. Mentum trapezoidal ; labium short, transverse, corneous. Maxillary lobes short, the inner narrow, unarmed, the outer broadly triangular. Maxil- Tenebrionide from Australia and Tasmania. 153 lary palpi stout, broadly dilated upwards; the labial distant at the base, w ith the last joint very large, cup-shaped, obli- quely truncate. Prothorax longer than broad, narrowed and truncate at the apex, sides rounded, posterior angles acute, the base truncate. Hlytra elongate, parallel, not broader than the prothorax, rounded at the apex; epipleura narrow and nearly equal throughout, but expanding as 1t ascends to the shoulder. Femora stout ; tibize strongly curved ; tarsi short, the last joint as long as the rest together. Anterior coxe transverse. Pro- sternum slightly elevated, rounded behind. Mesosternum short, V-formed. Metasternum elongate. Intercoxal space very narrow, short, triangular. Abdomen with five segments, all nearly equal in length and with corneous edges. Allied to Boros, Herbst, a genus placed with the Pythonide by Dr. Leconte*, on account of its anterior cotyloid cavities being open behind. The same authority also credits them with conical anterior cox. I do not know the American spe- cies; but in B. Schneidert they are slightly transverse T, and they are still more so in the present genus. Although I can- not agree to separate Boros from the Tenebrionide, as Dr. Leconte and M. C. G. Thomson have done, yet it seems de- sirable to keep them apart from Calcarine, with which they do not appear to be very intimately connected. Tanylypa mortio. Pl. XI. fig. 4 T. nigra, nitida; prothorace basi trifoveolato; elytris seriatim punctatis. Hab. Tasmania. Black, shining; head and prothorax very finely punctured, the latter with three very distinct foveee at the base ; scutellum semicircular ; elytra rather strongly punctured in closely ap- proximate rows, the sutural row diverging near the scutellum, a very short one taking its place; body beneath and legs dark pitchy, smooth and shining ; antenne glossy ferruginous ; fore tibia with a delicate fringe of hairs within. Length 6 lines. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. Ectyche erebea: a, mentum &c.; b, maxilla &e. Meneristes laticolhs. Asphalus ebeninus: a, maxilla; b, mentum. Tanylypa morio: a, mentum; b, maxilla; ¢, fore leg. Brises trachynotoides: a, mentum; 6, maxilla. Ephidonius acuticornis: a, mentum ; 6, maxilla. Apasis Howittii (3). S NS SUR Oto * Class. Col. N. Am. p. 255. + M.C.G. Thomson characterizes them as “ ovato-globose ” (Skand. Col. vi. p. 326). 154 Dr. A. Metzger on the Male and Female of Lernxa XXII.—On the Male and Female of the genus Lernxa before the commencement of the so-called Retrograde Metamorphosis. By Dr. A. MretzGeEr *. In March 1866 I discovered, on the branchie of Platessa flesus, besides Chondracanthus cornutus, which is usually to be found upon them, a new and extraordinarily elegant Copepod, about one line in length. Subsequent investigations, how- ever, have convinced me that this is to be met with in abun- dance, at almost all seasons of the year, upon every large specimen of the above-mentioned species of fish, but that, from its small size and concealed position, it easily escapes observation. In fact, on the first glance at the branchie, we observe nothing that could betray the presence of a parasite, except some small dark points and streaks; and it is only when the branchizw are cut out and put into water, so that their individual lamine are separated from each other, that the little parasite is seen, with the free extremity of its body floating at the apices of the branchie. On a careful examination of the different individuals, I could at once distinguish two different forms—a shorter and stouter form, and a-slenderer one with an elongated abdomen. My supposition, that im these sexual distinctions were to be seen, was speedily confirmed by the discovery of numerous united pairs. In every such pair the shorter form was always aftixed at the base of the abdomen of the slenderer form by means of its strong clasping antenne. I could never find females with egg-threads, notwithstanding my looking for them repeatedly until late in the autumn. As to the systematic determination of this Copepod, which apparently belonged to the Diche- lestiinee, I consequently remained in doubt. At last, in April of the following year, I found, contrary to my expectation, the same little animal upon the branchiz of a Cyclopterus lumpus of not very large size,—and at the same time, on the branchial arches ot the same fish, four specimens of a young Lernea, recognizable at the first glance by three cylindrical horns situated on the upper part of the trunk, and also by the abdomen, which had already become somewhat horny and twisted into a sigmoid form; but how great was my astonishment when, on closer examination, I detected all the characters of my parasite in these Lernew! The structure of the antenne and limbs, the peculiar fine transverse striation of the abdomen, &c. were so perfectly accordant that I could have no doubt that the two forms belonged to each other. As * Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. &c., from the ‘Archiy fiir Natur- geschichte,’ 1868, pp. 106-110. before the so-called Retrograde Metamorphosis. 155 the males of Lerna, and, indeed, of the Penellinz in general, so far as I am aware, are not yet known*, and, except the completely transformed females, only the first Nauplius-stage and some, so-called, young forms are described f, the stage of development now to be communicated, in which én all proba- bility copulation takes place, will not be entirely destitute of interest. Male form.—Cephalothorax (head and first thoracic seg- ment) longer than broad, exceeding one-third of the whole length of the body, circularly bowed in front, truncated behind. In the middle of the anterior part of the cephalothorax there is a pretty large eye-spot with two spherical lenses. Second, third, and fourth thoracic segments free, gradually diminishing in breadth, and together shorter than the cephalothorax. Genital segment increasing in breadth towards the apex, nearly as long as the three free thoracic segments. Caudal piece divided by a slight lateral constriction into two unequal sections, of which the last and largest bears two small processes (furca), each terminating at the apex with three longer bristles. First pair of antenne slender, indistinctly jointed, fringed in front with fine hairs, and terminating with bristles. Second pair of antenne powerful, three-jointed ; second joint with a tooth-like process, against which the sickle-shaped ter- minal joint strikes. In the moveable buccal cone is placed the cylindrical sucking-tube, terminating in a ring armed on its whole cir- cumference with an elegant row of little curved teeth; this is followed by two rings open in front (ventrally), each formed by two semicircular arcs, which appear to be articulated to a band running down to the basal framework of the buccal cone. Externally, on each side of the base of the cone, are the palpi, which bear at their extremity two long and stiff bristles, and, on a lateral basal enlargement, a shorter one. The first pair of maxillipedes three-jointed ; basal joint large and with a dentiform process in front on the outer side ; second joint obliquely dilated towards the extremity ; third joint claw-like, slightly curved. The second and third joints together are not very unlike the picture of a pointing hand. Second pair of maxillipedes rather stronger, consisting of a large oval basal joint and a long hook-shaped claw-joint. First and second pairs of natatory feet béramose, the rami two-jointed, last joint with long natatory bristles. * See Claus, ‘ Ueber die Familie der Lerneen,” Wiirzb. naturw. Zeit- schrift, Bd. ii. p. 17. + Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. i. p. 293; and Van Beneden, Recherches sur la faune litt. de Belgique (Crustacés), p. 130, pl. 19. figs. 5-12. 156 Dr. A. Metzger on the Male and Female of Lerneza. Third and fourth pairs of natatory feet wndramose, in other respects agreeing with the preceding. The entire little animal, which is scarcely more than # line in length, is translucent, and of a peculiar bluish-grey colour, with the exception of some particular parts of the body, which contain a pigment varying from dark violet to blue. The female form is distinguished from the male (1) by the want of the second pair of maxillipedes, and (2) by the elon- gated, nearly uniformly cylindrical and slightly bent abdomen, in which the genital segment and caudal piece are not distin- guishable externally. ‘The two apical processes (furca) are excessively minute, and beset only with two or three short bristles. The whole surface of the abdomen also shows an extremely fine and regular transverse striation, in consequence of which the margins of the abdomen, when slightly pressed with a glass cover, appear as if denticulated. The natatory feet, the first pair of maxillipedes, the buccal cone, and the antenne do not differ from those of the male; but whilst in all the male individuals which were found united with females the genital segment was swelled, and presented a spherical inflation at each of the two spots where the genital apertures are situated, nothing of the kind, indicating the com- mencement of the business of generation, was to be observed in the females. Even in further advanced individuals, already in course of retrograde metamorphosis, in which the cephalo- thorax and the three free thoracic segments were no longer distinguishable, but which still all possessed the two pairs of antenne, the pair of maxillipedes, and the four pairs of nata- tory feet, with the basal jomt somewhat abbreviated however, and which also showed some of the above-mentioned pigment- spots, no inflation of the abdomen by sexual materials was observable. The abdomen was only a good deal elongated, strongly twisted into a sigmoid form, and even showed still under the thin horny coat the transverse striation so charac- teristic of the female form. Nevertheless I believe that copu- lation takes place in the stage of development above described, in favour of which we have not only the union of the two sexes so frequently observed by me and always taking place in the same manner, but also the circumstance that males have never been found even upon the forms of Lernea in course of transformation and not yet furnished with egg-threads. After the completion of copulation the female quits the branchial laminee of its host, and seeks instead of them the branchial arches of the same or of some other fish. It is only here that the horns, which effect a permanent fixation, and which, like the adherent organ of Lerneopoda, represent the second pair M. A. Milne-Edwards on the Group of the Mole-Rats. 157 of maxillipedes of the male, are developed, and the limbs, which are then no longer called into action, are gradually aborted and disappear. The male, on the other hand, will not be subject to such a transformation; for “ his task is always that of vigorous sexual activity—above all, to seek the female for the purpose of copulation” (Claus, ‘ Freilebende Copepoden,’ p- 7); he consequently never acquires the characters established for the family and genus. It follows, however, from the above that both sexes of the Lernea here in question show a grade of development such as we find again only among the Diche- lestinee, and such as the Chondracanthe and Lernwopode do not attain, which evidently may be of some importance in connexion with the systematic position of the Lernae. XXIII.— Observations on the Group of the Mole-Rats. By M. A. Mitne-Epwarps*. THE conditions of existence under which animals are placed generally coincide with certain peculiarities of organization, and tend to modify the external form of these creatures to fit it for the necessities to which they are subjected. Thus we see, in nearly all the orders of Mammalia, natatory species side by side with terrestrial species, and among the latter there are often some which lead a subterranean life. These biological conditions betray themselves outwardly by organic modifica- tions, which; whilst mutually presenting a great similarity, are realized by animals of very different types. Analogies which depend upon the modification of the animal machine to a special mode of existence may be observed not only between species belonging to different orders, but also between species of the same order and of different families. Frequently an exaggerated importance has been ascribed to them, and certain peculiarities have been taken for dominant characters which, without having any influence upon the organic plan of the ani- mal, had merely modified its external appearance. ‘The species which form the subject of this memoir are afresh proof of this. Most zoologists have combined in a single group those Rodentia which lead a subterranean life, which dig deep galleries by means of their claws, and feed upon the roots and bulbs of plants. In their general aspect these animals have something that reminds one of the Moles: their body is thick, more or less cylindrico-conical, and borne upon short and robust limbs; and their eyes are often scarcely open. On * Translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ August 17, 1868, tome Ixvii. pp. 498-441. 158 M.A. Milne-Edwards on the Group of the Mole-Rats. account of these resemblances they have been called Mole- Rats. They are distributed into a certain number of genera, such as Bathyergus, Georychus, Heliophobius, Spalax, Elobius, and Stphneus. The group thus constituted is far from being natural, and includes essentially distinct creatures. ‘Thus I propose to show that the Stphnei, commonly called “ Zocors,”’ really differ much more than is generally supposed from the other genera which I have just cited, and in the midst of which they have been arranged. Their true place is beside the Voles (Arvicole). The genus Siphneus was established in 1827 by Brantz to receive a species from Siberia, described by Laxmann under the name of Mus myospalax, and figured by Pallas under that of Mus aspalax. ‘his new division was placed in the family Cunicularia, by the side of Ascomys, Spalax, and Bathyergus. The zoologists who have subsequently occupied themselves with the study of the Rodentia have retouched this classifica- tion; but for the most part they have placed the genus Stiphneus by the side of Spalax; and F. Cuvier even united the species in a single genus. He describes and figures the dentary system, which really seems to authorize some such approxima- tion; but I have been able to assure myself that the skull which served as aterm of comparison for the zoologist just cited did not belong to the Zocor or Siphneus myospalax (Laxmann), but was derived from a Zemmi, Spalax typhlus (Pallas), bearing a false determination. It was therefore not surprising that so great a resemblance should exist between the teeth figured by F. Cuvier, since they were derived from the same species, and from individuals which only differed from each other in age. This error, the existence of which no naturalist has suspected, has been of great importance ; for it established close relations between the Zemmi and the Zocor (that is to say, between the genera Spalax and Stphneus)—an approximation which, since that period, has been admitted in all treatises on zoology, and in quite recent works we still see the characters of the dentition of Spalax reproduced as belonging to Stphneus. M. Brandt, of St. Petersburg, is the only person who has given an exact representation of the skull of this latter Rodent ; but he persisted in placing it side by side with the Zemmis and the genera Rhizomys and Bathyergus in the family Spalacide. In these latter forms the teeth are arranged according to the same plan; they are always furnished with roots, so that their growth is not continuous, and the form of the folds of the enamel is much modified according to the greater or less de- M. A. Milne-Edwards on the Group of the Mole-Rats. 159 gree in which the tooth is worn. It is only necessary to follow these changes to become convinced that the supposed Zocor figured by F. Cuvier and by M. P. Gervais is only a young Zemimi, and that the true Zemmi of these authors is an adult or even aged individual of the same species. The molars of Siphneus belong to quite a different type. There are three pairs of them in each jaw; but they never ex- hibit roots, whatever be the age of the animal; consequently their growth is unlimited, and their form does not become modified, whatever be the degree of wearing of the tooth. They are formed by more or less triangular prisms alternating in an irregular manner, and resemble those of the Arvicole in all the essential features of their construction. This approxi- mation, moreover, agrees very well with the other characters of the Zocors and the Voles. These considerations lead me to refer the genus Stphneus to the little division of the Arvicoline, of which it may be re- garded as an essentially fossorial derivative type, modified in its external form in consequence of the conditions in the midst of which it has to live. The genus Hlobius (Mus talpinus, Pall.) must take its place in the same family. On the con- trary the Zemmis (genus Spalaz) belong to the group of Mole- Rats properly so called, of which Bathyergus and Georychus are the principal representatives. Hitherto only a single species of Siphneus has been known ; this came from Siberia. The Museum of Natural History has just received two others, completely unknown to zoologists,— one of them (Stphneus Fontanieri¢) discovered in the neigh- bourhood of Pekin; the other (S. Armandii) has hitherto been found only in Mongolia. These Rodents are very diffi- cult to distinguish by their external characters, but they may be determined at once and with certainty by the examination of their dental system. I cannot enter here into an examina- tion of the anatomical details by means of which this end may be attained, and I shall merely refer the reader to the more complete memoir that I have prepared upon this subject. I will add that in the caverns of Siberia bones of Siphneus myospalax are found, as I have been able to ascertain by the study of the specimens derived from excavations made on the banks of the Inia and Tcharysh by MM. Meynier and L. von Eichthal, which have been kindly communicated to me by the latter. In Mongolia the Abbé Armand David collected several skulls belonging to Siphneus Fontanierti and S. Armandii in alluvial deposits probably of quaternary age. At this ancient period, therefore, the geographical distribution of the species of this genus was the same as in the present day. 160 BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. The Record of Zoological Literature, 1867. Volume Fourth. Edited by Axsert C. L. Gtnruzr, M.A. &. &e. Van- Voorst, 1868. We must, with our opening words in noticing this publication, con- gratulate the publisher and editor upon the wise step which they have taken in giving naturalists the opportunity of purchasing either the whole volume or only that portion of the ‘ Record’ which relates to the special section of zoology in which they may be chiefly in- terested. Zoologists, as a rule, are not overburdened with cash; and it has doubtless been the feeling with many that, however much they recognized the value of the ‘ Zoological Record’ and desired to have that portion which related to the classes they were studying, they could not afford to devote thirty shillings, out of their annual sum set apart for books, for the purchase of the volume; but now such persons have it in their power to obtain what they require for one-third of that sum. This is an immense gain to naturalists, and we trust that there will be few libraries now from which these valu- able analyses will be absent. The slip in this year’s volume which gives us this information we print here for the information of our readers :— “To facilitate the acquisition of these Reports, which are almost indispensable to working zoologists, it has been arranged to issue, in future, each volume in three parts, viz. : «Part I., containing the Reports on Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, and Fishes. By Dr. Giinther and Prof. Newton. Price 10s. “Part II., containing the Reports on Entomology. By W. 5S. Dallas, F.L.S. Price 14s. “Part III., containing the Reports on Mollusca, Crustacea, and the Lower Animals. By Dr. Von Martens and Prof. KE. P. Wright. Price 10s. “ Purchasers of the entire volume will receive it in the same form and at the same price (30s.) as before.” In our notice of the volume of last year we expressed a hope that at the ensuing meeting of the British Association steps would be taken to renew a grant made the previous year in aid of the large expenses incurred in the publication of the Record. It must, we think, have proved most gratifying to Dr. Giinther and his coeditors to witness the manner in which this question was taken up at Nor- wich. It was not that a grant was made, which was in itself a trifling circumstance ; but the way in which the members of Sec- tion D vied with each other in their terms of eulogium on the value of the editor’s labours, the manner in which all other committees applying for grants conceded the first place to the ‘Record,’ and desired that in the communication to the Committee of Recommen- dations it should be distinctly stated that it was the unanimous de- sire of Section D that the grant to the ‘ Record’ should be the first entertained, and the special vote of thanks to the editors for the services which they were rendering to all students of zoology were Bibliographical Notices. 161 circumstances so unusual, and marks of approbation so exceptional, that they cannot have failed to prove most gratifying to those whom it was thus intended to honour. The publication of this work is a credit to the naturalists of our country ; and if it should prove that the number of really scientific workers and consequent pur- chasers is insufficient to defray the expenses necessarily incurred in the printing and publishing of an annual volume of this kind, then, as we have before maintained, there can be no more proper appro- priation of the funds of the British Association than the voting of such a sum as shall enable the Record to be continued for the “ ad- vancement of science.” The contributors this year remain as before, with one exception : Mr. Spence Bate, who reported on the Crustacea, has resigned, and Dr. Von Martens has become his successor. He has been a most able and accurate analyser from the first, of that portion of zoological literature which relates to the Mollusca; and he appears to have most carefully and conscientiously executed the additional burden which has now been laid upon him. On a former occasion we extracted from the ‘Record’ the short résumé of what had been written during the preceding year upon that most interesting fact, the migration and extension of the bivalve mollusk Dreissena polymorpha over Continental Europe. The pre- sent volume contains further notes on the same subject, and with these we conclude our brief notice of this volume, heartily wishing the editors continued success in their most useful “labour of love.” “Dreissena fluviatilis (Pall.) [ pol ymorpha | appeared in 1864 in the Loire near Orleans and Tours, and recently at Nantes and in some smaller streams of France, and in October 1865 in the Rhone near Avignon. (J.Mabille, Journ. Conch. xv. pp, 108-1 10.) P. Fischer adds some other particulars, referring its appearance in the Département du Nord to the year 1838, in the Scarpe and Canal de la Deule to 1844, in the Rhone to 1856[?], and in the Garonne to 1866. The same Dreissena polymorpha has been observed in the kingdom of Wiirtem- berg, in the river Neckar at Heilbronn, by M. Drauitz, in the spring of 1867. Wiirtemb. naturwiss. Jahreshefte (1868) vol. xxiv. p. 44. O. A. L. Mérch persists in doubting whether this mollusk had not been living in Germany before 1820, regarding Sander’s note (see Record for 1865, p. 217) as a sufficient proof (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1867, xix. pp. 82-84).” Annuario della Societa dei Naturalisti in Modena, Modena, 1868, 8yo, pp. 206, pls. 7. Tue third volume of this work has just reached this country. It contains the following papers :— L. Gambari.—Description of the Quartz of Porretta. C. Rondani.—Larya and Parasite of Tischeria complanella,— Diptera collected in South America by Prof. P. Strébel in the years 1866, 1867. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 11 162 Miscellaneous. L. Salimbeni.—The corpuscular moth of the Silkworm. D. Ragona.—On the Ozonometric Coefficients of Humidity and Temperature. G. Generali—On a calculus from the Urinary Bladder of an Ox. A. Ghiselliim—On the successful application of local Anesthesia in a case of Lameness in a Horse caused by Rheumatism. G. Grimelli.mMeteorological method of foreseeing and predicting Aqueous Meteors. F. Coppi.—Notes upon some Crystallized Fossils and upon the locality in which they are found in the Modena district. G. Canestrini.—Researches on the Labroids of the Mediterranean. On some ancient Skulls found in the districts of the Trentino and Venice. P. Bonizzi.—On the Reproduction of Pholeus phalangoides, Walck. G. Mayr.—Formicide nove American collectee a Prof. P. de Strobel. E. Stoehr.—Some Observations on the Natural History of Shelly Clays. G. Canestrini.—New Italian Arachnida. MISCELLANEOUS. Considerations drawn from the study of Mole-Crickets. By Samuet H. Scupper. Mr. 8. H. Scupprr stated that he had recently been studying the mole-crickets with a view to their classification, and found that they were naturally divisible into two groups. For one he retained the name of Gryllotalpa, under which all the species had formerly been grouped ; to the other he applied that of Scapteriscus. These two groups were separated by the following characteristics. In Scapteriscus the posterior margin of the sternum of the eighth abdominal segment of the ¢ is produced into a stout prominent central tooth; in Giryllotalpa the margin is entire. The mesosternal ridge of Gryllotalpa is prominent, and almost equally so throughout; that of Scapteriscus is never prominent on the anterior half of the segment, and is often limited to the posterior half, or is even obsolescent. The fore trochanter of Scapteriscus is large; the free portion almost always equals the tibial dactyl in length, and is of about the same size at the tip as at the base; that of Gryllotalpa is propor- tionally small, seldom exceeding half the length of the tibial dactyl ; the form is cultrate or lenticular. Scapteriscus is furnished with only two fore tibial dactyls, both of which are moveable ; Giryllotalpa has two moveable dactyls and a second pair which are immoveable. With but few exceptions the hind femora of Scapteriscus more than equal the pronotum in length, while in Giryllotalpa they are always shorter than the pronotum. Miscellaneous. 163 In Gryllotalpa the length of all the hind tarsal joints taken to- gether seldom exceeds half the width of the pronotum, while they equal its whole width in Scapteriscus. The hind tarsal claws of Scapteriscus are clothed with short hairs nearly to the tip; those of Gryllotalpa have hairs only at the base. The tegmina of Scapteriscus, with but few exceptions, cover, when at rest, two-thirds of the abdomen; in Giry/lotalpa they seldom con- ceal more than one-half of the abdomen. The nervures of the middle field of the tegmina in the females of Gryllotalpa are distant and rather irregular, somewhat resembling those of the males; in Scapteriscus they are approximate, regular, and straight. The anal cerci are longer than the pronotum in Gryllotalpa ; shorter in Scapteriscus. Finally, the ninth and, sometimes, the eighth abdominal segments are furnished above, in Gryllotulpa, with two transverse lateral rows of long hairs directed inward, as if to keep the long folded wings in place; these are absent from Scapteriscus, where the wings are equally long and similarly folded. Only one species of Scapteriscus has been found without the limits of South and Central America, and that (occurring in a single in- stance in Europe) must undoubtedly be considered an emigrant from the same warm regions; the members of the genus Giryllotalpa, on the contrary, are found throughout the whole world, not excluding Central and South America. ; Comparing these two genera with their nearest allies, Tridactylus, Cylindrodes, &c., we find great and striking differences—differences which are extraordinary compared with those which divide Scapte- riscus and Gryllotalpa: the comparatively simple fore tibize and the abnormal appendages which supplant the hind tarsi in J'riduactylus, the abbreviated legs fitting into cavities in the body, and the absence of articulated appendages at the extremity of the abdomen, in Cylin- drodes—these characteristics are far more important than the sexual sculpture of the abdomen, the ultimate neuration of the tegmina, the length of the legs, the contour of the trochanters, or the digita- tion of the tibize, which separate Scapteriscus and Gryllotalpa. The facts cited above present two features which bear upon the question of the origin of species. First: these little mole-crickets, so unique in their structure as to be widely separated from their nearest allies, are spread uniformly over the whole surface of the globe; but few species occur in any one place, and at least one is found in every temperate or hot region. Now, if species originate or change from physical causes, or by ‘*‘ Natural Selection,” why is it that under every physical condition and surrounded by every variety of antagonism possible in their habitat, this same unique structural form has sprung up all over the globe ? ‘ Again, how can such theories account for another feature (com- mon, indeed, to all natural groups), that it is not one striking cha- racteristic which separates Scapteriscus and Gry/lotalpa, and which 11% 164 Miscellaneous. ‘Natural Selection” might have seized upon, with reference to some special benefit, but a combination of features which have no apparent dependence upon each other, correlated, but not necessarily connected? Why should “ Natural Selection,” altering for its own purpose the palm of the four-fingered mole-cricket into that of the two-fingered species in South America, or developing in South America, from some previous synthetic form of mole-cricket, both the present four-fingered and two-fingered species, and in other parts of the world the four-fingered species only (destroying at the same time the primeval form all over the surface of the globe), at the same time place rows of hairs on the hinder part of the abdomen of the tetradactylate group, and none on that of the didactylate ? or make the veins of the tegmina of the 9 of one group distant and irregular, and those of the other straight and approximate? Why furnish the eighth abdominal segment of the ¢ of one with a pro- jecting tooth, and deprive those of the others of such a prominence? Why give one long and the other short anal cerci, or clothe the hind tarsal nails of one with short hairs and leave the other naked ? What have these features to do with the differences of structure we have mentioned in the palm-shaped fore leg, or in the length of the hind leg? These and similar difficulties, arising on every hand, seem to attend every derivative theory of the origin of species.— Silliman’s American Journal, November 1868. The Finner Whale of the North Sea. M. G. O. Sars, the son of the well-known Professor of Christiania, has published a very interesting paper on the individual variations of the Finner Whale, in which he has compared, and formed tables of the measurements of, the eighteen specimens of the Finner Whale of the North Sea described by Sibbald, Miller, and other zoologists. He comes to the conclusion that there are six species, viz. Balw- noptera musculus, B. Caroline, B. gigas, B. laticeps, B. rostrata, and Megaptera longimana. The Scrag Whale of Dudley. Mr. Cope, in the ‘Journal of the Academy of Sciences of Philadel- phia,’ 1868, p. 222, describes the bones of an imperfect specimen of the Serag Whale that was described by Dudley in 1725, but has not been seen by any naturalist since that period. It has a smooth throat, like the Right Whale ; it has only four slender fingers at the carpus, and the bladebone of the Finner or Balenoptera. He pro- poses for it a new genus named Agaphelus. It is to be regretted that the cranium, cervical and dorsal vertebree, and first ribs were carried away by the tide before the skeleton was examined. It proves a most interesting genus, intermediate in structure between the Right Whale and the Finner. It does not prove the truth of the theory of Capt. Atwoods, that the Scrag Whales ‘“ were probably specimens of the Right Whale that had been left by their mothers Miscellaneous. 165 while young, and had grown up without parental care, which has caused a slight modification.” It also shows that the Serag Whale of the east coast of North America is not the same as the Finner of the coast of Spain, as it ought to be, according to Prof. Van Beneden’s theory of the distribution of these animals. Mr. Cope describes, as a second species of the genus, Agaphelus glau- cus, or the Grey Whale of the coast of California. Mr. Cope thinks that Balena agamachuschik of Pallas is allied to it, and he observes that “ Dr. Gray has already (Cat. Brit. Mus.) indicated that this, if reliable, indicates a genus unknown to him.’”’? Two skeletons, and the baleen of a third, of the Grey Whale are known as existing in America.—J. E. Gray, Investigation of the Organization and Development of the Dipterous genus Volucella. By Jures Ktncxer. One portion of my investigation enables me to demonstrate certain unexpected facts with regard to the development of the appendages and tegumentary pieces. When we open a larva of Volucella we detect some small bodies grouped round the pharynx and nervous centres, and arranged symmetrically in pairs. I have ascertained that these bodies are the first rudiments of the head, thorax, and appendages of the adult Volucella. The two foremost masses are the embryonal parts of the pieces of the head which will form the frontal region ; the second, which rest upon the brain, are the rudiments of the eyes; the third, placed upon the sides, will constitute the superior segment of the prothorax ; the two following will unite to form the superior segment of the mesothorax and the wings ; the fifth pair of these embryonal masses will form the dorsal segment of the metathorax and the halteres; and the three other pairs will give origin to the three inferior segments of the thorax with their appen- dages, the feet. Each of these bodies consists of an aggregation of large cells held together by an envelope ; the cells commence their activity during the transformation into a pupa. At the moment of the metamorphosis, there is an increase in the size of these rudiments ; and the work of organization of the cells takes place with such rapidity that, as early as the second day, we may recognize the different joints of the limbs in the embryonal parts. All these parts have an identical and very remarkable mode of development. The cells which they contain group themselves at first in such a manner that we may distinguish a peripheral zone and a centralmass. The peripheral portion will constitute the tegumentary pieces ; the central portion the appendicular pieces of the thorax, It is by the same principle of division that these appendicular pieces are formed. Ihave thus followed throughout, and with the greatest care, the course of development of the integuments and of the appen- dicular system; in this case the observations bring to light an important fact in the embryogeny of insects, namely, that the integu- ments and appendages of the adult, at least in the Diptera, are not 166 Miscellaneous. constituted by a development or transformation of the corresponding parts of the larva, but by a new formation. We have detected a curious adaptation to their mode of life in the larvee of the Volucelle. One species lives in the nests of hornets, another in those of the common wasps, and another in the nests of humble-bees ; a special armature secures to each of them an easy progress upon the particular substance of which each of these nests is constructed. When adult, the Volucelle seem to have borrowed the clothing of the hornets, wasps, or humble-bees, in order to come and lay their eggs in the habitations of those insects. In the nervous system of the Volucelle we have observed remark- able transformations. The very general character of the nervous system of insects in course of development is, to affect in the larvee the form of a long ganglionic chain, undergoing a more or less con- siderable abbreviation as the animal advances in age. ‘This abbrevia- tion takes place in the connectives, and induces the fusion of several ganglia. On the contrary, in our Diptera, in the larva state, the nervous centres are approximated and so intimately united that they only form a single mass ; with advancing age a separation is effected between the nervous centres of the head, thorax, and abdomen, at the same time that long connectives are formed uniting the medullary masses to each other. The important fact to be noted is, that this observation must modify the too general idea which has been con- ceived with regard to the changes which the ganglionic chain under- goes in the period of transition from the state of larva to the adult state. On another hand the change of diet of our Volucelle on passing from one form to the other offered us a subject of investigation of high interest. The larve of the Volucelle are carnivorous; the adults live upon pollen: the diet corresponds to the differences presented by the digestive apparatus in the two states. The larva has no receptacle for food ; the adult, on the contrary, is furnished with an ample crop: the former, having an abundance of nourishment always within its reach, has no abstinence to fear; for the adult, which is often prevented from secking its nourishment by atmospheric conditions, an alimentary receptacle becomes very useful. The salivary glands of the larvee are enormous : the diet of the insect having to change, a transformation of its glands is effected during the pupal period ; they are in part destroyed, to be afterwards regenerated with a different histological constitution. In the adult they have acquired the form of slender tubes, which extend into the thorax and abdomen. Equally great modifications take place in the same way in the four appendages of the stomach—long cecal tubes, which are replaced by four conglomerated glands. With regard to the respiratory apparatus, we must also cite some of the results of our observations. It affects a special character in each phase of the life of the insect. In the larva we find four stigmata—two anterior, on the second segment, and two posterior, on the twelfth segment. When the animal is metamorphosed, the integument separates from the skin of the larva, the orifices for the Miscellaneous. 167 admission of air disappear, and two tubes, which might be taken for horns, issue from the anterior dorsal part of the pupa. It is at the surface of these horns that the peculiar stigmata of the pupa are seated; and I have ascertained that these orifices, to which no at- tention has been paid, are in considerable numbers. In the adult there is no longer any trace of these respiratory orifices at the place which they occupied in the pupa; but seven pairs of stigmata have been produced on the sides of the thorax and abdomen. This mul- tiplicity of the stigmata coincides with the increase of the respiratory activity, denoted by the perfection of the tracheal apparatus. Of all the organic systems the circulatory system undergoes the least important transformations. In the larve of the Volucelle the heart, extended in a straight line from one extremity of the body to the other, has the aortic portion very short; in the adult the heart becomes incurved to take the form of the body, and a long aorta traverses the thorax. One of the most essential facts which springs from this investiga- tion of the organization of the Volucelle is, that, at least in the Diptera, the development of certain apparatus of the adult is accomplished by a transformation of the organs of the larve, whilst the development of other apparatus is effected by entirely new formations.— Comptes Rendus, December 21, 1868, tome lxyil. pp. 1231-1234. Sphenodon, Hatteria, and Rhynchocephalus. By Dr. J. E. Gray. In the first part of my ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ published in 1831, I shortly described the skull of an Agamoid Lizard, of very peculiar structure, that I had seen in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, and I proposed to regard it as a new genus, named Sphenodon. In the second part of the same work, published in 1841, I de- seribed a Lizard, which I had received in spirits from New Zealand, under the name of Hatteria punctata. Professor Owen, in the first volume of the ‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Osteological Series contained in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,’ published in 1853, at p. 142. nos. 662, 663, de- scribed with considerable detail the skull and the five vertebrae of the trunk of a Lacertian which he names Rhynchocephalus. The skull so named is evidently the same as that I described in the ‘Zoological Miscellany,’ in 1831, as Sphenodon, though the speci- men is said in the Catalogue to have been presented by Prof. Owen, whose name certainly was not attached to the specimen when I de- scribed it. The specimen is still in the collection, but without the lower jaw, which was with it in 1831. When I described the Hatteria punctata from the specimen in spirits I had no idea that it was the same Lizard that I had described from a skull under the name of Sphenodon; for it is not easy to observe the characters on which the genus Sphenodon was described without dissecting the animal. A second specimen of Hatteria arriving at the British Museum, 168 Miscellaneous. it was made into a skeleton, and then Dr. Ginther discovered that the skull at the College of Surgeons and the skull of the Lizard I had named Hatteria were most probably the same. It should now be called Sphenodon punctatum. I was much struck with the peculiar formation of the skull, and that induced me to describe it; but I did not then attach the great importance to its structure that Dr. Gimther has since done: I only regarded it as one of the variations of structure that are found in most families. Indeed, when I consider the almost universal dis- inclination that zoologists have shown, almost up to this time, to admit the distinction of the two great families of Lizards, Agamide and Iguanide, which are so well characterized by the teeth and geographical distribution, it would have required more than usual hardihood in 1831, when the genus was described, to venture to form for it even a family; while an order may now be suggested for the single genus, with every probability of its being adopted—a decided proof of the progress of the science in a few years. Deep-sea Dredging. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—You will confer a favour on me, and, at the same time, enable me to acknowledge an act of courtesy on the part of my friend Dr. E. Perceval Wright, by inserting in the ‘ Annals’ the following correspondence, which has already appeared in the pages of ‘ Scientific Opinion.’ I remain, Gentlemen, Yours very faithfully, Kensington, Jan. 13, 1869. G. C. WatLticu. “To the Editors of Scientific Opinion. “* Deep-Sea Dredging and Dr. Wallich. « Str,—I neglected to read ‘Scientific Opinion’ for the 16th inst. until a day or two ago, when I perceived you had done me the ho- nour of transferring to your paper my few brief notes on ‘ Deep-Sea Dredging,’ published in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural His- tory for this month. I was, however, at the same time very much grieved to find, from a footnote which you have appended to the first portion of my notes, that I have appeared to you to make little of Dr. Wallich’s researches. «T assure you and my friend Dr. Wallich that nothing was further from my thoughts. Few are, I think, better acquainted with the writings of Dr.Wallich than I am, and I yield to none in my appre- ciation of their value. Science has lost a great deal by the delay in the publication of the second part of his ‘ North-Atlantie Sea-Bed ;’ and no matter what may be the discoveries of future investigators, it is to the Rosses and Wallichs that we are indebted for our truest and earliest information on the subject. Miscellaneous. 169 ** My notes had only to do with the use of the dredge, and what I meant to convey was ‘ Dr. Wallich records the presence of life at great depths; but the animals thus recorded belong to the Protozoa, with the exception of the Ophiocoma. Now, this was taken, not by the dredge, but by the accident of its clinging to the sounding-line ; for the purpose of demonstrating the occurrence of Echinoderm life at such depths, it was as valuable a fact as if a hundred starfishes had been taken by a dredge. But, after all, it is not with a sounding-line, but with a dredge, that we must look for these forms of life; and as by the use of this machine I have found some addi- tional forms, I hasten to record them,’ &. Again expressing my regret that I so wrote the sentence you extract that it should appear even for a moment to make little of the persevering labours of my accomplished friend, and trusting you will publish at least the substance of this letter in your early number of ‘ Scientific Opinion,’ “T remain, «ce. ‘¢Ep. PercevaL Wricut, M.D.” “ Museum, Trinity College, Dublin. Dec. 26.” « The Dredge and the Sounding-Machine at Great Depths. *‘ Str,—The frank and manly explanation offered by my friend Dr. E. Perceval Wright, in his letter published in ‘ Scientific Opinion’ of the 30th ult., regarding the sense in which he used the term ‘ acci- dental,’ when referring to the capture of the Ophiocome from a depth of 1260 fathoms in the North Atlantic, deserves my warmest acknow - ledgments ; and I can only say that the manner in which he has withdrawn the sting from his words, the moment it was brought to his notice, proves him to be made of the right metal. «JT have accordingly to thank him for his letter, and also to ex- press my obligation to you for showing, in the brief note which you appended to the transcript of Dr. Wright’s paper on ‘ Deep-Sea Dredging, that I was by no means solitary in the interpretation I put upon the second paragraph of his communication. In order, however, to remove any misconception that may exist as to the cir- cumstances under which I failed to use the dredge in preference to the sounding-machine, and also to prove that the discovery of animal life at the greatest depths in the ocean was fully believed in by me even before the capture of the Ophiocome set the question at rest for ever, I beg the attention of your readers to the subjoined extract of a letter addressed by me to Sir Leopold M‘Clintock, when our ex- pedition reached its extreme outward destination, at Sydney, in Nova Scotia, premising that I cannot doubt Sir Leopold would have cheerfully afforded me the opportunities I so earnestly solicited, had the instructions received from the Admiralty and the exigencies of an exceptionally tempestuous season permitted him to do so. My letter was dated Sept. 7th, 1860. In it, after drawing attention to the very meagre results attained during the outward voyage, and the comparatively small number of instances in which apparatus for Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iti. 12 170 Miscellaneous. bringing up specimens of bottom had been employed, I wrote as follows :— «In submitting these observations to your notice, I would at once disclaim any desire on my part to impede the ordinary duties of the expedition by an unreasonable regard for the objects I have in view. I would only request that during the remaining portion of the voyage, the circumstances may, if possible, be taken into con- sideration, both as regards the strictly deep-sea soundings and any opportunitres for dredging in deep water that may present themselves. Under a conviction that you will give me credit for addressing you with no other desire than that proceeding from extreme anxiety to perform the task entrusted to me satisfactorily, I remain, &c. &c.’ “Tt will, I hope, thus become manifest that the comparatively limited number of animals belonging to the higher types which I was enabled to procure was the result of circumstances over which, unfortunately, I could exercise no control. Let me observe, how- ever, that Dr. Wright labours under a serious misapprehension when he states that the Ophiocome were the only creatures of a highly organized type which the ‘ Bulldog’ soundings brought to ight from abyssal depths. “To the perfect facility with which the dredge may be used, even at the greatest depths, the operations conducted on board the ‘ Great Eastern’ steamship, several years ago, whilst employed in recovering the lost telegraphic cables, bear ample testimony. It is to be hoped, therefore, that the exploration of the deep-sea bed, in the systematic manner which was proposed by me, in 1863, to the President and Council of the Royal Geographical Society, and received from that body most cordial approbation, may now obtain from Government the liberal encouragement which it deserves. “Lastly, will you permit me to point out, with reference to an erroneous idea which has got abroad and been brought to my notice by several friends, that, so far from having ignored the observations of Sir John Ross, in Baffin’s Bay, in 1818, and of Sir James Ross, in the Antarctic Seas, in 1848, I was the first person to exhume them from the ill-merited oblivion into which they had been allowed to fall, and to accord to these eminent navigators, in my ‘ North- Atlantic Sea-Bed,’ published in 1860, the credit to which they were undoubtedly entitled ? “T remain, &e. “ Kensington, Jan. 3.” “G. C. Waxtics.” Note on the Genus Helleria. By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GentLemMeN,—I should be obliged if you would allow me to cor- rect an error in the characters of the genus Helleria as given by me (Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p.418, the Number for December). Instead of “ Superior antenne slender, much shorter than inferior, with secondary appendage,” it should be “Superior antenne &e. without secondary appendage,” as will be seen by reference to the Miscellaneous. 171 specific description and to the figure. The error must have crept in either through the printer or very probably in my own transcribing. Believe, &e. Your most obedient Servant, January 24, 1869. ALFRED Murzie Norman. Colobus palliatus, Peters. Dr. Peters has described a Colobus from Zanzibar, under the name of Colobus palliatus, from a young specimen that was living in the Zoological Gardens at Hamburg, and is now in the Hamburg Mu- seum. The description agrees in many particulars with the Colobus Kirkit, received from Dr. Kirk, which I described and figured in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for Feb. 1868, p. 180, t. 15. When Dr. Kirk sent that skin, he informed me he had sent a young living specimen to Hamburg, on its way to our Zoological Gardens in England. I have every reason to believe that the animal de- scribed by Dr. Peters is the one sent (though his name is not men- tioned) by Dr. Kirk. It is most probably a specimen of the species which I have described, the difference in the description probably arising from the animal being immature and haying been kept in confinement.—J. E. Gray. HADROSAURUS. Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins has obtained permission of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia to erect, at his own expense, in the hall of the Academy a model of the skeleton of the Hadrosaurus, in accordance with the restoration of Dr. Leidy. Living Crinoids of the North Sea. By Dr. Micwarn Sars. Prof. Michael Sars has published a quarto monograph, in French, describing Rhizocrinus lofotensis and the pentacrinoid states of An- tedon Sarsii. The Rhizocrinus was discovered by M.G. O. Sars at Lofoten Island. It was at first believed to be the pentacrinoid state of an undescribed Antedon; a more careful examination showed that it is a Lily Encrinite, and more nearly allied to the genus Bourgueti- crinus of Dujardin and Huppe. Prof. Sars shows how the pentacrinoid form of Antedon Sarsii differs from the same form of A. rosaceus, described by Prof.Wyville Thomson and Dr. W. Carpenter; and he states that the larve of the genus Antedon undergo six distinct transformations. These animals are illustrated with six plates full of most minute details of the struc- ture, habit and development, and the physiology and morphology of these most interesting animals, so important as explaining the very numerous fossil Crinoids. New Alligator from New Granada, Mr. Edward Cope, in the ‘ Journ. of the Acad. of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,’ 1868, p. 203, describes an Alligator, from Magdalena River, in New Granada, under the name of Perosuchus fuscus, pecu- liar for having only two claws on the front feet, and fleshy eyebrows 172 Miscellaneous. without any bony plates. The single specimen obtained had the peculiarity (most probably individual) that the lower canine tooth on one side, like a true Alligator’s, fitted into a notch, and on the other side fitted into a concavity in the upper jaw as in the croco- diles. In most other characters, and especially in the belly being protected by bony plates, it agrees with the alligators of Brazil. Other specimens of this alligator are very desirable, to confirm the characters assigned to it.—J. EH. Gray. On the Habits of Hyalonema. Dr. Gregory writes, “My friend Mr. Cramer, who is collecting plants for Mr. Veitch, has been down three or four times to fishing- villages at Inosima to look after the Hyalonema, and the whole of his researches point to this:—‘The Japanese do not know where to find it, but occasionally it comes up in their nets, in deep water ; they say it has the same appearance as when dried, and that it has no slime or gelatinous substance adhering to it.’ ” Note on the Vitality of a Sponge of the Fanuly Corticate (Tethya lyncurium, Lamarck), By M. Léon Variant. The author has endeavoured to investigate the mode in which the Sponges repair accidental loss of substance, and to graft them upon each other in various ways. He employed principally Tethya lyn- curium, Lamk., belonging to the section Corticatee, O. Schmidt, which is common on the shores of Brittany, and the regular form and histo- logical complication of which render it better fitted for experiment than the Halichondrie. Of these Sponges the author endeavoured to isolate the cortical and afterwards the medullary substances; he cut away portions taken in different directions, to observe the mode in which the re- production of these tissues is effected, and their cicatrizations; and he attempted to graft Tethya lyncurium upon itself, and also various Sponges of the genera Lycon, Halichondria, Reniera, and Polymastia upon that species. From more than fifty experiments he draws the following conclusions :— 1. The two substances of which Tethya lyncurium is composed are mutually capable of reproduction, the isolated medullary sub- stance reproducing the cortical substance, and vice versa. 2. The vitality of the cortical substance is greater than that of the medullary—which is in relation to its histological constitution. Itis able to produce prolongations capable of reproducing adherence. Its contractility is also more noticeable than that of the medullary substance, if, indeed, the latter possesses that property. 3. The cortical substance certainly plays a special protective part in the economy of the Sponge. 4. The grafting of individuals in this species is easy, but it requires a certain time for its completion. 5. The grafting of a different genus upon Tethya lyncuriwn has not hitherto sueceeded.—Comptes Rendus, Jan. 11, 1869, tome Lxviii. pp. 86-88, THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES.] No. 15. MARCH 1869. XXIV.— On the Animal and Operculum of Georissa, W. Blanf., and on its relations to Hydrocena, Parreyss ; with a Note on Hydrocena tersa, Bens., and H. milium, Bens. By WixuiaM T. Buanrorp, A.R.S.M., C.M.Z.S., &c. [Plate XVI. ] In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for June 1864, ser. 3. vol. xiii. p. 463, I poimted out that some small land-shells from the Khasi Hills and Burma, described by Mr. Benson as species of Hydrocena, differed so much in the characters of the animal and operculum from the other forms classed in that genus by Pfeiffer and other conchologists, that it was necessary to found a new genus for their reception; and I suggested that this genus, which I proposed to call Georssa, might be an ally of Helicina, which it resembled in the absence of spiral structure in the operculum. Recently Capt. Godwin- Austen has had opportunities of examining living specimens of Georissa sarrita, Bens., in the Khasi Hills, and he has very kindly placed his drawings at my disposal, calling attention to one point which I had overlooked: this is the existence of a projection on the inner side of the operculum, somewhat re- sembling that in Rissoina. This projection is so brittle that, unless great care be used in extracting the operculum, it is sure to be broken, as it was in the two or three specimens which I examined in 1864. On hearing of this, I reexamined the opercula of the three species of Georissa of which I possessed specimens, viz. @. pyxis, Bs., G. frustillum, Bs., and G. sarrita, Bs., and found the projection in all, varying slightly in form. Both Capt. Godwin-Austen and I have also examined the lingual teeth, and found that, although they belong to the Rhipidoglossate type, they differ entity from those of Heli- cina and its allies. Capt. Godwin-Austen could detect no teeth Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. Li 174 Mr. W. T. Blanford on the Animal and : in the central portion of the lingual membrane of Georissa sarrita; in that of G. frustillum I saw, with some difficulty, long conical spikes, like needle-points, about four in each row, somewhat irregularly placed at a distance from each other. They appear to be no more regular in number than in position ; occasionally there are more than four, at other times some are obsolete. The rows of lateral teeth are extremely oblique, and consist of about ten distinctly tricuspid teeth near the centre, passing gradually, as they diverge from it, into simple hooks, which are very numerous. In G.sarrita, Capt. Godwin-Austen represents the lateral teeth as bicuspid. In Geortssa pyxis I found the tentacles to be represented by very blunt, almost hemispherical lobes, with the eyes at their outer bases. Capt. Godwin-Austen’s drawings of G. sarrita represent no tentacular projections whatever, the eyes being sessile on a kind of frontal lobe, much as in Amphibola. The difference is very trifling, as the rounded lobes observed by myself might easily unite to form one slight frontal projection. The extreme minuteness of the animals necessitating the em- ployment of a microscope for their observation, makes it diffi- cult to ascertain the exact form of the soft parts, especially as the animals only emerge very little from the shell. With reference to these additional obser vations, some change in the generic character becomes necessary. ‘The following may be suggested :— Genus GEORISSA. Testa minima, imperforata vel vix perforata, conica, sueccinea, spi- raliter suleata vel striata, apertura fere semicirculari vel semi- ovata, columella callosa. Operculum ovatum, haud spiratum, excentrice striatum, testaceum, transparens, processu elongato intus haud procul a basi marginis interni munitum. Animal parvum; tentaculis hemisphericis (v. connatis?); oculis sessilibus ; pede brevi, rotundato, operculum in medio dorso juxta aperturam ferente. It is evident that neither in the shell, operculum, animal, nor lingual dentition is there sufficient resemblance to Heli- cina to confirm the position I at first suggested for the genus as the type of a subfamily of the Helicinide. But I think that the true affinities of Geortssa can now be clearly ascer- tained. Subsequently to the publication of my paper in the ‘Annals’ for 1864, Von Martens pointed out, in the ‘ Malakozoologische Blitter’ for the same year, that the type of the genus Hydro- cena of Parreyss, I. cattaroénsis, Pfr., differs “entirely from Operculum of Georissa. 175 the numerous species classed with it by Pfeiffer, H. and A. Adams, and Gray. The latter, in the British-Museum Cata- logue, places it in Realia; Pfeiffer, who is followed by H. & A. Adams, retains it as the type of a genus which he places next to Realia, but associates with it a number of species be- longing, some of them, as Von Martens shows, to Assiminea, others to Omphalotropis* or an allied genus. It is curious that Pfeiffer, who usually attaches rather too much importance to the characters of the operculum, should have overlooked the peculiarities of that of Hydrocena cattaroénsis, which he simply describes as ‘‘ Opere. paucispirum, rubellum” (Mon. Pneum. Viv. Supp. i. p. 160), although it is figured by Kiister im the second edition of Martini and Chemnitz, and the de- seription and figure are quoted by Pfeiffer? with his usual accuracy. The operculum is in almost every respect similar to that of Geortssa ; and as Kiister’s description of the genus appears to have been generally overlooked, it may be as well to append a translation of it, in order to show the connexion of the two genera. The description, in German, occurs at p. 80 of part I. 21, of Martini and Chemnitz :— “¢ Shell small, imperforate, conical, thin, with a broad conical spire, scarcely exceeding the aperture in height; the whorls few in number, slowly increasing, convex. Aperture ovate, angulate above as in Paludina, edges united by a thin callus resting on the penultimate whorl ; peristome straight, not ex- panded or thickened; columella somewhat concave, with a tree reflected edge below; umbilicus filled by a callus, which, when highly magnified, exhibits a very fine granular wrinkled sculpture (as in Neritina). “The operculum is of peculiar construction, widely different from that of Paludinat. It is caleareous, and has a nucleus, * In the original publication of his ‘Monographia Pneumonopomorum Viventium,’ Pfeiffer quite correctly excluded Hydrocena cattaroénsis from the Cyclostomacea, retaining Omphalotropis rubens, Quoy & Gaimard, and its allies, which belong to the order, unless, as is possible, they are terres- trial Rissoide. It is strange that in the first supplement to the mono- graph, after Kiister and Troschel had described and figured the animal and tongue of Hydrocena, Pfeiffer should have reintroduced it amongst his Cyclostomacea, and haye retained it in the same position in the second Supplement. + Pfeiffer, in his second Supplement, refers to a description of the ani- mal of Hydrocena by A. Adams, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for 1861, vol. vii. p. 196. The animal there described, however, is that of one of the land-shells allied to Omphalotropis which have been incorrectly referred to Hydrocena. { Hydrocena is classed with Paludina and Valvata in Kiister’s Mono- graph. Hence the allusions. 13* 176 Mr. W.T. Blanford on the Animal and which occasionally shows a trace of spiral structure at the lower part of the left side; additions are made to the left side and the apex, so that the strize seen running from the nucleus are bent over in an open curve above. Inside, at the nucleus, there is a projection of considerable size, with a blunt termi- nation, which increases the resemblance, already existing in other characters, to the opercula of the smaller Neritine. “The animal is short, the foot rounded off and broader in front; the head separated from it and but slightly emarginate and broad when at rest, but when the animal is creeping it is stretched out somewhat like a proboscis. On the top of the head are two short triangular tentacles, bearing large black eyes on the upper bases. “The operculum is fastened on the hinder portion of the foot, as in Paludina.” The accompanying figures are not good; and if a specimen in my possession be authentic (as I have every reason to believe it is), they convey a very inaccurate idea of the form of the shell and its colour, which is of the same peculiar amber tint as in Georissa, and resembles that of some of the more deeply coloured Succinee. I am therefore induced to doubt if the representations of the operculum* are exact. The only im- portant distinction shown by the latter from that of Georissa 1s in the striation, which, as described, shows a different mode of increase in the operculum. ‘The internal process is very nearly the same. So far as the shell is concerned, there is evidently no dis- tinction of any consequence between the two types ; and the differences presented by the operculum are at the most sub- generic; but the distinctions shown by the animals are of some importance. They are, briefly (if Kiister’s figures and descrip- tion are trustworthy, and I can certainly see no reason why any shortcomings in the former should imply inaccuracy in the latter) :—that, to use Pfeiffer’s terms, Hydrocena 1s opisoph- thalmate, while Geortssa is ectophthalmate, the former having the eyes above the base of the tentacles, the latter at the side; and also that in Hydrocena the operculum is carried on the end of the foot, at some distance from the aperture—in G'eorissa close to the aperture, the foot bemg only extended a very short distance behind, and being generally shorter and rounder in the latter genus. Were this the only distinction, I should be much disposed, taking into consideration the marked similarity of the shell * [have endeavoured to extract the operculum in the only specimen of Hydrocena cattaroénsis which I possess; but it is too deeply inserted in the shell to be remoyed without breaking the aperture. Operculum of Georissa. 177 and operculum, to believe that either Kiister or I had com- mitted some oversight im the examination of the animals, and that they are in reality alike. But the circumstance that Hydrocena is a truly marine species, living in water, whilst all the species of Geortssa are found on hills at a distance from the sea*, renders it probable that a difference really exists ; and the characters of the lingual ribbon tend to bear out that distinction. The lingual teeth of Hydrocena have been figured by Tros- chel in the ‘ Gebiss der Schnecken,’ vol. 1. Taf. 6, and described at page 83. They differ from those of Georissa in the charac- ters of the central teeth, which, however, are rudimentary in both forms, and have not been clearly made out in Georissa. Troschel regards the genus Hydrocena as forming the type of a family of Mollusca with affinities to the Helicinide and the Neritinide—a view which appears best to meet the circum- stances of the case. If, therefore, the genus Georissa, as a land-shell, be kept distinct from Hydrocena, it will form a second genus of the family. But I cannot conclude without calling attention to the sur- prising resemblance shown in this case by a true land-mollusk to an undoubted marme form, as one more addition to the numerous arguments against separating the Cyclostomide, Cyclophoride, and Helicinide from their natural allies living in fresh or salt water. Note on Hydrocena tersa, Benson, and H. milium, Bens. Two minute shells were described by Mr. Benson in the ‘Annals’ for 1853 (ser. 2. vol. xi. p. 285), under the names of Oyclostoma tersum and C. milium. 'They were found in moss brought from the Khasi Hills. Subsequently, in 1856 (op. c7t. vol. xvii. p. 232), Mr. Benson referred both species, together with OC. sarritum, to the genus Hydrocena. When, in 1864, I proposed the genus G'eordssa for the last-named species and its allies, I suggested that C. terswm and C. miliwm, which I had never seen, might perhaps belong to it. Neither the ani- mals nor opercula of these two species were known to Mr. Benson, nor have they hitherto been described. Tam indebted to Capt. Godwin-Austen for specimens of a shell which I have no hesitation in referrimg to Mr. Benson’s Cyclostoma tersum, and for figures of the animal, operculum, and lingual ribbon. The original specimen was probably weathered; when fresh, the shell is of the colour of horn. * G. sarrita is found at a height of 4000 feet above the sea, on the Khasi Hills. 178 Mr. W.'T. Blanford on Hydrocena tersa and H. milium. The operculum is horny, extremely thin, and very difficult to isolate ; it appears to be paucispiral. The animal, as represented in Capt. Godwin-Austen’s drawing, bears a most remarka- ble resemblance to that of Ass7minea, the eyes being above and nearly at the tips of short blunt tentacles. The lingual teeth are figured by Capt. Godwin-Austen as 5, ranged 2.1. 2, the outermost lateral teeth being probably rudimentary. The shell on the whole resembles Acicu/a more than any other genus of operculated land-shells; and as the characters both of the animal and operculum approach those of that genus, the present species may with probability be placed in it. The teeth of Acicula have not, so far as [ am aware, been examined. Those of Asstminea are very different from Capt. Godwin- Austen’s drawings. Acicula tersa is distinguished from all the typical species of the genus by its shell being conico-ovate instead of subcylin- drical, and, which is of much more importance, by the eyes being pedunculated, and not sessile; for the position of the eyes nearly at the tip of the tentacles shows that they are situated on pedicels which are connate with the tentacles. The differences are not generic; but I think they are sub- generic, and I would therefore propose to make the present species the type of a subgeneric section, with the name of Acmella, It is just possible that Cyclostoma striata, Quoy and Gaimard, referred by Gray and Pfeiffer to Actcula, may belong to the same subgenus. The following characters require to be added to those given by Mr. Benson :-— Testa cornea; operculum corneum, tenuissimum, paucispirale, nucleo sinistrali. As regards Cyclostoma milium, I fear that I can add nothing very certain. Amongst the very numerous small forms of Mollusca collected by Capt. Godwin-Austen I have seen no shell which I can with certainty refer to Mr. Benson’s deserip- tion. I at first thought that a small aberrant Cyathopoma, collected near Cherra Poonjee, might be the species; but it is ribbed spirally, while Mr. Benson’s species is described as smooth; and the proportions differ to too great a degree from those of C. milium to allow of its bemg the same. All that can certainly be asserted is that C. milium must, on account of its form*and characters, be removed from the genera Hydro- cena and Greorissa, and that it may be a Cyathopoma. It may be an immature shell; but if so, [am unable to suggest to what species it can belong. The accompanying figures, with the exception of the oper- On the Rabbit as known to the Ancients. 179 culum of Georissa sarrita, which is by my brother, are drawn by Capt. Godwin-Austen. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. Fig. 1. Georissa sarrita, Benson, sp. ; shell, magnified about 18 diameters; the mouth is a little turned away: 1a, operculum, seen from the inside, showing the projection, magnified; 1 }, animal, sketched in three different positions, magnified; 1c, lingual ribbon, magnified 250 diameters ; 1 d, teeth near the centre, still further enlarged; 1 e, uncini near the margin. Fig. 2. Acicula (-Acmella) tersa, Benson, sp.; shell, magnified about 15 diameters. The specimens sent to me by Capt. Godwin-Austen differ in being more conical and less ovate, but otherwise agree well. The shell perhaps varies slightly in form. 2a, oper- culum, magnified. A small portion of the foot (f) remained attached, and could not be removed, on account of the minute- ness and thinness of the operculum. 26, animal, magnified, sketched in three different positions. 2c, lingual ribbon, greatly magnified ; the outer teeth to the left partly turned back. Calcutta, December 26, 1868. XXV.— The Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) as known to the Ancients. By the Rev. W. Hovuauron, M.A., F.L.S. THE rabbit appears to have been but little known to the an- cients; the old inhabitants of Greece and Rome were not plagued, as tenant farmers in this country are, with this pro- lific little pest to agriculture. The rabbit in its wild state is essentially a European animal. To the ancient Jews it was entirely unknown; there is no mention of it in the Bible; it is generally acknowledged that the Hebrew word (Shéphan) rendered “‘coney”? by the authorized version denotes the Hyrax syriacus : several species of hare have been described as occurring in the Bible-lands, but no kind of native rabbit. Rabbits were noticed by Russell as occurring rarely in the vicinity of Aleppo; but they had been introduced from Europe. If we turn to Aristotle, we shall find that, in all probability, the rabbit was quite unknown to him, though he sometimes speaks as if he were alluding to this animal. The words he uses are Aaywos and dacvrous: the former word occurs but once in his ‘ History of Animals,’ viz. in a passage (viii. 27. § 4) in which he mentions that the XNaywot of Egypt are smaller than those of Greece. Of the dacdzous he says:— it is prudent and timid (1.1.$15); itis retromingent (ii. 3. § 4); it is one of those animals which, having teeth in both jaws, have cotyledons in the pregnant uterus (iil. 1. § 15) ; its blood, like that of the stag, does not coagulate so completely as that of many other animals (iii. 6. § 1); it alone of all animals has 180 Rev. W. Houghton on the Rabbit hair on the inside of its cheeks (ii. 10, § 13); its milk, like that of ruminating animals, contains rennet, and is therefore useful in diarrhcea (ii. 16. § 6) ; the female dacvzovs in coition often mounts upon the male (v. 2. § 1); it produces its young at all seasons, and becomes pregnant a second time while previously pregnant; it has young every month; as soon as the young are born, copulation again takes place, and the female conceives while giving milk, which is as thick as that of the sow; the young are born blind (vi. 28. §3); if a dacv7ous be taken into Ithaca, it will not live, but will be found dead on the sea-coast, with its face turned towards the spot from which it was brought (viii. 27. § 2); there is a kind of dacvious, near Lake Bolba and in other places, which has its liver so divided as to look like two livers (ii. 12. §3). The only passages that call for attention are those in which Aristotle speaks of the éacvzrous having hair inside its cheeks, and of its producing its young, which are born blind, every month : the former statement is true of the hare, the latter of the rabbit. But Aristotle is so frequently in error with regard to matters of common observation, and is often so prone to hasty generalization, as to lead me to infer that by the term dacvrrovs he understood a hare, and believed that this animal produces its young ones blind, and more frequently than is really the case. As he nowhere alludes to the burrowing habits of a leporine animal, it is hardly likely that he was acquainted with the rabbit. Neither, again, does Xenophon, so minutely graphic in his description of the hare, and hare-hunting, ever allude to the rabbit. Living, as the old general did for many years, as a Greek squire, in his house at Scillus, in the game-abounding district of Elis, Xenophon must have made some remarks on an animal so closely allied to, and yet differing in some re- markable ways from, his favourite hare, had he been acquainted with it. The earliest Greek writer, so far as I have been able to ascertain, who distinctly alludes to the rabbit, is Polybius the historian (c7rc. B.C. 204). Speaking of the natural history of Corsica, he says the only animals found wild there are foxes, wild sheep, and rabbits («v¥vixdor). He thus describes the Kuvikros :—‘ At a distance it looks like a small hare; but when you take it into your hands, there is a great difference between the two, both in appearance and flavour; it lives for the most part underground.” (Histor. xi. 2.) Polybius was a traveller, and had, no doubt, seen the rabbits he so well de- scribes. Rabbits are mentioned expressly by Strabo (cérc. B.C. 50) as known to the Ancients. 181 as occurring abundantly in Spain, the great home of Lepus cuniculus, though it is not certain whether this geographer was himself ever in Spain. The following is his description :— “Of destructive animals there are scarcely any, with the ex- ception of certain little hares, which burrow in the ground (ANY TOV yewpvywv Nayidéwv), and are called by some /ebe- rides. These creatures destroy both seeds and plants, by gnawing at the roots. They are met with throughout almost the whole of Spain, extending to Marseilles, and infesting the islands also. It is said that formerly the inhabitants of the Gymnesian islands [Majorca and Minorca] sent a deputation to the Romans soliciting that a new land might be given them, as they were quite driven out of their country by these ani- mals, being no longer able to stand against their vast multi- tudes. It is possible that people might be obliged to have recourse to such an expedient for help as waging war in so great an extremity, which, however, but seldom happens, and is a plague produced by some pestilential state of the atmo- sphere, which at other times has produced serpents and rats in like abundance ; but for the ordinary increase of these little hares many ways of hunting have been devised, amongst others by wild weasels from Africa trained for the purpose (kal dn Kal yards ayplas, as 7 AuBvn déper, tpéhovow éri- tndes). Having muzzled these, they turn them into the holes, when they either drag out the animals they find there with their claws, or compel them to fly to the surface of the earth, where they are taken by people standing by for that purpose.” (Geograph. iii. 2. § 6.) /élian, who lived in the third century of the Christian era, thus speaks of the rabbits of Spain :—‘‘ There is also another kind of hare, which is small and never attains the size of the com- mon hare; it is known by the name of «évixdos: I retain the original nomenclature adopted by the people of western Spain, as I am not an inventor of names. In that country this ani- mal is abundantly found : its colour is darker than that of other hares; it has a shorter tail, and differs in the size of the head, which is finer and smaller and less fleshy; its whole body, too, is shorter ; but in other respects it is like an ordinary hare. Itis unusually excited when it unites sexually with the female. Like the stag, it has a bone in its heart, the use of which let others divine.” (Nat. Hist. xii. 15.) Atheneus (A.D. 230), after quoting the passage from Poly- bius already given, says that Poseidonius the philosopher makes mention of rabbits in his history, but the grammarian gives no further information. Athenzus himself, however, was acquainted with these animals. ‘ We ourselves,” he 182 On the Rabbit as known to the Ancients. says, “‘ have seen a great many in our voyage from Diczarchia (Puteoli) to Naples; for there is an island, not far from the mainland, opposite the lower side of Diceearchia, inhabited by only a very scanty population, and having a great number of rabbits.”” (Deipnosoph. ix. 64.) Pliny says, ‘ There is also a species of hare in Spain which is called cuniculus; it is extremely prolific, and produces famine in the Balearic islands by destroying the harvests. The young ones, either when cut from out of the body of the mother, or taken from the breast without having the entrails removed, are considered a most delicate food; they are called laurices. It is a well known fact that the inhabitants of the Balearic islands begged of the late emperor Augustus the aid of a number of soldiers to prevent the too rapid increase of these animals. Ferrets (Viverr@) are much prized on account of their hunting these animals; they are put into the burrows, with their numerous outlets, which the rabbits form, and from which circumstance they derive their name, and as the ferrets drive them out they are taken above.” (Nat. Hist. viii. 55.) Pliny also mentions superfoetation as occurring in both the hare and the rabbit. Martial says, rabbits first taught men how to undermine cnemies’ towns— “‘ Gaudet in effossis habitare cuniculus antris, Monstravit tacitas hostibus ille vias.” (Ep. xiii. 60.) The Latin word cuniculus, it is well known, denotes both a rabbit and an underground passage. Varro (De Re Rust. in. 12. $6) suggests that the rabbit derived its name from the burrows it forms: “cuniculi dicti ab eo , quod sub terra cuni- culos ipsi facere soleant ubi lateant in < agris, ” J.G. Schneider contends with much force that the word cuntculus is of Spanish origin: ‘Animal ex Hispania allatum, Romani vetere His- panico nomine appellarunt.”” Adlian, it will be remembered, says the same in distinct words. There was an ancient Spanish nation called Cunei (Kovuveot), of which, according to Appian, the chief town was Kovioctopyis. I may mention that there is a small island of the Balearic group, called Conejera, which is abundantly stocked with rabbits: hence the Spanish name (“a rabbit-warren ”’). Appius in Varro (/. ¢.) gives instructions how to form a leporarium, and speaks of three kinds of hares, the cundeulus being one of them. Two of these kinds he concludes he has already i in his Jeporarium 5 ° ; “and since,” he says to his veteran friend Varro, “ you have been so many years in Spain, I think Mr. A. W. E. O’Shaughnessy on Norops. 183 it likely you have brought the third kind (rabbit) with you from that country.” What can we gather from the above extracts from classical authors? I think we may safely infer that the rabbit was not indigenous either in Greece or Italy in early times. In Greece there is, as far as I can make out, no record of its existence, either in a wild or a domesticated state; in Italy there is no mention of its occurrence prior to the time of Athenus (A.D. 230), who, as we have seen, observed specimens in his journey from Puteoli to Naples. Once give a couple of rabbits standing- ground either in Italy or Greece, and they surely must have increased in those countries, and consequently have been spe- cially noticed by some classical writer or other. The rabbit, where expressly mentioned, is spoken of as an animal not familiar to the people of Greece and Italy; it is looked upon as a foreigner, and generally as an inhabitant of Spain or its outlying islands. Consequently, if rabbits exist in large num- bers in either of these countries at the present day, I consider they have been introduced there, as we know they have been in other countries. In the Cyclades a large variety of rabbit is known to exist at present. In his ‘ Fauna der Cycladen,’ Dr. Erhard speaks of this variety being as large as or larger than the common hare. How did these rabbits get to these islands? Were they there in the times of Aristotle and other Greek writers? Are the present large rabbits of the Cyclades the descendants of those that lived there in the time of the ancients? It does not seem to me probable that this is the case: I think it more likely that this large variety now inhabiting the Cyclades is descended from some large domestic variety that may have been carried thither, some time or other subsequent to classic times. I should be obliged to any one who will give an opinion on this point. The subject of the natural history of the ancients has been for some time an interesting study to myself, and it is one which, both archeeo- logically and zoologically, has some claims upon our attention. XXVI.—Notes on Lizards of the* Group Anolis—The Cha- racters and Synonymy of Norops. By Artruur W. E. O'SHAUGHNESSY, Senior Assistant in the Natural-History Department of the British Museum. THE great disadvantage which one has to contend with in studying the lizards of the group Anolis is, that their brilliant and varied metallic colours, which are so important a charac- teristic of their species, fade, and even vanish completely, in the preserved states of the specimens. Hae te ta Poole a5 23 19 Weseripits Oi 7h. os... senses = » £.3,p.214| 32 20 16 Cytherellina siliqua, var. grandis, nov.|P]. XIV. f.1,p. 217, 83 42 39 (ordinary variety) ...... go ee 2 poZlZ i538 24 26 — HOMIE TCPSA, 21.6 nh ba vie yy) [aeok 20 Tp ee WY 16 — DAG: JOURN is che dele Sials git Apps 2hZh oO 45 40 —— siliqua, Jones, sp. (ordinary var.) 59) he Gyp.- 21d) be 24 P — y (another specimen ) ease a 5, pele 46 20 ? . : . XLV. f. 8, & Aichmina cuspidata, sp.m. ...... | yoodeut,£ 2p. 918) ¢ 08 33 ? CURVES 999, Mee wae ee es » £38,p.218) 47 38 P Beyrichia intermedia, sp.v......... Pl, XV. f. 7, p. 218) 22 17 p Primitia lenticularis, sp.m. .......- woodcut,f.4,p.219 44 33 24 WWADALIGAI Ay he EDs co a otis vo aes Pl. XV. f. 6, p. 220) 37 27 P bipunctata, Saléer...........- woodcut, f.5,p.220 50 37 P —— excavata, sp..§ .......eeees Pl. XV. f.10, p. 222) 33 25 22 Kirkbya fibula, sp.n.§ .........085 » £9,p.224| 32 20 14 Moorea silurica, sp.n.§ ..:......+: » 1.8, p. 226) 38 27 24 * Large valve. i + Another specimen, found lately, measures +$¢ inch in length, and +3$s in height. { Smaller valve, +34, inch. ; § The thickness in the last three species is obtained by doubling the thickness of the single valve. 228 Fig. Fug. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. On the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PuaTE XIV. [The specimens are magnified 20 diameters. | 1. Cytherellina siliqua, Jones, sp., var. grandis, from the Woolhope beds near the Wych, Malvern: a, perfect carapace, showing the right valve ; 6, ventral view; c, end view (posterior). . C. siliqua, Jones, sp. (common variety), from the Aymestry Lime- stone of Chance’s Pitch, Malvern: a, b,c, as the foregoing. C. siliqua, var. tersa, noy., from the Wenlock Limestone near Malvern: a, 6, c, as the foregoing. C. siliqua, var. ovata, noy., from the base of the Wenlock Shale near Malvern, showing the right valve. C. siliqua, Jones, sp. (common jvariety): a, right valve; 6, edge view ; c, end view. From the base of the Upper Ludlow beds, Hales End, Malvern. 6a,6,d. The same; casts with and without remains of the valve : e, diagram of the edge view of cast and valve. From the same lace. 6c. The same: cast of left valve. From drifted Scandinavian Lime- stone. 7. Bairdia Phillipsiana, sp. nov., from the Wenlock Limestone near Malvern: a, perfect carapace, showing the right valve and the overlapping edges of the left valve; 6, ventral aspect; c, end view (anterior). 8. -dichmina cuspidata, gen. et sp. nov. ; a fragment from the Wenlock Limestone of Croft’s Quarry, near Malvern. (See also woodcut, fig. 2.) Ce she = Eo LS PLATE XV. [ Fig. 10 ¢ magnified 100 diameters ; all the others are magnified 20 diameters. | . 1. Thhipsura corpulenta, gen. et sp. nov. ; from the base of the Wool- hope beds, near Malvern: a, perfect carapace, with right valve outwards; 6, ventral view; c, dorsal view; d, hind end view. . 2. Thlipsura tuberosa, sp. nov. ; from the base of the Wenlock Shale, Elton Lane, Ludlow : a, 6, ec, as the foregoing. (The specimen has lost some of the thickness of its carapace-valves. ) . 3. Thlipsura V-scripta, sp. novy.; from the Wenlock Limestone, Croft’s Quarry, Malvern: a, left valve; 6, ventral view ; c, end view. 4, Cythere corbuloides, sp. noy.; from the Wenlock Limestone, near Malvern: a, right valve; }, perfect carapace, with its right valve outwards; c, dorsal view; d, ventral view; e, posterior view. .5. The same, smaller individual; Woolhope beds near Malvern : a, perfect carapace, right valve outwards; 6, end view (poste- rior). 6a,b. Primitia wmbilicata, J. & H.; from Middle (?) Ludlow beds, Abberley. Two valves, showing different conditions of the sub- central depression, owing to crush and weathering. . 6e,d. Primitia renulina, J. & H.; from Middle (?) Ludlow beds, Ab- berley. Two casts (with some remains of shell) of somewhat varying valves. 7. Beyrichia intermedia, ie nov.: a right (?) valve. Aymestry Lime- stone, Chance’s Pitch, Malvern. Mr. A. Adams on Japanese Species of Veneride. 229 Fig. 8. Moorea silurica, sp. nov.; from the Upper Ludlow beds, Hales End, Malvern: a, right valve; 6, ventral view. Fig. 9. Kirkbya fibula, sp. noy.; from the Upper Ludlow beds, Hales End, Malvern: a, right valve; 6, ventral view. ‘tg. 10. Primitia excavata, sp. nov.; from the Woolhope Limestone, near Malvern: a, left valve; 6, ventral view; c, portion of the de- pressed area and of its border, highly magnified. XXXI.— On the Species of Veneride found in Japan. By Artuur ApDAMs, F.L.S. &e. My list of the Japanese species of the Venus tribe is a tolerably long one; but only a few unrecorded species were met with, Reeve and Sowerby both being occupied with seeking out and describing every member, however obscure, of this beautiful family just on my arrival in England. Meretrix lusoria and its varieties form a favourite article of diet among the poorer classes of Japan; they call it “ Famaguri Hamongudi ;” and great heaps of the shells are often found near their houses. It affords them also amusement. From the thousands of odd valves they select numerous pairs which are both marked with a similar pattern, and, sitting round in a circle on their mats, one throws a number of shells down promiscuously ; and the object of the simple game is to select pairs of similarly marked valves quicker than any one else! The habitat of Chione cardioides, in the British Museum Catalogue by M. Deshayes, is “ Mare Antillarum,” and that of C. histrionica “ America centralis;” but these may be errors. Fam. Veneride. Subfam. Veverrmz. Genus VENus, Linn. 1. Venus lamellaris, Schum., Rve. Conch. Syst. pl. 68. f. 4. V. cancellata, Chemn. (non Lam.). V. reticulata, var., Lam. V. subrostrata, Gray. Dosina Lamarckii, Gray. Hab. Seto-Uchi, Kuro-Sima. 2. Venus toreuma, Gld. Exp. Shells, 1850, p. 84; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 161. f. 187-189. V. crebrisulca, Sow. (non Lam.). V. Jukesii, Desh, Cat. Conch. Brit. Mus, 1853. Hab, Gotto Islands, 48 fathoms ; Satanomosaki, 55 fms. 230 Mr. A. Adams on the Species of Genus MERCENARIA, Schum. Mercenaria Stimpsoni, Gld. Otia Conch. p. 169. Hab. Hakodadi Bay. Genus Gemma, Desh. Gemma gemma, Totten (Venus), Gld. Rep. Inv. Mass. p. 88, foe Hab. Aniwa Bay, 17 fathoms. Genus CryPTOGRAMMA, Mérch. Cryptogramma squamosa, Linn, (Venus), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 156. f. 83, 84. Hab, Cape Nomo, Kiusu. Genus CuHIONE, Megerle. 1. Chione marica, Linn., Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 157. f. 107-110. Hab. 'Tsus-Sima, 26 fathoms; Mososeki, 7 fms. 2. Chione crenifera, Sow. (Venus), Wood, Suppl. (Hanl.) pl. 16. f. 30. Venus Portesiana, D’Orb. Hab. Seto-Uchi. 3. Chione intersecta, Sow. (Venus). Hab. Seto-Uchi. Subgen. Chamelea, Klein. 4. Chione (Chamelea) japonica, Gmel., Hanl. Wood’s Suppl. pl. 13. £.:46. Venus literata, Chemn. (non Linn.). Hab. Japan (teste auct.). Subgen. Circomphalus, Klein. 5. Chione (Circomphalus) Isabellina, Phil. (Venus), Abbild. & Beschr. p. 39, pl. 10. f. 5. Hab. Kuro-Sima. 6. Chione (Circomphalus) lamellata, Lam. (Venus), Sow. 'Thes. Conch. pl. 160. f. 176. Tab. Satanomosaki. 7. Chione (Circomphalus) tiara, Dillw. (Venus), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 158. f. 125, 126. Hab. Kino-O-Sima, Kuro-Sima. Veneridee found in Japan. 231 Subgen. Zimoclea, Leach. 8. Chione (Timoclea) cardioides, Lam. (Venus), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 155. f. 57, 58. V. asperrima, Sow. Cytherea cardilla, Lam. Hab. Kino-O-Sima. 9. Chione (Timoclea) histrionica, Brod. & Sow. (Venus), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 55. f. 52. Hab. Hakodadi. Genus MereTRIXx, Lam. 1. Meretrix lusoria, Rumph., Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 128. f. 40-42. V. lusoria japonica, Chemn. Cytherea lusoria, Lam. Meretrix formosa, Sow. In Japanese, “ Famaguri Hamongudi.” Hab. Hakodadi, Yokohama, Simoda. 2. Meretrix morphina, Lam., Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 129. f. 59, 60. Cytherea morphina, Lam. Hab. Nagasaki, Simoda, Yokohama. 3. Meretrix zonaria, Lam., Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 129. f.53,54. Hab. Hakodadi, Simoda, Nagasaki. These three so-called species I believe to consist of one, with which C. castanea and C. Lamarckii may be united. Genus Tive.a, Link. Tivela damaoides, Gray (Venus), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 127. f. 7-9. Trigona damaoides, Gray. Cytherea ponderosa, Hanl. Hab. Kino-O-Sima. Eaten by the poorer classes. Genus CALLisTA, Poli. 1. Callista festiva, Sow. ( Cytherea), Thes. Conch. pl. 130. f. 72. Hab. Kuro-Sima. 2. Callista inflata, Sow. (Cytherea), Thes. Conch. pl. 133. £227, 128. Hab, Tsusaki, Mososeki. 232 Mr. A. Adams on the Species of 3. SU) On Callista tellineformis, Phil. (Venus), Abbild. pl. 9. f. 1. Cytherea tellinoidea, Sow. Hab, Japan (Phil.). I did not meet with this species. Genus Sunerra, Link. . Sunetta excavata, Hanl. (Cytherea), Wood, Descrip. Cat. Suppl. pl. 15. f. 19. Cuneus excavatus, Desh. Meroé excavata, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 126. f. 18, 14. Hab. Satanomosaki, 55 fathoms. . Sunetta subquadrata, Sow. (Meroé), Thes. Conch. pl. 126. 1.1. Cuneus subquadratus, Desh. Hab. Fat-si-jeu Islands, 25 fathoms. . Sunetta menstrualis, Mke. ( Cytherea), Phil. Abbild. pl. 3. £.3. Meroé magnifica, Rve. Hab. Kuro-Sima. Genus Crrce, Schum. . Circe scripta, Linn. (Venus), Wood, Ind. Test. pl. 8. f. 97. Chama literata, Chemn. Cytherea undatina, Lam. Hab. Simidsu, Tsus-Sima. . Circe divaricata, Chemn. (Venus), Sow. 'Thes. pl. 137. f. 8,9. Cytherea testudinalis, Lam. Venus discors, Schrot. Cytherea equivoca, Sow. (non Chemn.). Chameformis percites, Meusch. Hab. Tanabe. . Circe dispar, Chemn. (Venus), Sow. 'Thes. Conch. pl. 137. 10 atl! Cytherea muscaria, Lam. C. pulicaris, Lam. C. miata, Lam. Hab. Tago, Kino-O-Sima. . Circe equivoca, Chemn. (Venus) Conch. pl. 202. f. 1980. Cytherea placunella, Lam. Hab. Simidsu. Circe nummulina, Lam. (Cytherea), Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 138... 27. Hab. Mososeki. Veneridee found in Japan. 233 6. Circe gibbia, Lam, (Cytherea), Sow. Thes. Conch, pl. 137. f. 4-7. Cytherea ranella, Lam. Circe celata ?, var. Hab. Kino-O-Sima. Subgen. Lioconcha, Morch. 7. Circe (Lioconcha) ornata, Dillw., Sow. Thes. Conch. p. 642. Pectunculus reticulatus, List. Cytherea picta, Lam. Hab, 'Tatiyama, Takano-Sima. Subfam. Dosryr x. Genus DosintA, Scopoli. 1. Dosinia japonica, Rve. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl. 3. f. 7. Hab, Hakodadi. 2. Dosinia biscocta, Rve. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl. 9. f. 55. Hab. Seto-Uchi, Mososeki. 3. Dosinia Grunert, Phil. (Artemis), Zeitschr. fiir Malak. 1848, p. 132. no. 63. Hab. 'Tsus-Sima. 4. Dosinia aspera, Rye. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl. 9. f. 49. Hab. Gotto Islands, 48 fathoms. 5. Dosinia scabra, Phil. (Artemis), Zeitschr. fiir Malak. 1849, p- 19. no. 81. Hab. Mino-Sima. 6. Dosinia laminata, Rve. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl. 7. f. 41. Hab. Tatiyama, Takano-Sima. 7. Dosinia rostrata, Chemn. (Venus), Rve. Conch. Icon. pl. 7. f. 39. Artemis Sieboldii, Rve. Hab, Wakodadi. 8. Dosinia bilunulata, Hanl. (Artemis), Desc. Cat. p. 106; Wood, Suppl. pl. 9. f. 44. Hab. Japan. I did not find this species. 9. Dosinia sericea, Rve. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl. 8. f. 36. Hab, Seto-Uchi. 234 Mr. A. Adams on the Species of 10. Dosinia penicillata, Rve. (Artemis), Conch. Icon. pl.6.f.32. Hab, 'Tsus-Sima, Oki Islands. 11. Dosinia Traillii, A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. Hab. Yokohama. 12. Dosinia tsocardia, Dkr. (Artemis), Phil. Abbild. Conch. Cyth. pl. 8. f. 5; Rve. Conch. Icon. Artemis, pl. 1. f. 1. Hab. Tatiyama. 13. Dosinia lirata, Sow. (Artemis), Thes. Conch. Hab. Gotto, 48 fathoms. 14. Dosinia gibba, A. Ad. D. testa orbiculari, cordata, tumida, lutescenti-albida, solida, concen- trice costellata, costellis subdistantibus, in fasciculos dispositis, ad umbonibus subtilissime striata; area ligamenti simplici, lunula perampla, cordata, superficiali. Hab. 'Tatiyama. A species more tumid than any described, with the exception of D. tsocardia. The concentric ribs are rounded and collected together in bundles, and the lunule is conspicuous, superficial, and narrowly heart-shaped. Genus Cycrina, Desh. 1. Cyclina chinensis, Chemn. (Venus), Conch. Cab. pl. 171. f. 1663. Venus sinensis, Gm. Cyprina tenuistria, Lam. Artemis sinensis, Rye. Hab. Tsus-Sima. 2. Cyclina orientalis, Sow. (Artemis), Thes. Conch. pl. 144. Sh C. pectunculus, Roem. Hab. Tsaulian, Tsus-Sima. 3. Cyclina flavida, Desh. Cat. Conchif. Brit. Mus. p. 31. C. bombycina, Roem. Hab. 'Tsus-Sima. Subfam. T4prsrv. Genus TAPES, Schum. 1. Tapes exarata, Phil. (Pullastra), Abbild. Conch. pl. 5. f. 6; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 145. f. 18. Hab. YWuro-Sima. 2. fe Veneride found tn Japan. 235 Tapes amabilis, Phil. (Pullastra), Zeitschr. fiir Malak. 1847, p- 90; Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 145. f. 11. Hab. Tago. . Tapes undulata, Born (Venus), Test. Mus. p. 67. Venus rimosa, Phil. Tapes ramosa, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 146, f. 29. Hab. 'Tatiyama. . Tapes vernicosa, Gould (Pullastra), Otia Conch. p. 168. Hab, Hakodadi, Tatiyama, Tsusaki. Subgen. Cuneus, Da Costa. . Tapes (Cuneus) japonica, Desh. Cat. Conchif. Mus. Brit. p- 181 Hab. Cape Notoro, Cape Tofuts, Saghalien. . Tapes (Cuneus) philippinarum, Ad. & Rve. (Venus), Zool. Voy. Sam. Moll. pl. 22. f. 10. Hab. Hakodadi, Olga Bay, Rifunsiri Island. Tapes (Cuneus) variegata, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 151. f, 133-138. Hab. Nagasaki, Oki Islands, Tsus-Sima. . Tapes (Cuneus) indica, Sow. Thes. Conch. pl. 151. f. 146, 147. Hab. Seto-Uchi. Tapes (Cuneus) Bruguier?, Hanl. (Venus), Wood, Ind. Supp. pl. 15. f. 59. Hab. Kino-O-Sima. Genus SAxipomus, Conrad. . Saxidomus purpuratus, Sow. (Tapes), Thes. Conch. pl. 150. f. 124. Hab, Seto-Uchi, Mososeki. Saxidomus aratus, Gld. Otia Conch. p. 168. Hab, Hakodadi. Genus RuPELLARIA, Fleur. de Belley. . Rupellaria exotica, Lam. (Venerupis), Wood, Ind. Suppl. pl. 9. £. 29. Hab. Tsus-Sima, Kuro-Sima. 236 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Varieties of Dogs. 2. Rupellaria carditoides (Venerupis), Deless. Rec. de Coq. Plo O-t. o- Pullastra carditoides, Catlow. Hab, Tsus-Sima (in oyster-shells), Oki Islands. 3. Rupellaria macrophylla, Desh. (Venerupis), Cat. Conchif. Brit. Mus. p. 193. Hab. Kuro-Sima. 4, Rupellaria monstrosa, Chemn. (Venus), Conch. pl.42. f.445, 446. Hab. Tsus-Sima (in slate-stone), Kino-O-Sima (in Madre- pores). Genus CLEMENTIA, Gray. 1. Clementia? similis, Sow. Thes. Conch, pl. 151. f. 154. Hab, 'Tatiyama. 2. Clementia moretonensis, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1853, p. 18. Hab. Kino-O-Sima. Genus TrApeziuM, Megerle. 1. Trapezium angulatum, Lam. (Cypricardia), Lam. 2; Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 2. f. 2. Hab. Kino-O-Sima, in Madrepores. 2. Trapezium rostratum, Lam. (Cypricardia), Lam. 3. Chama rostrata, Wood. Hab. Tsus-Sima, in oyster-shells. Genus CORALLIOPHAGA, Blainy. Coralliophaga lithophagella, Lam. (Cardita), Lam. 24; Deless. pl Jt At. Hab. Kino-O-Sima, in Madrepores. XXXII.—WNote on the Varieties of Dogs. By Dr. J. E. Gray. Tue variations of domestic dogs is a subject that has not been sufficiently studied, and one that is well worthy of atten- tion. Colonel Charles Hamilton Smith devoted the fifth volume of Jardine’s ‘ Naturalist’s Library,’ to the natural history of dogs. He divides domestic dogs thus :—1, feral dogs; Dr. J. E. Gray on the Varieties of Dogs. 237 2, wolf-dogs ; 3, watch-dogs; 4, greyhounds; 5, hounds; 6, cur dogs; and, 7, mastiffs. Prof. Fitzinger, im the ‘ Sitzungsberichte der kaiserl. Akad. der Wissensch.’ for July 1867, has published an elaborately compiled essay on the subject; but I do not consider it satis- factory. He divides them into seven groups, and regards the deformed, short-legged, and the hairless dogs as two of them. I. Canes domestict, containing forty-eight varieties, inclu- ding the followmg English-named dogs :—shepherd’s dog, terrier, Iceland dog, Pomeranian dog or spitz dog, Siberian dog, pariah dog, watch-dog, New-Zealand dog, Esquimaux og. Il. Canes extrarit: thirty varieties, including the spaniel, comforter or Maltese dog, springer, water-spaniel or poodle, Newfoundland dog, Scotch terrier. III. Canes vertagi: twelve varieties, including the Turn- spits. IV. Canes sagaces: thirty-five varieties, including hound, bloodhound, Scotch bloodhound, water-hound, pointer, breac, leviner or lynmer or talbot, foxhound, harrier, setter, stag- hound. V. Canes molosst, containing nineteen varieties, including mastive or mastiff or ban-dog, pug-dog or mops, terrier or pincher, bull-dog. VI. Canes leporarii: thirty-nine varieties, including the greyhound, boarhound, Danish dog, Dalmatian or coach-dog, Trish wolf-hound, lurcher. VII. Canes caratbei: six varieties, as the hairless dog, naked dog, and crested dog. The varieties of dog are chiefly characterized by the differ- ence in the development of the various parts of the animal, as, for example,— 1. The length of the head, and especially of the nose, com- pared with its diameter or cireumference. 2. The length and strength of the body and limbs, some- times very slender, as in the greyhound, or massive, as in the mastiff. 3. The size, form, and natural direction of the ears, as :— (1) erect, or projecting outwards ; (2) drooping on the sides of the head; (8) folded back on the sides of the neck. 4, The size of the upper lip. 5. The presence or absence of the dew-claw or internal toe. The varieties characterized by these differences in the rela- tive development of the various parts, without destroying the general symmetry of the animal, are further subdivided— Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 17 238 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Varieties of Dogs. 1. By the variation in the character of the hair, as to whether it is short and smooth, or longer, soft and curly, or stiff and harsh or bristly. 2. By the colour of the skin and the fur that covers it. These variations are to be found in almost all the varieties produced by a different proportion of the parts: thus there are smooth curly-haired, and rough-haired greyhounds; and it is the same with other varieties. At the same time, not only can the desired difference in the proportion of the parts, but also the colour and kind of hair be perpetuated by careful breeding and weeding. The second kind of variation ought rather to be called ab- normalities or physical defects, though they are continued by breeding and weeding for special purposes, and are even car- ried to such a great extent as to be absolute deformities. The principal of these are :— 1. The short and more or less bandy legs of the turnspit and lurchers, which are common to terriers and spaniels. 2. The more or less imperfect development of the upper jaw, found in the bull-dog, pug-dog, and different breeds of spaniels. 3. The great development of the ball of the eyes, so as to become too large for the orbit and exceedingly prominent and liable to accident, found in some breeds of spaniels and terriers. 4, The more or less complete want of hair, which is gene- rally accompanied by a more or less complete want or great imperfection in the development and rooting of the teeth, showing the relation between these two organic productions. F’. Cuvier, in his article on the Dog, proposes to arrange them into three groups, according to a difference in the pro- portion and position of the parietal and other bones, which arrangement is followed by Youatt, in his essay on dogs; but the characters are very indefinite ; and I find there is very little difference in the form and character of the skulls of the normal varieties of dogs: they only differ a little in the length and comparative and absolute width of the nose. Indeed it is very difficult to find the slightest difference between the skulls of dogs that are very different in external appearance. In what I am more inclined to call monstrosities than varie- ties, such as the bull-dog, which is characterized by the mal- formation or imperfect development of the upper jaw, the skull varies according to the extent of the deformity. It is the same with the large-eyed breeds of spaniels and terriers. The skulls of these animals also differ from one another in the completeness or imperfection of the ossification—some Dr. J. E. Gray on the Varieties of Dogs. 239 skulls having a large fontanel, and others being imper- fect in the hinder part, as the skull of the Japanese sleeve- dog, figured in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zool Soc.’ for 1867, ». 41. The skeletons of the short and bandy-legged dogs of course vary, like the dogs themselves, in the extent of the development of these bones. The pure breeds of the domestic dog may be arranged, ac- cording to the form and development of the ears, thus :— I. Dogs. The ears moderate, ovate, erect or spreading. Shepherd’s dog. Esquimaux dog. Spitz dog. New-Holland dog or Dingo. II. Terriers. The ears moderate, broad, more or less elon- gate, spreading, sometimes drooping at the end. The ears of the dogs of this variety are very generally trimmed or cut off more or less near to the base ; and some writers, as Youatt, in figuring the breeds, draw the figures from specimens that have the ears so trimmed! The tail also is often more or less truncated artificially. Terrier or Pincher. Bull-terrier. Bull-dog. Turnspit. Mops or Pug-dog. Ill. Greynounps. The ears moderate, wide, more or less elongate and folded back behind on the sides of the head. The dogs of this kind vary greatly in the fur, and are very apt to be more or less hairless or naked. Greyhound, Naked dogs. Dalmatian or Danish or Coach-dog. IV. Hounps. The ears large, broad, flat, and dependent on the sides of the face. The legs are generally very large; the hair is short and smooth, or elongate, smooth, more or less curled, or Wity. Mastiff and Bloodhounds. Hound, Talbot, Foxhound, Harriers, Beagle. Pointer. Ve 240 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Varieties of Dogs. Spaniels, Setter, Cocker, Springer. Newfoundland dog. (Smith, Dogs, t. 5.) Water-Spaniel and Poodles. Scotch Terrier and stout-legged Spaniel. The popular nomenclature of dogs is very loose and indefi- nite: thus both terriers and spaniels are called Scotch terriers; any long and slender-legged dog is called a greyhound, espe- cially if it has a slender nose; and dogs are called different varieties on the most trivial characters, as the extent of the feathering on the legs or of the hair on the feet, the presence or absence of the small internal toe or dew-claw, and the ex- tent of the membrane between the bases of the toes. By careful breeding and weeding, all the characters of either of these classes of variation may be kept more or less pure, the colour and the nature of the fur bemg as permanent and necessary for the purity of the breed as the form and proportion of the different parts of the animal. From the accidental commingling of dogs at large, there are formed hybrids between almost all established and re- cognized breeds of dogs; but the results of such illicit con- nexion are much more rare than one might expect, the pups arising from such careless breeding being very commonly de- stroyed, from the contempt with which they are universally regarded by all classes of persons, the dog-fanciers, even among the poorest classes, always calling such dogs curs and valueless. It is curious to see even young boys, who, no doubt, take their cue from some dog-fancier of their acquaint- ance, from whom they learn the points of a pure breed, say of such a puppy or dog that it is only a cur and not worth having. It is a general belief that the offspring of such dogs, even of the same litter, have an inclination to return more or less completely to the breed of one of the parents; but of this I have no certain knowledge, and the instances of the breeding of such curs in that manner must be comparatively rare. I have a friend who has a dog that was bred between a greyhound and a terrier bitch ; it 1s black and tan, most beau- tifully formed, intermediate in contour between the two pure breeds; but on showing the dog to a country boy, he at once said he would not keep such a dog; it was only a “cur not worth a shilling ; it was neither a good greyhound nor a good terrier, a regular mongrel cur ;” and, beautiful as the animal is to unsophisticated, or, rather, uneducated eyes, it is regarded with contempt in the village. 241 MISCELLANEOUS. On Othelosoma, a New Genus of African Slugs. By Dr. J. E. Gray. Mr. Symonps, jun., when he returned from the Gaboon, left with me a couple of specimens of what he called a terrestrial slug, which he had obtained, on the 24th of December 1865, in the Gaboon. He promised to send to me, at my solicitation, a detailed account of it and of some other Mollusca which he had drawn from life, and for that purpose took with him the drawings and other specimens. The descriptions have not arrived, and I am now told that he has left the country again. As the animal is very unlike any other that I have seen, I have determined to give as distinct an account as I can of it, without injuring the specimen, in the hope that other travellers will obtain more examples of it, so that its anatomy may be studied and its proper place in the system determined. It is much more like the terrestrial leech of Ceylon called Dunlopia*; but it has no appearance of a lunate head, such as characterizes that genus ; and Mr. Symonds, who had seen it alive, said that it had the habit and appearance, when alive, of a slug, and he considered it more allied to the slug than to any other animal; among the genera that he had collected, there were some slugs. Unfortunately he took the drawings away with him, so that I have them not to refer to. One specimen is rather more than an inch, and the other about 2? inch long. ‘They are fusiform subcylindrical, rather depressed, tapering at each end. In one specimen it is the head, and in the other it is the other end that is rather the longest and more tapering. There is a flat, narrow, linear foot in the middle of the underside, extending the entire length of the body, with a very slight linear central longitudinal impression. There are indications of some very obscure cross folds on the sides of the body, but not forming any distinct rings. The upper surface is reddish brown, with three rather broad, black, longitudinal. ihnes—one down the centre, and the others on the sides of the back. The underside of the body is pale, and the foot white; the foot is only indistinctly defined, except by its whiter colour, as the lateral edge is scarcely raised from the under surface of the body. The head is very small, hemispherical, white, semitransparent, with a small black dot-like eye in the middle of each of its two sides; the head is separated from the front of the foot by a ring almost as wide as the head is long, of the same colour as the rest of the body, but brown beneath. The hinder end of the body is rather depressed and gradually con- tracted to the tip. Mr. Symonds’s figure of the animal when alive, represented it as having a small dot-like aperture in the side, which he said was the aperture for respiration; but I have not been able to observe any indication of an aperture in the animals in their contracted state in spirit, and I do not like to cut into the specimens until more have been obtained; and they are not now in a very good state. * The animal called Dunlopia was first described under the name of Planaria? linata, Gray, Zool. Mise. vy. (1831). 242 Miscellaneous. I propose to name the animal Othelosoma Symondsii. In the smaller specimen there is a small conical prominence in the middle line of the foot, about one-sixth of the entire length from the caudal extremity. This may be the vent or generative organ. I cannot find any indication of a similar organ in the larger speci- men; but that is, unfortunately, broken across in the part where it ought to be situated. This may be the same as the minute aperture which occurs near the middle of the body in the foot of Dunlopia. Othelosoma is very like Dunlopia, or the land-leech of Ceylon and India, in colour, texture, and appearance, and in the narrow foot; but it differs in being much more cylindrical and worm-like in the form of the body, and in the head being small, hemispherical, and pellucid in spirit, instead of being more or less lunate or broad and opaque white, and having many eyes. New Species of Hyrax. By Dr. J. E. Gray. In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. i. p. 35, I published a “Revision of the Species of Hyraw.” The British Museum has received some other specimens, which belong to three, if not four, species not mentioned in that revision. The Museum purchased from Mr. Jesse three specimens and one skeleton of Hyraa, collected during the expedition to Abyssinia. They are all normal Hyraces as the genus is restricted in the paper above quoted, and belong to the section of it marked by having soft fur and a yellow dorsal streak. One, which I have named H. ferrugineus, has an elongate well- marked yellow dorsal streak, the hair of the dorsal spot, as in all the other species of the section that I have described, being yellow the whole of its length to the base; the hair of the back is grey and black, with white tips; and the hinder part of the back and rump is washed with a ferruginous tint, which I have not observed in any other species of the genus: hence the specific name I have chosen. The second species, which I have called H. trroratus, is coloured much like the preceding ; but the hair is longer, and the dorsal spot is small and inconspicuous, the hair of the spot being blackish for the lower half of its length, and yellow at the upper half; the chin and under part of the body is white. The other skin is very like the above; but the fur is rather shorter, and the chin and underside of the body are yellowish grey. There is in the British Museum another specimen, which agrees with this in every particular, which was purchased from Brandt of Hamburg as H. syriacus from Africa; so that I do not know its exact habitat, and very probably it was received from Abyssinia. ‘The dorsal spots of both these specimens are like that of H. wrroratus: I have therefore considered them a variety of it, which I have called luteogaster ; but I strongly suspect that, when more specimens are examined, it will prove to be a distinct species, which may be designated by that name. Senhor Barboza du Bocage sent me a specimen of Hyrax from Angola, under the name of H. arboreus. It is a most distinct spe- cies of the restricted genus Hyraz, belonging to the section with soft fur, but is peculiar for having minute black tips to the hairs and an Miscellaneous. 243 elongated well-developed dorsal spot of a pure white. It differs from all the other species of the restricted genus in the length and narrowness of the nose of the skull. I have called the species Hyrax Bocaget. On the mode of Development of Bothriocephalus latus. By M. Kyocu. According to a report by M. C. Robin, presented to the Academy of Sciences in Paris, M. Knoch has perfectly demonstrated that the embryo of Bothriocephalus latus passes through no cysticercal stage in the course of its development.—Comptes Rendus, January 11, 1869, p. 90. Teeth of Streptaxis, Chilina, &c. Dr. F. D. Heynemann, in the ‘ Malak. Blatter’ for 1868, has described and figured the teeth of different terrestrial Mollusca, as, for example, the genera Streptaxis, Pellicula, Simulopsis, and Chi- lina. The teeth of Streptaxis are fusiform, with a more or less distinct rounded lobe on the front of each side near the base, some- what like the teeth of Zestacella and other worm-eating slugs; I had some time ago predicted that the teeth would be of that form, from the carnivorous habits of the genus. The Brazilian collectors of shells know that these snails will eat the animals out of the shells of the Helices that are shut up in a box with them. The ani- mal of Chilina has a strong lunate jaw with a grooved front surface and a crenated lower edge; and the outer lateral teeth are large and pectinated on their upper edge. The teeth of the other genera are like those of the other herbivorous Helicide.—J. E. Gray. Naultinus lineatus, a New Lizard from New Zealand. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. Mr. W. Adams has just returned from New Zealand and brought with him a new species of Naultinus, which I propose to call NV. h- neatus, as it differs from the other species in having three yellow dorsal streaks—one central, and the others on the outer part of the sides of the back. The lateral streaks are well marked in all the three specimens, which are of different ages; the central dorsal streak is indistinct in the two young, but more distinct and well marked in the adult, which is said to be a female and mother of the other two. They were procured at Otraroa, the French settlement in Canterbury, New Zealand. Marine Animals of Southern Labrador. Dr. O.S. Packman, jun., has published a list of marine animals dredged, during a fifty days’ visit, near Caribou Island, Southern Labrador, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, in which several new species are described, with most interesting observations on the distribution of the more common species,—interesting as they seem to afford very satisfactory evidence that there are three distinct assemblages of marine invertebrates intermingled on the coast of Northern Labrador. 244 Miscellaneous. The Keitloa (Rhinaster keitloa). By Dr. J. E. Gray. The Keitloa, which was first described by Camper from a head received from the Cape of Good Hope, was regarded by Cuvier as the adult of the common Bovili (R. bicornis); but he had only seen the figure of the skull which he copies as that of an adult Cape-Rhinoceros in his work on fossil bones. Dr. Andrew Smith described it from living specimens, and showed, by the development of its horns, the general form of its body, and habit, that it was a distinct species, recognized by the natives; but cabinet zoologists who have even visited Africa, and must have seen the animal alive, persisted in regarding it as the same as the Bovili or R. bicornis. The British Museum has lately purchased a complete skeleton of an adult female which Mr. Jesse obtained in Abyssinia; and the comparison of the skull with that of the Bovili (2. bicorns) in the British Museum, which was obtained from Mr. Petherick, proves that they are most distinct species, and that Camper’s figure is a correct representation of the skull of the Keitloa. The skull of the Keitloa is much more solid and heavy than that of the Bovili, though this is partly dependent on the age of the animal; but still I am inclined to regard it as characteristic. The face, forehead, and crown are much wider than in the skull of the Bovili, the sides of the face being convex, and not flat as in that species; and the fore- head under the hinder horn is convex and shelving on the sides, and this part is flat in the skull of the Bovili. In fact the Keitloa is evi- dently a most distinct and well-marked species, the skull having a very different appearance, especially when looked at on the crown. Though the natives give the two Rhinoceroses each a distinct name, the generality of African travellers confound the two browsing species together under the name of the Black Rhinoceros of the forest and bush, as distinct from the Mahoohoo or White Rhinoceros of the grassy plains. Organogenie investigation of Eupomatia. By H. Barton. The Lupomatie, the exceptional organization and multiple affinities of which have occupied so much of the attention of botanists since the time of Robert Brown, may be studied from an organogenic point of view now that one species of the genus is cultivated in our hot- houses. This investigation reveals some unexpected facts, which, indeed, could only be made known by it. It shows, among other things, that the flowers of these plants lodge in their concave receptacle a truly polycarpic gynecium ; that what has been described as a single areolated stigma merely represents a portion of the dorsal wall of the ovaries ; that the stigmata are in- dependent of each other and equal in number to the carpels; and, what would be most inadmissible @ priori, that these flowers are destitute of a true perianth, a single modified leaf acting the part of the protective agent of the sexual organs. As the consequence of these observations we obtain this fact, that the Hupomatia, an ab- normal genus among the Annonaceve, both in the form of their floral receptacle and in the mode of insertion of their stamina, serve as a Miscellaneous. 245 transition between this group and that of the Monimiee, to which they likewise approximate the Calycanthez through Chionanthus, and indirectly the Magnoliaceze through the Trochodendree. A branch of Hupomatia which is about to flower swells at its apex into a little club, which becomes concave above and gradually undergoes all the changes of form which are observed in the receptacle of a fig. From the aperture at the bottom of this receptacular sac, the pieces of the andreecium and gyneecium appear successively in a spiral order. Hitherto that conical hood which detaches itself circularly at the moment of anthesis has been regarded as a perianth, produced by the fusion of the sepals and petals. The study of its development proves that this sac is produced as a single leaf in the form of a crescent, and that it remains long open on one side. It is a sort of amplexicaul bract, following, in the spiral order, the much narrower bracts which are inserted upon the peduncular portion of the branch. This is a demonstration of the axial nature of the portion of the flower of Eupomatia which remains basilar. The last of the modified leaves of this dilated branch (that which is inserted at the level of the margin of the receptacle) becomes inordinately developed, in order to fulfil the function of the perianth, which is wanting; and, like many other cauline leaves of plants allied to this, it finally becomes detached, in the direction of the base of the axis upon which it was borne.— Comptes Rendus, July 27, 1868, p. 250. Note on Rhizocrinus lofotensis. Prof. Louis Agassiz, in a note to Count Pourtales’s paper entitled “Contributions to the Fauna of the Gulf-Stream at Great Depths,” observes that the Crinoid that Count Pourtales had called Bourgueti- erinus Hotessieri, from great depths in the Gulf of Mexico, is evi- dently the same as Prof. Sars’s Lhizocrinus lofotensis from the coast of Norway. He further observes that it is highly probable that Lophohelia affints of Count Pourtales, from Florida, is identical with L. prolifera from the northernmost coast of Europe, to which it has very likely been transported by the Gulf-stream. Quoy and Gaimard’s Species of Corals. A considerable number of species of Aleyonia are figured and shortly described by MM. Quoy and Gaimard, in the ‘ Voyage of the Astrolabe.’ From the official report on the collection made at the time, and from the Expedition having been a Government Expedi- tion, I had believed that the specimens on which these species are founded would be in the collection of the Jardin des Plantes. Though MM. Milne-Edwards and Haime mention the species in their work on the Corals, the account of them is copied from Quoy and Gaimard’s work, and no reference is made showing that the specimens have been seen or examined. It is to be hoped that they have not been lost to science, more especially as Quoy and Gaimard’s descrip- tions are short and sometimes do not contain particulars of the spe- cies (as spicules &c.) that are represented on the plates.—J. E. Gray. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 18 246 Miscellaneous. Berbyce mollis, a new British Coral. By Dr. J. E. Gray. A few years ago Mr. M‘Andrew gave to the British Museum a specimen of a Coral he had collected in Loch Toridon, in Ross- shire. It has been regarded, I believe, as a young specimen of Gorgonia verrucosa. Dr. Perceval Wright the other day gave to the British Museum a specimen of Berbyce mollis that he had dredged at Syracuse; and on comparing Mr. M‘Andrew’s specimen from Scotland with the Gorgonoid from Syracuse, there can be no doubt they are the same species, and very distinct from Gorgonia verrucosa. Berbyce mollis, ever since it was described by Dr. Philippi (Arch. fur Naturg. 1842, p.35, t.1. f.a,b,c), has been a paradox to zoologists ; but the examination of the figure ought to have settled the difficulty. Dr. Philippi described the genus as having non-retractile tentacles, and, to enforce the importance he attached to the character, printed non-retractile in italic. He figures the coral with completely re- tracted polypes; and the specimens in the British Museum, from Syracuse and Loch Toridon, exactly agree with the figure. M. Valenciennes, in his very hasty observations on Gorgonia, probably misled by the description, states his belief that the genus Berbyce was founded on a Sympodium parasitic on the axis of a common Gorgonia! (See M.-Edw. Corall. i. 187.) Berbyce is a true Gorgoniad, and chiefly differs from the genus Gorgonia, as restricted by modern authors, by the polype-cell being shorter and the stem and branches compressed, and in the form of the spicules. On the Bats collected in Sarawak by the Marquis Giacomo Doria. By Prof. W. Peters. Prof. Peters enumerates fourteen species of Cheiroptera as inha- bitants of Sarawak (and describes one of them as a new species and the type of a new subgenus), namely :— 1. Pteropus hypomelanus, Temm., var. Tomesii (=P. hypomelanus, Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 536). 2. Cynopterus brevicaudatus, F. Cuy. 3. Macroglossus minimus, Geoftr. 4. Megaderima spasma, L. 5. Lthinolophus luctus, Temm. 6 trifoliatus, Temm. 7. Phyllorhina labuanensis, Tomes. 8. bicolor, Temm. 9. Liballoneura monticola (Kuhl), Temm. 10 1i 12 13 . Nyctinomus plicatus, Buchanan. . Chiromeles torquatus, Horsf. . Vespertilio adversus, Horsf. . Vesperugo imbricatus, Temm. 14. Vesperus (Hesperoptenus) Dorie, sp. et subgen. nov. The inferior three-lobed incisors stand obliquely to the margin of the jaw, so that they partially cover each other in front. The first Miscellaneous. 247 superior incisor is elevated and terminated by a single point; the second, lying outwards, is low and projects but little from the gum. The ears are rounded quadrangular, entire, margined, clothed with short hairs within; the outer margin terminates sharply a little behind the angle of the mouth, and bears there a distinct lobe. The auricle is bent inwards, rounded at the apex, broadest below the middle, and furnished with a small notch at the base. The metacarpal joints of fingers 3 to 5 differ but little from each other in length. The wing-membranes are thin, naked, and adherent as far as the roots of the toes. The interfemoral membrane encloses the tail as far as its apex, and is sparingly furnished with hair both above and below to the end of the first third. The spur bears a distinct mem- branous lobe. The penis of the male is provided with a bone. Pale brown, the hairs of the back rather darker at the base; wing-membrane dark brown. Measurements of an adult male. metre Pommionein a tues ce te Tees Hii Ad was SRR a a 0-092 SR APL R, SMO IN errata Ln ants ee ales a aled one 0-016 Bumirevemwanonotear 27). 4/26) Poo. SOU i ae eed. 0-015 PSE OSE MANEOUN OL OAT, ayilchicic lets all Bib thes ag eels do leeals 0-010 2) DULG aie SO Ay a SO eg ee 0-0125 Pera OINNRICLO VANE AH edi aicts Sle Pos Ge sles Swe ale 0-007 esearemOrycall ier. AAI IED ag Gs Pe. dees OBS 0-042 LLITG LE ADS sy She Sg a OR CRE ge IEE rn rv 0-024 SRP SUMMON Be eto Beak A oy 5 ch has a larvae dota on aidh’s The “vel Acyahs 0°0365 Length of fingers :— lst metacarpal, 0-0025; 1st phal. 0-003 ; 2nd ph.0:0025_............... 0-0075 2nd 3 0-034 ; » 0°00 i EE ORG, RIE ORIEL St 0-038 3rd ig, ~=S 00080; ~~, ~=—:O'015; 2nd ph.0-0185; Cart.0-005 0-076 0011; , O0105' ,, 0-002 0-067 Sih! 4, 0:033 "0010; . 0006 ., 00015 0-049 enn 8 NOLS UN Dae FOI kt ALR? 0-018 aM ore ks oa ac bY «Shara cikag sm a oN S) 3 a onc ols cane OS ed 0-018 Ch eI, Oe tices ' div die ists Mav Hole Nee 0-007 TLE 25 4 RRR BS Be a eo SNe ney 0-017 Monatsb. Berl, Akad. Wiss. Dec. 7, 1868, p. 626. Nudibranchs in Fresh Water. Mr. Kent described, at the last meeting of the Zoological Society, a new Nudibranch under the name of Hmbletonia Grayii, discovered in the Victoria Docks at Rotherhithe. When I mentioned the cir- cumstance to Dr. Mobius at Kiel, he observed :— “It was very interesting to me to find that a mollusk of the family ASolididee had been discovered in brackish water near London Bridge. In the Baltic Sea, Hmbletonia pallida extends as far-as East Prussia, near Kénigsberg, where the water has only 7 of salt in 1000, In like manner, Protolimax capitatus (= Limapontia nigra) 248 Miscellaneous. endures almost fresh water at Bornholm and Gothland in the Baltic.” Mr. Kent informs me that Hmbletonia Gray is very nearly allied to #. pallida, and it was found in company with Daphnia, Floscu- lavia, and many other freshwater Entomostraca and Rotifera.— J. E. Gray. Siliceous Spicules of Solanderia. Since I sent the extract from Dr. Mobius’s description of Solan- deria to the ‘ Annals,’ Dr. Mobius most kindly sent to me a small portion of the specimen he described, for comparison with those in the British Museum. When I examined the fragment, I found that the surface was covered with a parasitic Halichondria; and as it formed a whitish coat, I feared that it might have been regarded as part of the coral. I have since received from Dr. Mobius the follow- ing correction of his description :— “The specimen of Solanderia verrucosa described by me was over- spread on all its twigs with the sponge whose needles I have figured on tab. 1. fig.6. I found this parasitical sponge (which I erro- neously regarded as a dermal formation of the polype) not merely on the lower part of the stem, but going up to the very points of the twigs. Your Homophyton Glattyie (Proc, Zool. Soc. Jan. 9, 1866) appears to me to be very like my Solanderia verrucosa. This comes also from the coast of South Africa (Algoa Bay),’’—J. E. Gray. On the Anatomy of the Test of Amphidetus (Echinocardium) Vir- ginianus, Forbes; and on the Genus Breynia. By P. Marri Duncan, M.B., F.R.S., Sec. G.S., &e. The Miocene Amphidetus from the Virginian Tertiaries and the re- cent species of the genus from the European and Australian seas form a group of very closely allied forms. The Crag specimen of inch. Hab. Westport Bay, 4 fathoms. The genus Aglaia was proposed by one of the present writers, in a French publication (‘ Les Fonds de la Mer’) for the recep- tion of a Mediterranean species very similar to A. complanata in general characters, and exhibiting peculiarities of anatomical structure which distinctly separated it from any established genus. We have had no opportunity of examining the animal of A. complanata. Genus Barrpia, M‘Coy. Bairdia fulva, Brady. Pl. XVIII. figs. 1-4. Bairdia fulva, Brady, Monog. Recent Brit. Ostrac. p. 474, pl. 28. fig. 21. Carapace compressed; as seen from the side, subreniform, rather higher in front than behind ; greatest height near the 366 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Dredging middle, and equal to fully half the length; extremities rounded: superior margin boldly arched, slopmg more abruptly in front than behind ; inferior sinuated in the mid- dle. Seen from above, compressed ovate, widest in the middle; extremities equally pointed ; width much less than half the length; end view subrhomboidal, widest in the middle. Shell thin and fragile, semitransparent, smooth, thickly covered with very short delicate hairs. Length = Inch. Hab. Yn sand from Scarpa Bay, Orkney (D.O. Drewett, Esq.) ; and in the river Liffey at North Wall, Dublin. The locality (Shetland) given in the ‘ Monograph’ was in- serted by mistake for Scarpa Bay. The specific name fulva does not well apply to the specimens here described, they being almost colourless; but the discrepancy is scarcely im- portant enough to warrant a change of name*. Fam. Cytheridz. Genus CyTHERE, Miiller. Cythere porcellanea, Brady. Pl. XIX. figs. 1-4. Cythere porcellanea, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. iii. p. 47, pl. 7. figs. 1-4. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, flexuous, reni- form, highest in the middle, greatest height equal to rather less than half the length ; anterior extremity evenly, poste- rior obliquely rounded: superior margin evenly arched, in- ferior deeply sinuated in the middle ; postero-superior angle well marked. Seen from above, ovate, widest in the mid- dle, pointed in front; width less than the height. Shell- surface smooth and polished, marked often behind the mid- dle with a few scattered indistinct puncta. Colour whitish. Length 5 inch. Carapace of the male in shape much like that of the following species, except that the outline, when seen from above, is regularly ovate. Hab. Westport Bay, 4 fathoms; and on the muddy shore of Budle Bay, Northumberland, near low-water mark (G.S.B.); and Dungeness Bay, and River Ouse at Lynn (Mr. E. C. Davison’s dredgings). The Dutch specimens from which this species was originally described appear to be either young or stunted individuals ; and the figures which accompanied the description do not give * Since this was in the printer’s hands, I have seen examples of B. fulva in dredgings from the Dutch localities mentioned above; so that this species would seem to come into the category of fluvio-marine species, to which Cypridopsis obesa also belongs.—G. 8. B. in the West of Ireland. 367 a correct idea of the adult shell. It has been necessary there- fore to figure and describe the species afresh *. The differences between C. porcellanea and C. Macallana, though small, are sufficient to require the separation of the two species. ‘The first-named is rather the larger, has much less surface-sculpture, and, as seen from above, is more regularly ovate in outline; it is also paler in colour, and seems to be sublittoral in habitat. Both species are very nearly allied to C. pellucida and C. castanea, figures of which we have thought it desirable to give in this place, they not having been suffi- ciently discriminated in the plates illustrating Mr. Brady’s ‘Monograph.’ These species (C. pellucida and castanea), especially the latter, have the valves almost always marked with one, two, or more transverse furrows; but though the males of C. porcellanea and C. Macallana bear similar impres- sions, the females are entirely free from them. Cythere Macallana, nov. sp. Pl. XIX. figs. 5-9. Carapace of the female, seen from the side, subreniform ; greatest height situated in front of the middle, and equal to half the length; anterior extremity evenly, posterior obliquely rounded: superior margin well arched, highest over the eyes, in front of which it is slightly excavated, ending posteriorly in an obtuse angle; inferior sinuated in the middle. Seen from above, ovate, widest in the middle, rounded behind, subacuminate in front; width less than the height. Surface of the shell vaguely and distantly punc- tate, the ventral surface more or less marked with sinu- ous grooves. Colour yellowish brown. Length ;4; inch. The shell of the male is longer and narrower, more tapering (as seen laterally) towards the posterior extremity, and has the dorsal margin almost straight; seen from above, the sides are subparallel, and the posterior extremity obtuse ; the shell-surface is also usually less sparingly punctate than in the female. Hab. Dublin, Westport, and Clifden Bays. Cythere gibbosa, nov. sp. Pl. XXI. figs. 1-3. Carapace of the female tumid ; seen from the side, subtriangular or trapezoidal, highest in front of the middle ; greatest height equal to more than half the length, extremities obliquely rounded, the anterior being much the broader: superior * I may add that I have recently had the opportunity of examining a larger series of Ostracoda from the river Scheldt, and have found a num- ber of examples of C. porcellanea differing in no respects from those de- scribed in the present paper.—G. S. B. 368 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Dredging margin obtusely angulated in front of the middle, thence sloping steeply towards each extremity; inferior quite straight. Seen from above, the outline is ovate, widest in the middle; extremities pointed; width equal to half the the length. Shell of the male narrower and longer. Shell- surface smooth and polished, bearing a few short, scattered hairs, which are papillose at the base; obscurely punctate on the ventral surface. Colour whitish. Length ;45 inch. Hab. In a large tidal pond at Westport Quay, amongst Zos- tera; and at Budle Bay, Northumberland*. Cythere pulchella, Brady. Pl. XX. figs. 1-3. Cythere pulchella, Brady, Monog. Rec. Brit. Ostrac. p. 404; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. ii. p. 32, pl. 5. figs. 18-20. This species was admitted into the ‘Monograph of the British Ostracoda’ on the occurrence of a single specimen in shell-sand from Sutherlandshire. We have found it sparingly in most of our gatherings from the Connemara district ; but it would appear to reach its finest development in the Arctic seas. (See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. oc. cit.) Hab. Westport, Clifden, and Birterbuy Bays. Cythere Robertsoni, Brady. Cythere Robertsoni, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p.38, pl. 4. figs. 5, 8-10. This species is new to the British fauna, the specimens from which it was originally described having been dredged by Mr. Robertson at Christiania. Hab. Dublin Bay, 3-4 fathoms; Westport Bay, 4 fathoms. Cythere cicatricosa, Sars. Pl. XIX, figs. 13, 14. Cythere cicatricosa, G.O.Sars, Oversigt af Norges marine Ostracoder, p. 33. z badia (in part), Brady, Monog. Recent Brit. Ostrac. p. 899 (but not ures). Pp aes Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. ii. p. 221, pl. 14. figs. 14, 15. Carapace of the female, as seen from the side, subreniform or subsigmoid, higher in front than behind; greatest height in front of the middle, and equal to more than half the length ; anterior extremity rounded, posterior subtruncate, slightly sinuated above the middle: superior margin gently arched, slightly excavated in front of the eyes, and ending m an obtuse angle behind; inferior deeply sinuated near the * Budle Bay is a large expanse of shallow water which at low tide recedes so as to leave a muddy flat, through which a small stream finds its way to the sea. The situation is, therefore, essentially similar to that at Westport, where C. gibbosa was first found.—G. 8. B. in the West of Ireland. 369 middle. Outline, as seen from above, compressed, oblong, obtusely pointed in front, truncate behind, the sides deeply emarginate near the posterior extremity ; widest behind the middle ; greatest width not much exceeding one-third of the length. Shell of the male longer and narrower. Sur- face of the valves irregularly sculptured in a flexuous man- ner. Colour yellowish brown, the raised ornament often deeply tinged with slaty blue or black. Length 3; inch. In the ‘ Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda,’ this species was confounded with Cythere badia, Norman, to which it bears considerable resemblance. C. badia, however, has only a vaguely punctate surface-ornament, without any trace of the conspicuous flexuous ruge which mark C. cicatricosa; the dorsal aspect of the former is also regularly ovate, while that of the present species is distinctly truncate behind. The figures in the ‘ Monograph’ give a correct idea of the true C. badia, and, when compared with those given here, will show more clearly than a verbal description the differences between the two species. The form described and figured by Mr. Brady, in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ under the name of C. crispata, does not differ materially from the pre- sent, except in its greater size and its more prominent and profuse surface-sculpture. The northern species may perhaps be looked upon as a depauperized form of the Mediterranean C. crispata; and this view derives some confirmation from its greater abundance on the western shores of Ireland. The specific name cicatricosa has been used by Reuss and Bosquet to designate a species which we believe to be identical with Cythere convexa, Baird; but as Dr. Baird’s name is of prior date, the proper course seems to be to reserve the term cicatricosa for the species so named by G. O. Sars, which is undoubtedly identical with that under consideration. It should be mentioned that while C. badia seems to be a purely littoral species, C. cicatricosa is not met with except by the dredge. The localities given in the ‘ Monograph’ (for C. badia) must be taken as belonging to the present species, except those to which the Rev. A. M. Norman’s name is attached. Genus LIMNICYTHERE, Brady. Limnicythere Sancti-Patricti, nov. sp. Pl. XVIIL. figs. 8-11, and Pl. XXI. fig. 4. Carapace (of the male ?), as seen from the side, reniform, nearly equal in height throughout, height equal to half the length; extremities well rounded, the anterior slightly the broader ; superior margin almost straight, inferior deeply sinuated in 370 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Dredging the middle. Seen from above, the outline is irregularly rhomboidal, widest somewhat behind the middle; extremities acuminate; greatest width rather less than the height. Seen from the front, the outline is widest at the base, with gra- dually converging sides and broadly arched apex; ventral margin convex, and prominently keeled in the middle. Surface of the valves sculptured with small, closely-set, polygonal excavations, marked across the middle with a conspicuous broad and deep curved furrow, in front of which is another, of similar character, but smaller; behind the posterior furrow the shell rises towards the ventral surface into a prominent rounded eminence: the ventral surface is furrowed in a longitudinal direction, and also marked more or less with cross striz. Animal almost exactly like that of L. inopinata. Copulative organs of the female (Pl. X-XI. fig. 4c) subquadrangular, upper portion (b) elongated and ending in a short seta. Abdomen slightly hirsute, produced into two lobes, each with a short terminal seta (a). Hab. Lough Moher, about five miles south of Westport, county Mayo. All the full-grown specimens which we have examined of this very well-marked species possess the peculiar appendages represented in Pl. XXI., and which for the present we suppose to be the female copulative organs. Whatever they may be, they seem to be homologous with the parts of L. inopinata figured in the ‘Monograph of Recent British Ostracoda,’ pl. 38. fig. 9m; and their presence in this peculiar form will probably constitute a good generic character. Genus CYTHERIDEA, Bosquet. Cytheridea (2?) cornea, nov. sp. Pl. XX. figs. 9, 10. Carapace, as seen from the side, subovate, highest in the mid- dle; greatest height equal to less than half the length; an- terior extremity well rounded, the posterior somewhat flat- tened; superior margin evenly arched, inferior almost straight. Seen from above, ovate, pointed in front, greatest width behind the middle, equal to the height. Shell thin and fragile, quite smooth, very sparingly punctate. Length z's inch. Hab. Dublin Bay, 2-4 fathoms, near the Pigeon-house; West- port Bay, 2-4 fathoms. Genus EucyTueEre, Brady. Eucythere declivis, var. prava. Pl. XXI. figs. 12-14. Some specimens identical in character with those here re- in the West of Ireland. 371 ferred to were figured and briefly noticed by Mr. Brady in the ‘Monograph of the Recent British Ostracoda’ (pl. 27. figs. 52, 53, p-430) as being probably a form of C. declivis. They differ from the normal form of that species in being furrowed or corrugated toward the hinder extremity, in the greater sinuation of the inferior and the less pronounced arching of the superior margin; the extremities are also bordered with a flange, which is marked by radiating hair-like lines. Seen from above, the shell is rather more acutely pointed and more tapering in front. Length 4; inch. Hab. Westport and Clifden Bays. Genus Loxoconcua, G. O. Sars. Loxoconcha elliptica, Brady. Loxoconcha elliptica, Brady, Monog. Rec. Brit. Ostrac. p. 435, pl. 27. figs.88, 39, 45-48, & pl. 40. fig. 3. The specimens of this species which we found in various freshwater loughs and pools differ from the typical brackish and marine form only in size and style of sculpture, the punc- tation of the shell being more distinct, but the papille very few or absent; the size much less. Hab. In a pool amongst Utricularia minor, south of Clifden, and in Loughs Fadda and Ballinahinch. Genus CYTHERURA, G. O. Sars. Cytherura flavescens, Brady. Pl. XX. figs. 13, 14. Cytherura flavescens, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. vol. iii. p. 49, pl. 8. figs. 13, 14. Carapace, as seen from the side, oblong, subrhomboidal, nearly equal in height throughout; length equal to twice the height; anterior extremity rounded, posterior forming about the middle a short obtuse process; superior margin straight or slightly incurved, inferior distinctly sinuated. Seen from above, oblong ovate, widest in the middle; extremities pointed ; width nearly equal to the height. Surface finely punctate and marked by distinct longitudinal ribs with irregular and less distinct cross strie ; central areola dark- coloured, saddle-shaped. Length ;4, inch. Hab, Clifden Bay, above low-water mark; River Ouse at Lynn, and Dungeness Bay, 7 fathoms (Mr. E. C. Davison’s dredgings). Genus CyTHEROPTERON, G. O. Sars. Cytheropteron rectum, Brady. Pl. XX. figs. 6-8. Cytheropteron rectum, Brady, Monog. Recent Brit. Ostrac, p. 476, Of this species, which was not figured in Mr. Brady’s ‘Mo- 372 Messrs. Brady and Robertson on Dredging nograph,’ we now give drawings. It seems to be of very rare occurrence, and we have had no opportunity of seeing the animal. Hab. Westport Bay, 4 fathoms. Genus ScLERocuHILus, G. O. Sars. Sclerochilus (?) gractlis, nov. sp. Pl. XX. figs. 11, 12. Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate, subtriangular, highest in the middle; height much less than one-half of the length; extremities narrowly rounded: superior margin boldly arched, somewhat flattened in the middle ; inferior straight, with a slight median sinuation. Seen from above, com- pressed ovate, widest in front of the middle, extremities pointed; width equal to one-third of the length. Shell per- fectly smooth, milk-white. Length ;'; inch. Hab. At Westport, in company with Cythere gibbosa. Sclerochilus contortus, var. abbreviatus. Pl. XX. figs. 15, 16. This seems to bear much the same relation to the normal form of S. contortus as Paradoxostoma abbreviatum does to P. variabile; but, from the small number of specimens yet observed, we hesitate to describe it as a distinct species, not’ having been able to investigate the anatomy of the animal. Hab, Clifden Bay, above low-water mark. Fam. Polycopide. Genus PoLycopr, G. O. Sars. Polycope compressa, nov. sp. Pl. XXI. figs. 5-11. Carapace, as seen from the side, almost circular, the length bemg but slightly greater than the height. Seen from above, compressed, oblong, widest in front of the middle ; width scarcely equalling half the length, rounded in front, obtusely pointed behind. Surface of the shell perfectly smooth; colour yellowish white. The free margins of the valves are minutely denticulate, with about fifteen small sharp teeth. Diameter 4; inch. Hab. Clifden Bay, in 4 fathoms, on a fine gravelly bottom ; also off Eddystone Lighthouse; and in a gathering from the harbour of Messina, about 8 fathoms, for which we are indebted to the kindness of Dr. Dohrn. The much more compressed character of the valves, the denticulated edges, and absence of surface-sculpture at once distinguish this from the only hitherto described species of the genus, P. orbicular’s. Several specimens were captured; and in the West of Ireland. 373 their motions, while in a bottle of sea-water, were noticed to be extremely lively. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE XVIII. . Bairdia fulva, seen from the left side. . The same, seen from above. . The same, seen from below. . The same, seen from the front. . Cypridopsis obesa (female), seen from the left side. . The same, seen from below. . The same, seen from the front. . Limnicythere Sancti-Patricti (female), seen from left side. . The same, seen from above. Fig. 10, The same, seen from below. Fig. 11. The same, seen from the front. a x 60. — SSS SIs" CO DONG OUR COLO PLATE XIX, . Cythere porcellanea (female), seen from the left side. ) . The same, seen from below. The same (male), seen from the left side. The same, seen from below. . Cythere Macallana (female), seen from the left side. +x G0. . The same, seen from above. . The same, seen from below. . The same (male), seen from the left side. . The same, seen from below. 2 Fig. 10. Cythere pellucida (female), seen from the left side. | x 40 a e . . SoS . . CO OO IS? OVE Co bo Fig. 11. The same, seen from below. Fig. 12. The same ’(male), seen from the left side. Fig. 13. Cythere cicatricosa, seen from the left side. | x 60 Fig. 14. The same, seen from above. , Fig. 15. Cythere castanea (female), seen from the left side. Fig. 16. The same, seen from above. Fig. 17. The same (male), seen from the left side. Fig. 18. The same, seen from above. x 40. PLATE XX. . The same, seen from above. . Cytherura flavescens, seen from the left side. Fig. 14. The same, seen from below. Fig. 15. Sclerochilus contortus, var. abbreviatus, seen from right side, Fig. 16. The same, seen from above. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 28 x Ss | NE OE >) Fig. 1. Cythere pulchella (male), seen from the left side. ) Fig. 2. The same, seen from above. ! Fig. 3. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 4. Aglaia complanata, seen from the left side. Fig. 5. The same, seen from above. Fig. 6. Cytheropteron rectum (male ?), seen from the left side. Fig. 7. The same, seen from below. | Fig. 8. The same, seen from behind. 60 Fig. 9. Cytheridea cornea, seen from the left side. oes Fig. 10. The same, seen from above. | Fig. 11. Sclerochilus gracilis, seen from the left side. a4 Mr. T. Davidson on some recent PLATE X XI. _ 1. Cythere gibbosa (female ?), seen from the left side. ig. 2. The same, seen from above. x 60. Fig. 5. The same, seen from the front. Fig. 4. Limnicythere Sancti-Patricti; abdomen of female (?) : a, abdomen ; b, postabdominal ramus (?); ¢, copulative organs(?). 210, 5. Polycope compressa, seen from the left side. a] Fig. 6, The same, seen from above. | 7. The same, seen from behind. : 8. The same, right valve, from inside, showing hinge-joint f and serrulated margin. J Fig. 9. The same, superior antenna. Fig. 10. The same, inferior antenna. x 210. Fig. 11. The same, postabdominal ramus. ( Fg. 12. Eucythere declivis, var. prava (female), seen from left side. Fig. 13. The same, seen from above. x 40. Fig. 14. The same (male), seen from the left side. { PrATE XO: Fg. 1. Ophianoplus annulosus, fragment of ray, dredged in Birterbuy Bay; natural size. Fig. 2. The same, disk, seen from above, with one ray ; a little larger than natural size. 3. The same, base of a ray, with portion of disk, seen from below: a, madrepore-plate ; 6 6, smaller, and ¢ c, larger mouth-papille. Fig. 4. The same, portion of ray, seen from below, denuded of spines. 5. The same, from above. ‘ig. 6. The same, transverse section of ray near the middle: a, outer, b, inner foot-papille. (Figs. 2-6 after Sars. ) Fig. 7. Exunguia stilipes, upper antenna, x 84, Fig. 8. The same, lower antenna, x 84. vg. 9. The same, maxilliped, x 210. Fg. 10. The same, first gnathopod, x 84. Fig. 11. The same, second gnathopod, x 84. Fiy. 12. The same, last segments of body, showing telson and uropod, x 84. XLVI.—Notes on some vecent Mediterranean Species of Bra- chiopoda. By Tuomas Davipson, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e. WuiLE I was recently at Nice, it was suggested by our dis- tinguished naturalist Mr. J. G. Jeffreys that | should carefully examine the original specimens of the Mediterranean species of Brachiopoda described by Antonio Risso*, in order to clear away some uncertainty still prevailing with reference to the correct identification and specific value of that author’s species. Risso’s knowledge of the Mollusca, both recent and fossil, was considerably inferior to his amount of information regarding * Histoire Naturelle des principales Productions de l'Europe Méri- dionale, et particuliérement de celles des Environs de Nice et des Alpes Maritimes, vol. iv. 1826. Mediterranean Species of Brachiopoda. 375 fishes and crustacea; consequently we must not be surprised to find so large an amount of error in the work above speci- fied. During his lifetime few were permitted access to his collection, which at his death was found in great confusion ; but since that time it has been put into good order, and is liberally shown at the Villa Risso by his nephew, Sig. J. B. Risso, consul of the Nicaraguan republic. ‘The shells have been cleaned, remounted, and rearranged with much care by Mr. Haas, a local amateur, likewise possessor of a fine series 7 recent shells. From this examination I have determined that :-— Terebratula emarginata and T. quadrata, Risso, are synonyms of Terebratulina caput-serpentis (Linneeus, sp.). Terebratula truncata, Risso, is the Megerlea (Anomia) truncata of Linnzus. Terebratula cuneata and T. Soldaniana, Risso, are both refer- able to a single species, for which the designation of Argrope cuneata (Risso,sp.) must be retained. Orthis pera (Miihlfeldt) is another synonym. LTerebratula urna-antiqua, Risso, is undoubtedly a synonym 7) ? of Argiope decollata (Gmelin, sp.). Terebratula cordata, Risso. In this collection we find a spe- cimen of Argiope (Ter.) neapolitana labelled as the type of Risso’s ¢ordata, which I am inclined to consider correct. Risso did not figure his species; and his description is in- sufficient. I therefore question whether we are justified in preferring the term cordata to the well-known one of Ar- gtope ( Ter.) neapolitana, Scacchi, described in 1833. Terebratula cardita, Risso. The figured specimen is no longer in the collection; but an example of 7. cordata, = A. neapolitana, is labelled cardita. This is, no doubt, a mis- take ; for the specimen does not resemble the figure, bad as are all Risso’s figures. Mr. Jeffreys and myself are of opinion that the incorrect figure of 7. cardita, upon which Risso’s description was probably founded, was a specimen of Argiope decollata. ‘Therefore it will be necessary to ex- clude the term 7. cardita from the list of Mediterranean Brachiopoda. Terebratula aculeata, Risso, is no longer to be found in the collection; and as no figure is appended to the otherwise imperfect description, we are left without means of ascer- taining what the shell really was ; and the name will require to be erased from the list of Mediterranean shells. Thecidium mediterraneum, Risso, is a good and well-known species. 28* 376 On Recent Mediterranean Species of Brachiopoda. I regret to add I could make out nothing certain or useful relative to the fossil species described by our author. The collection, it is true, contains a great number of fossil Brachio- poda, which were, no doubt, obtained from the Tertiary, Cre- taceous, and Jurassic rocks, which occur plentifully in the neighbourhood of Nice, Italy, &c.; but as no figures accom- pany his scanty descriptions, and as the labels no longer exist or else are unrecognizable, those so-termed species become valueless for scientific purposes. During my sojourn at Nice, I endeavoured to ascertain from Sig. Andrea Aradas, Professor at the University of Catania, in Nicily, what his Terebratula Spada really was, since it had been insufficiently figured by him in 1847; but not having been favoured with a reply, and not having seen the shell itself, the details here given must be regarded as provisional. This shell in size and shape much resembles certain delicately ribbed varieties of the Waldheimia flavescens, Lamarck, = australis, Quoy, of which the present known habitat is South Australia. Sig. Aradas mentions having found it only upon one occasion in the Mediterranean*. Its loop is long and similar to that of the species last named; and it is worthy of notice that no species or other specimen of Waldheimia has hitherto been dredged from the Mediterranean by any of the many naturalists that have searched that sea, the nearest spot being Vigo Bay, where Mr. R. MacAndrew once dredged two dwarfed specimens of Waldheimia cranium. I have since been assured by Sig. Seguenza, of Messina, that Sig. Aradas’s specimen of WW. Spada had been carefully examined by an experienced conchologist, who had pronounced it to belong to Waldheimia flavescens, and who does not believe it to be a Mediterranean shell, in which assumption I completely concur. I now hasten to recognize Prof. O.G. Costa’s priority of publication with reference to his genus Platidia. The dis- covery of the shell termed Orthis anomioides is due to Scacchi; but that of its internal organization and generic character seems to have been made simultaneously and quite indepen- dently by Prof. Costa and myself; and, indeed, it was only recently that, having procured a copy of that gentleman’s work, ‘ Fauna del regno di Napoli,’ I found out for the first time [ had been anticipated by three months and a few days in the publication of my genus Morrisia, which is the same as his Platidia. At page 47 of the work above named, pub- * Nel Mare di Aci-Trezza, near Sicily. On the Animal of the Organ-pipe Coral. 377 lished on the 6th of January 1852, Prof. Costa enters upon lengthened details in connexion with his genus, of which the Orthis anomioides, Scacchi, is stated to be the type; he also, in pl. 3 bis, gives illustrations of its internal details. In the ‘Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for May 1852, will be found my description and figures of the Morrisia anomioides ; and it is singular that none of the many conchologists and paleon- tologists who have adopted my genus should have been ac- quainted with Costa’s work, or been aware of his genus and priority. XLVII.—Notes on the Animal of the Organ-pipe Coral (Tubi- pora musica). By Ep. PercevaL Wricut, M.D., F.L.S., Professor of Botany and Zoology, Trinity College, Dublin. [Plate XXIII] Here and there, all along many of the fine sandy bays of Mahé and Praslin, will be found, cast up by the tide, masses of various sizes of the bright-red skeleton of the well-known organ-pipe coral; and in some places the finely broken-up fragments are so mixed up with the sand as to impart to it a slight red colour. Finding the skeletons so common, | ex- pected with a little search to discover the living coral zn situ, and with this object in view I searched many a mile of coral- reef, but without success. Hearing from some of the fisher- men that, on a bank famous for such fine fish as Mesoprion erythrinus, Gerres argyreus, &c., quantities of red coral were often brought up on their hooks, I proceeded to the spot, and found large quantities of the skeletons of Tubipora musica, but no trace of the polyps. In October of 1867 I was resi- ding on the eastern side of Praslin; and, taking advantage of the “grandes marées” of that month, I investigated very closely the extensive coral-reefs on the western side of the beautiful little island called Curieuse. My plan was to com- mence work about two hours before low water. Sending a small pirogue to row beside the outer edge of the reef, which here encircles the land, I used to walk along this edge, at- tended by Edward, the black captain of my black crew. His duty was to carry glass jars, to which to put my captures, and to help me in my encounters with eels and cuttlefish ; while by the aid of the pirogue I could cross over the deep gullies which very frequently occurred in the coral-reef, with- out the necessity of having to go to the shore so as to get round them. I need scarcely say that even when wading to my waist in the tepid waters, and half a mile from the shore, 378 Dr. E. P. Wright on the Animal I could see, when the sea was tranquil, the surface of the reef as distinctly as if it were only covered by an inch or two of water. I had walked over this and other coral-reefs so very often, that I had not on this occasion much hope of discover- ing anything new. The surface on which I walked was a perfect carpet of a pretty bluish-green Xenia, interspersed here and there with patches of a bright scarlet and of a green alea. Sometimes, when a small heap of dead coral was met with and turned over, a large cuttlefish would endeavour, and sometimes successfully, to eet over the edge of the reef, and then away. Large specimens of that fine Holothuroid Mail- leria nobilis, and at intervals a Culcita, would be seen and col- lected. The edges of the gullies actually bristled with the long spines of Diadema Savigny?. The pain caused by in- cautiously touching the spines of the species of this genus 1s very great—so great that I have had my arm and hand quite benumbed by it for some hours. At one spot, near the very edge of deep water, my foot sank in some soft yet brittle stuff, and, from the sensation, I knew I had crushed some coral- structure that I had not before met with. On examination, this proved to be a bunch of the Tubipora, which was grow- ing parasitically on a large rock of Madrepore ; and now that I found the habitat of this species, I had no dificulty i in find- ing any quantity of it. Some masses were two feet in dia- meter : but it more usually occurred in regular lumps of about twelve inches in circumference and from two to four inches in height. Very frequently it was covered over with tufts of a small green confervoid alga, or of some sessile halichondroid sponge; and under such circumstances the red colour of the polypidom was, of course, not conspicuous. The crowns of tentacles, like so many stars, were of a greenish colour. Some few pieces were found elevated on a stalk, as if the budding of the original individual polyp had advanced for some time in an upward and then in an outward direction. The polyps were very sensitive, and quickly contracted them- selves ; nor were they, like the polyps of Yenda, at all quick to show themselves after they had been once alarmed. My residence at Mahé after the discovery of the living animals of this coral was too short to admit of my investigating their development; but a very casual examination showed that the tubes were made up of spicules coalesced together, which were found free and distinct on the upper margin of the tube, and that the tentacles were also thickly covered over with minute pale-coloured spicules. As the differences between the species of the genus 7ubi- pora are not appreciable without an examination of the polyps, of the Organ-pipe Coral. 379 perhaps there may always be some doubt as to which species is entitled to be called musica; but as the Linnean species came from the Indian Ocean, I think I may fairly assume that the Seychelles species is the Zubipora musica, Linn., the Haleyonium rubrum indicum of Rumphius ; and if so, I can- not find that the polyps have hitherto been dissected. In Prof. Kélliker’s short notes on ‘ Polymorphism in various Genera of Aleyonaria’’*,he mentions having examined a species of Tubipora trom the Viti archipelago, which had been pre- served in spirits. The species is not mentioned, but is pro- bably one of the two species described by Dana as from the Fiji or Viti Islands, both of which differ specifically, as I take it, from the Indian-Ocean species. The polyp consists of eight pimnate tentacles, each tentacle with from fifteen to seventeen pinne on either side; these tentacles are thickly studded with spicules of an oval shape, flat, somewhat longer than broad; they closely resemble the lenticular spicules of Kélliker: they are met with all over the tentacle, down the centre of which there is one compact row, forming as it were a midrib; they are often slightly compressed in the centre, so as to form a figure of eight. In the centre of the tentacles is the mouth, with a slightly raised circular lip. When the polyp is alarmed, the tentacles are first closed together, and then the polyp sinks down quite into the tube; as it becomes more completely retracted, it draws in after it the uppermost portion of the tube itself, in- verting this and folding it in, until the open mouth of the tube is thereby completely filled. It is, of course, only the yet spicular, and not the solid portion of the tube that is thus in- verted; and the folds thus formed equal in number the tenta- cles. I have more than once traced these spicular portions up to the very base of the tentacles, where the fusiform spicules end and the characteristic tentacle-and body-spiculescommence, these spicules thus forming a series of triangular spaces, the bases of which join on with the hardened edge of the tube, and the apices are situated at the base of each tentacle. The spicules secreted by this portion of the ectodermic layer are of -several sorts :—First, the warty fusiform spicule, so commonly met with in the Alcyonide; these spicules will be found in all stages of growth and of coalescence: thus at the upper portion of the edge of the tube, where it is non-retractile, the calcareous tissue will be found to consist of a series of them, partially joined together and making a kind of coarse open net- work (fig. 10), which, on being macerated in caustic potash, does * Verhand]. d. phys.-med. Gesellschaft in Wiirzburg, Dec. 28, 1867, and Zoological Record for 1867, p. 661. 380 Dr. E. P. Wright on the Animal not fall to pieces; but the retractile portion, on being subjected to the same treatment, breaks up into a mass of minute indivi- dual spicules (fig. 8). The red colouring-matter would appear not to reside in these latter spicules; for those that I have exa- mined are colourless, presenting in this a marked contrast to the spicules of Melithea coccinea, which retain their red or yellowish-red colour after being exposed to the action of the caustic alkali. A second form of spicule is met with in the retractile portions of the tube; it closely resembles that form of spicule described by Kolliker as occurring in Hunicea fusca (Taf. 18. fig. 19), which I think might be called “ shuttlecock.” While all the forms of spicules met with seem to occupy cer- tain definite portions of the ectodermic layer, yet there is an evident gradation between them, from the smooth fusiform spi- cule to the most irregularly warty forms, which leads naturally to the inference that all these forms are but different stages of growth, by the aggregation of new calcareous material, until the solid tubular structure so long known to us is at last reached. The mouth, which is circular, is distinctly marked, and leads into the stomachal cavity, which is small; the stomachal cavity is separated by a thin and delicate membrane from the general body-cavity. I have not been able to determine with exactness the number of openings between these two portions. The ovaries are in the general cavity, and are invested by a delicate membrane, which is continued in the form of eight mesenteric slender bands to the body of the tube, as is seen in fig. 6. Ae his ‘Icones Histologice,’ Prof. Kélliker, when treating of the hardened connective tissue met with in the Alcyonaria, divides the denser structures into :— I. Hard structures which are in substance made up of small isolated bodies of a fixed shape (such as the calcareous spi- cules of Aleyonide). II. Hard structures forming a more or less compact structure. Of these there exist :— 1. Hard calcareous bodies, either isolated or coalesced to- gether, and in combination with a horny or chalky inter- nodal substance, or occurring alone as coalesced calca- reous substance. (Axis of Mclithwacex, Sclerogorgiacez, and Coralline.) 2. Lamellated structures, which may be formed as secre- tions, and which, when calcified, leave, after the removal of the salts, an organic remainder preserving the same outline. Here belong :— of the Organ-pipe Coral. 381 a. 'The horny axis of Gorgonide and Antipathide, and the horny internodes of /s7s. b. The more or less calcified lamellose axis of Gorgonide (Primnoa, Plicaurella, Isis, &c.) and Pennatulide. 3. Crystalline structure, which seems to increase through a deposit of chalk from a preexisting structure, as, after the removal of all the salts, there is still left a small, almost inappreciable organic residue. Here are placed : a. The greater number of those polyps with merely super- ficial skeletons (7ubipora) ; and b. Structures like the chalky skeletons of the Madrepores. The structure, however, of the skeleton of Tubipora, as will be seen from the above, is certainly not crystalline; and the manner in which it is deposited differs in no essential parti- cular from that described in section II. 1. Fusiform spicules are secreted by the ectodermic layer; these spicules around the base of the tentacles are of a white colour, and in many cases are simply fusiform, not warty; but those at a little distance from the base of the tentacles not only assume a light- red colour, but become crowded over with warty excrescences, and there is then to be found a gradual growing together and consolidation of those around the edge of the tube—that is, where this is formed. In the case of a young bud, there is at first no tube, the spicules having not yet become coalesced ; they are here simply placed side by side. 1 regret very much that I had no opportunity of watching the development of the egg of Tubipora, or even of seeing the formation by budding of the attached zooid forms. From an examination, however, of a large series of specimens, it is, I think, pretty evident that the external tabule are formed in the first instance as flattened offshoots from the upper edges of the tubes. Thus in many instances flat plates will be found to project from the upper and still soft portion of the tube ; this plate will consist of a fold of ectoderm, into which some of the endodermic layer is tucked: spicules are freely secreted in the outer layer of this fold, which 1s of a bright-red colour; and in one or two instances a small swelling was seen to arise from the free end of this lateral fold-like prolongation of the tube. I have little doubt that these swellings were the starting- points of fresh polyps. It must not be forgotten that while in some masses of 7’ubipora the skeleton-tubes were all close to- gether, and the polyps all on the same level, in many others the masses vere very much less compact and the polyps were growing in an irregular manner. The polyp certainly can and does constantly add to the 382 On the Animal of the Organ-pipe Coral. height of its tube; or, in other words, the spicules are being constantly consolidated into the tube, and the tube thus in- creases in height. In some cases I have been able to trace the mesenteric bands, which attach the lower portion of the body of the polyp to the walls of the skeleton-tube, as far as the second external septum in depth; and it is very evident that as the outer walls of the tube become consolidated, not only does the tube become elongated, but the polyp elevates itself at the same time in the tube. I am inclined, with Milne-Edwards, to regard the genus Tubipora as belonging to the first family of the order Aleyo- naria, viz. Aleyonide, but would place it as a separate section of the subfamily Aleyonine. Thus we should have Order ALCYONARIA. Family 1. Alcyonide. Subfamily 1. Corwvzari 2. is 2. Arcronrva; and, dividing this into three sections, as follows :— ALCYONINE. (1.) Naked or soft, as Alcyontum. (11.) Armed with large spicules, as Nephthya. (111.) Tubed; tubes formed of coalesced spicules, as in Tubipora. Some may perhaps consider it advisable to give more weight to the great difference in the calcareous secretions, and place the genus in a subfamily to rank as a third subfamily of the Aleyonide, called Tubiporine, which would be characterized by having lenticular spicules developed in the tentacles, the fusiform spicules of the outer body-layer forming dense hard tubes united to each other by calcareous septa. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIII. Fig. 1. Mass of Tubipora musica, nat. size. Fig. 2. The same, to show the buds. 3. Polyps, seen from above, three expanded; from the side of the retracted polyp which is seen in the lower part of the figure, between the two expanded polyps, will be found the lateral fold-like prolongation of the tube referred to in the text. Fig. 4. Polyps in different stages of expansion and retraction: at e the lateral fold-like prolongation is seen. ig. 5. Mouth, with dirciias lip and four tentacles studded with spicules. Fig. 6. A section through tube and polyp, the latter fully retracted. Jig. 7. Lenticular spicules from the tentacles. Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiaceze and Cordiacee. 383 Fig. 8. Fusiform spicules, plain and warty, from ectodermic layer between base of tentacles and edge of hard tube. Fig. 9. Warty fusiform spicules. Fig. 10. The same, gradually becoming coalesced and forming a rough irregular network at one spot; in another becoming solidified. N.B. All the figures on this Plate have been drawn by Mr. Ford from specimens preserved in spirits. It need not be said that they are accurate representations of the structures thus preserved; yet they would un- doubtedly have been much more life-like had they been drawn by Mr. Ford from living specimens. Figure 3, however, is not only an accurate but also to my mind a life-like drawing. XLVITI.—On the comparative Carpical Structure of the Ehretiacee and Cordiacee. By JoHn Miers, F.R.S., FE:L.8., &c. Tus far the carpical structure of the Lhretiacee has been explained, especially under the typical form of Hhretia; and it will tend to a better comprehension of the subject if I offer a few observations upon Cordia, because a very distinguished botanist has proposed to amalgamate Hhretiacee with Cor- diacee. M. Baillon, in an instructive analysis of the ovary of Cordia (Adans. i. 1, pl. 1), points to the analogy existing in the early development of the ovaries of Cordia and Heliotro- pium, and, without sufficient consideration of the subject, he pronounces these two genera to be inseparable; and, as the latter has been referred by some to Hhretiacee, he would unite the Cordiee, Ehretiew, Heliotropier, and Borraginee into one family (Cordiacee). He thus divides it into two groups :— 1. Borraginee proper. 2. Cordiacee, subdivided into A. Oordiew, having an embryo with plicated cotyledons. B. Heliotropiew, with simple cotyledons, without albumen. c. Tournefortiee, with simple cotyledons, with albumen. But he does not state in which of these he would place the Ehretiacee. These were the inferences he drew from his examination of the ovary of Cordia ferruginea ; and he figured in the drawing above quoted the different stages observed from the period of the earliest development. He depicts the formation of two rudimentary carpels, which, by the inflexion of their margins, form alow dome with a unilocular cavity, in the bottom of which, intermediate between the four cardinal points, he per- ceived the evolution of four ovules, fixed in the base upon as many placentary ridges, while between them four septiform enlargements emanated from the wall of the cell at those car- dinal points, leaving as many shallow fossets in the base d84 Mr. J. Miers on the comparative Carpical of the cell, where the ovules became ensconced; the parietal emanations tapered upwards, gradually closing and joining together so as to form the style and stigma ; and while the cells thus produced continue to grow downwards, the anatropous ovules remain attached to their origimal placentary supports, with their micropyles pointing upwards. At this stage, M. Baillon’s description ceases, and he does not relate what occurs in the further development of Cordia, or what takes place in Heliotropium or Ehretia. The differences in these subsequent developments may, however, be summarized in the following manner. In Cordva the four parietal emanations gradually approach each other, to form four equal partitions united in the axis, so that, at the period of flowering, the ovary is completely 4- -celled, with a single subanatropous ovule in each cell, attached to the internal angle by a point below its apex or by its middle: the completion ‘of this growth results in a drupaceous fruit, with a 4-celled osseous nut, each cell with a single seed suspended from below the summit, with a descending raphe terminating in the basal chalaza, the radicle of the exalbuminous seed being superior, and the cotyledons singularly plicated length- wise. In the base and centre of the nut a large hollow is seen filled with placentary tissue, from which four sets of nourish- ing vessels issue, penetrating through a minute perforation near the summit of each cell, and terminating in the hilar attachment of the seeds. ‘These are the very ‘peculiar trans- formations that serve to distinguish the Cordiacee from all other developments of the same alliance. In Ehretia, the ovary at an early stage is developed much after the manner of Cordia: the rudiments of four ovules emanate at the same points, and we see four similar inter- mediate parietal enlargements ; but the basal placentary ndges combine to form a compressed elevated line, running from front to back across the axis, which continues to grow upwards, carrying the ovules with it, or, what amounts to the same thing, the principal growth of the whole takes place downwards; and in this manner the placentary columella is produced, which M. Baillon does not seem to have noticed. On the other hand, the parietal enlargements do not meet round the axis, as in Cordia, but are thrust aside after a while; the sinister and dexter emanations form semisepta, which, on approaching the columella, become suddenly reflected both ways, in parallel directions, to meet the corresponding parietal growths from the anterior and posterior walls: the consequence is that, at the period of the perfection of the flower, we see two bilocular carpels, each cell having a suspended ovule, while a vacant Structure of the Ehretiacese and Cordiacee. 385 space runs across the axis anteriorly and posteriorly, filled with a compressed plate, which is the columella that supplies the nourishing vessels for the growth of ovules and seeds. This growth is constant throughout the Hhretiacee. The sub- sequent developments of the fruit in the different genera become modified in the manner already described. In the Borraginacee there exists in the earlier stages a normally bicarpal development very similar to that of Cordia; but during the subsequent growth there is a tendency to a separation of the whole into four carpels, more or less bi- geminately combined in pairs; the style remains free in the centre, supported upon a common gynobase, upon which the four carpels are affixed, and from which their ovules and seeds derive their nourishing vessels. This constitutes a subfamily marked by many peculiar characters: it requires, however, a thorough reinvestigation. In the Heliotropiaceew, the ovary, normally as well as at maturity, is bicarpellary, and the carpels are seated upon a conical gynobase of half their height. The style is usually very short, thick, and suddenly enlarged into a pulvinate or discoid form ; and this is terminated by two sessile stigmata, more or less abbreviated. The fruit is generally exsuccous, divisible into four single or into two bilocular nuts ; when four nuts are produced, there is a short placentary process that rises from the gynobase, to which the nucules are attached, and which answers the purpose of the columella seen in the Ehretiacee, in affording nutrition to the seeds; they are not bigeminately connected, as in that family. Hence it will be seen that the Cordiacea possess characters which amply distinguish them from the Lhretiacee, Heliotro- piacee, and Borraginacee. Nearly all the species of the family have been huddled into the single genus Cordia, be- cause no one has taken the trouble to ascertain their true characters, their examination having been singularly neglected. It is remarkable that, among the 175 species of Cordia enu- merated by De Candolle in his ‘ Prodromus,’ the number of cells existing in the fruit is mentioned in only four cases, and utter silence is maintained throughout the whole in regard to the number of cells in the ovary, even in the generic charac- ter; and the point of suspension of the ovules and attachment of the seeds is everywhere ignored. Prof. Fresenius, in working the monograph of the family for Martius’s ‘ Flora Brasiliensis,’ contents himself with a few words in stating the ordinal character: in regard to its 4-locular ovary, he merely says there is an anatropous ovule in each cell, appended from the summit (which is not exactly true); and in regard to the 386 Mr. J. Miers on the comparative Carpical seeds, he is silent about the existence of integuments, raphe, or chalaza, and none of his many analytical figures gives any information upon these subjects. It is to be regretted that a very small amount of reliable information has been recorded concerning the carpical struc- ture of the family. Among the few analyses that have been published, that of Gaertner is the most important: he shows in his work (1. 364, tab. 76. fig. 1) that of Cordia (Sebestena) Myzxa, where the seed is suspended a little below the summit, with a raphe descending from that point to the base, its small radicle being superior, and its large fleshy coty ledons deeply plicated. A very different version ‘of this structure, in a plant which he called Cordia Myxa, is given in Wight’ s ‘ Ilustra- tions,’ pl. 169: in the ovary the ovules are there shown to be quite erect, fixed in the basal angle of each cell; in the fruit the point of the attachment of the seed is not indicated, though it is drawn separately in fig. 11, without any mark of raphe ¢ or chalaza. This analysis is drawn by an Indian artist, and shows evident marks of inaccuracy ; for the embryo, as shown in figs. 11 and 12, has a long pointed radicle, which is inferior (instead of superior). I therefore place more reliance upon the analysis of Gaertner, which is more conformable with my own observations, as will be shown presently. Wight’s ‘ Tcones,’ also drawn by Indian artists, show the ovules in the same position as that indicated in the ‘ Illustrations,’ in two other species of Cordia, in pls. 1379 and 1381, while in three other cases they are attached by their middle, as seen in plates 469, 1378, and 1380, which agrees with what I have generally found in the Brazilian species of Cordia. Prof. A. De Candolle, in a note to the genus Varronia (Prodr. ix. 468), states that the ovules are there laterally affixed to the internal angle of the cells; and, again, in another note (p. 471) he adds that he found the ovules in C. gerascanthus attached as in Varronia, and that in C. Chamissoniana (a closely allied species) the point of attachment is nearer the base; but my observations upon the same species convince me that the connexion is at the middle, rather above than below it: in C. discolor he found the ovules fixed as in Varronia. My examination of the uni- locular nut of Cordia glabra shows that the seed, which tightly fits the cell, is attached by a somewhat broad hilum to a spot a little below the middle of the cell, from which point a line of raphe, imbedded between the two integuments *, descends * The seed, as stated by Gaertner, has two integuments: the outer one, of very friable texture, quite white, i is composed of numerous large cells rather laxly agglutinated together; but it adheres firmly to the inner integument, which is opaque, very finely reticulated, like an extremely Structure of the Ehretiacese and Cordiacee. 387 to a small basal chalaza; at the base of the nut, on the same side, a compressed open channel is seen, leading to the small abortive cells, filled with a chord of nourishing vessels which communicate with the hilum of the fertile seed. I have exa- mined the ovaries and fruits of many Brazilian species of Cordia, all giving nearly similar results; and we may infer, from the preponderance of all this evidence, with a tolerable degree of confidence, that the ovules in the ovary or the seeds in their nuts are never affixed to the base of the cells, but are always attached nearer their middle, either above or below it, in the internal angle. In addition to this evidence, Roxburgh affirms of C. serrata that its ovules are affixed in the axis. The Cordia Myxa of Roxburgh appears to me a very a ferent plant from that figured by Wight, under that name, his ‘ Illustrations,’ in which the leaves are larger and the fut is more than double the size. I have examined the fruit ot Cordia oblongifolia, Thw., which corresponds completely in ris especially in the persistent calyx, with the figure of C. Myxa in Wight’s ‘ Illustrations.’ Here the drupe is almost Golan, with a short conical apex, and is seated in a thick, striated, cupular calyx, with a denticulated margin ; the peri- carp is ’ extraordinarily thick, composed of maieraael coarse woody fibres, after the manner of a cocoa- -nut, within which is a fleshy mesocarp that envelops the nut: this nut is scarcely more than half the length and one-third the breadth of the pericarp, and is marked externally with a few deep hollow punctures ; it has two fertile cells (the other two being abor- tive), with a large hollow cavity in the base, which is con- tinued up the axis in a narrow channel which is open at the toothed apex of the nut; here the seed in each cell is attached by its middle, certainly not below it, at the point where the placentary vessels from the central columella enter the cells m communication with the descending raphe. Roxburgh’s Cordia monoica has a much smaller drupe, which is oblong, only $ inch long, with a much thinner, fibrous pericarp, and a fleshy mesocarp covering a nut which has only a single seed, attached near its middle. Corda Bantamensis, Bl., a species closely allied to the above, has an oblong apiculated drupe, longer and narrower than in C. oblongifolia, seated in its cupular’ calyx: the nut is 1-celled, with the indications of thin waxy albumen; it is polished inside, and marked with several lon- gitudinal nerye-like lines, nProouees by pressure between the plicatures of the cotyledons: but both these integuments are quite void of any vessels, except those of the raphe, which are enclosed in a sheath imbedded between them. 388 Mr. J. Miers on the Ehretiacese and Cordiaceer. three abortive cells; the seed is here fixed above the middle of the cell, with a conspicuous descending raphe terminating in the basal chalaza. Myxca will make a good genus com- posed of several species, only a comparatively small portion of the 122 species classed in the section Mya by De Candolle. Cordia might conveniently be divided into several genera, for which good differential characters now exist. The form and estivation of the calyx have already served for sectional divi- sions; but those of the corolla have been little attended to. Prof. De Candolle has noticed that the border of the corolla is campanulate and plicated convolutely in Varronia, as in the Convolvulacee ; in C. decandra, Hook. & Arn., and C, angto- carpa, Kich., the stamens are twice or three times the usual number, and the lobes of the corolla, which are equally nu- merous, have a contorsively imbricated estivation: in some species the border is corrugated, but im general the lobes of the border are quineuncially imbricated, in estivation. It has not been noticed that in all the species forming the section Gerascanthus the border is cleft to the base into five equal flat lobes, which in estivation are folded sinistrorsely, as in Echites: this generic name, established by P. Brown, might therefore be restored. The section habdocalyx has one lobe of the border external in estivation, while the other four are convoluted. The characters of the stamens and fruit afford other good indications. Besides the features I have men- tioned as distinguishing Myxa, may be added that of its polygamous or moncecious flowers. Cordia, indeed, stands in much need of a thorough careful examination and redistri- bution. There is one point deserving of notice—that, from some un- known cause, it rarely happens in Cordia that more than one ovule becomes fertilized; and this occurs equally in the plants of the Old and New World. The drupaceous nut is usually more or less gibbous and one-celled, with the seed attached as above described, in which case the abortive cells are generally seen on the flattened side, above the middle. May this almost constant abortion be owing to a defect in the stigmata, or to the puncture of insects, attracted perhaps by the nectariferous gland? I have seen cases where the flowers on a branch ap- peared quite perfect, but there was hardly one ovary in the whole that had not been attacked by a minute grub. On a future occasion I will call attention to a new group of plants (the Awaxemmacee), closely allied to Cordiacee, distin- guished by the great augmentation of the calyx in fruit, by the peculiar estivation of the corolla, and by its atropous ovules and seeds. Mr. F. Smith on Wasps and their Habits. 389 XLIX.— Wasps and their Habits. By Freperick Suira, of the British Museum, V.P. Ent. Soc., &e. THE title of this communication is also that of a very able and interesting paper by Mr. Benjamin D. Walsh, published in the ‘American Entomologist’ for March 1869. This paper contains a vast amount of information relative to the economy of a variety of species of insects, some belonging to the Ves- ee proper, others to the fossorial group, popularly called and-Wasps. Several of the histories will be new to English entomologists, others will prove highly interesting and con- firmatory of accounts given by previous observers. I purpose to make a few observations on the different spe- cies and their histories, in the order in which they follow in Mr. Walsh’s paper. Sixteen years ago I published a short paper on the eco- nomy of Agenia punctum, in which I expressed an opinion that none of the sand-wasps are parasitic; and subsequent ob- servation has not led me to adopt a contrary one*. Mr.Walsh is of opinion that one genus, Ceropales, consisting of numerous species, is parasitic, and he assumes to have proved his case. I offer my remarks in no captious spirit, but simply as an expression of opinion upon this subject, as well as upon some others contained in the paper, for the sole purpose of arriving at the true facts of the case, and also for the purpose of doing justice to previous observers, who have in more instances than one preceded Mr. Walsh, who is not acquainted with the works in which they made their discoveries known. The first opinion from which I dissent is contained in the following quotation:—‘‘ Some authors have supposed that certain species of digger wasps open their nests from time to time, to furnish their young larvee with fresh supplies of ap- propriate food. Strictly speaking, the digger wasps do not feed their larve at all: they collect suitable food in a suitable nest, lay an egg therein, close up the nest, and then leave it for ever.” In my work on the Fossorial Hymenoptera I have stated that I have frequently reared Mellinus arvensis from the larval state: this insect provisions her nest with Diptera ; and I have obtained from burrows, in a hard sand-bank, cells containing the requisite number of flies, usually four, sometimes five, according to the size of the species of flies selected (for the insect selects Muscidee as well as Syrphide) ; and I have found the egg attached to one of the flies, deposited at the end of the cell. I have also obtained cells containing only two flies ; but in such a case the egg was attached to one * In this remark I do not include the Scoliade. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. iii, 29 390 Mr. F. Smith on Wasps and their Habits. of them; and I have found also an egg attached to a single fly, that being all that was stored up. These insects appear in the autumn, when they can usually store up the required amount of food without interruption ; but they must occasion- ally be hindered in their work by rainy weather; and as the egg hatches usually in five or six days, it must occasionally happen that the store has to be completed at a time when the larva is feeding on the first fly or flies that were deposited. I do not advance this as an instance in which a solitary sand- wasp feeds its larve periodically, but as one in which the spe- cies deviates from the general rule that obtains: the fossorial tribe of insects usually lay up the requisite store of food before they deposit an egg upon it. The habits of a species of the genus Sphex (being one not found in this country, but comprising some of the largest and handsomest hymenopterous insects) are very interesting. ‘The economy detailed is that of Sphex ichnewmonia: this insect burrows into gravelly banks and hard pathways, and stores up a single grasshopper to nourish its future offspring: this is an additional instance recorded that shows the great diversity that frequently occurs in the economy of species belonging to the same genus. Mr. Gosse has most graphically described, in his ‘Sojourn in Jamaica,’ published m 1851, the economy of a large species of Sphex that stores up the caterpillar of a moth. In my published notes on the economy of the genus Cerceris I have recorded the fact of my having captured C. interrupta storing up the little beetle Apion rufirostre; and C. arenaria is well known to prey upon various species of Curculionide : I have at one time observed C. labiata conveying Curculio- nidee to its cells, and at another selecting Haltica tabida. C. ornata, differmg more widely in its choice of provision, selects species of the short-tongued bees, Halictus rubicundus or H. cylindricus being usually its prey. The same species of Fossor does not, therefore, at all times select the same kind of prey: thus Shuckard records the fact of Ammophila viatica stormg up spiders; the same habit has been observed by the Rev. A. Matthews. I have several times observed the same species of Sphex conveying a Lepidopterous larva, but never detected it with a spider. Another instance of variation in the selection of food may be adduced: Tachytes pompiliformis, a most abundant British insect in most sandy situations, frequently stores up a sandy- coloured Lepidopterous caterpillar, but as frequently may be observed preying upon the pup of grasshoppers. Mr. Walsh gives interesting histories of some genera with Mr. F. Smith on Wasps and their Habits. 391 whose habits we were not previously acquainted. Stizus grandis, we learn, provisions its nest with Cicada septemdecem ; Pepsis formosa preys upon Mygale Hentzit, and Chlorion ce- ruleum upon spiders. A great mystery presents itself to Mr. Walsh: one or two suggestions relative to its solution are thrown out, but no opinion expressed. The insects included in the genus Pelo- peus, popularly known by the name of ‘‘ mud-daubers,” have the femora and tibiz almost destitute of spines or bristles; still some species (P. dunatus being an instance) have a few on the tibie, principally on the underside of the anterior pair: they are not, as Mr. Walsh remarks, so bristly as in the genera Sphex and Ammophila, both burrowers in the earth ; but why should they be so when the bristles are of no manner of use to her, any more than they would be to a true wasp? One school of philosophers, Mr. Walsh observes, ‘ will reply that its legs are bristly because, ages and ages ago, in the dim far- away vista of bygone geological years, the genus took its gradual origin from some species that did really dig holes in the ground, and had bristly legs to do so—and that, in con- sequence of the disuse of its bristles for generation after gene- ration, through myriads of geological ages, the bristles them- selves have gradually become shorter, weaker, and less nume- rous.” I would draw attention to one or two circumstances. I first observe that Pelopeus is just as destitute of spines as we find many other insects that are either known to be external builders, or that construct their mud cells in ready-made bur- rows or in some conyenient hole or fissure adapted to their requirements: such insects belong to the genera Agenia, Pem- phredon, Pison, and some others. But I shall perhaps add still further to the mystery when I refer to the habits of one of the commonest species of our sand-wasps, Mellinus arvensis, which is quite as destitute of bristles on the legs as any species of Pelopwus, and yet is a true burrowing sand-wasp. There are hosts of insects with spiny legs that never burrow into any kind of substance— Diptera, for instance ; many species of blowflies are examples. Spines are of use for other purposes than digging ; bees comb and clean themselves with their spiny tibize and tarsi, as well as free themselves from the thin pellicle in which they are enveloped in the pupa state. I have witnessed the operation of escaping from the shroud that envelops the pupa of Ammo- phila sabulosa; and here the use of the bristles becomes very apparent. {r. Walsh is not aware that what he considers to be his 29* 392 Mr. F. Smith on Wasps and their Habits. most important discovery was observed by myself and pub- lished sixteen years ago. Among the Pompilide there is a section that have the anterior tarsi simple (that is, without cilia) and their intermediate and posterior tibiz without spines: such is the character of the division named Agena; but when we examine a large number of exotic species, we find that, although we call them smooth-legged, some species have a few bristles on their tibia—though in such cases they are rudimen- tary or extremely fine. These insects are mud-daubers, con- structing cells after the same fashion as the Pelope?. Mr. Walsh finds their cells usually under the loose bark of trees. The species whose history I published had constructed its cells on the top of a bee-hive that was covered with an old cloth and a pan; from these I bred both sexes of Agenea punctum. Such is the habit of Agenda, a builder of mud cells, and we are led by Mr. Walsh to infer that such is the habit of the entire genus, his conclusions being, of course, drawn from the fact of the species being destitute of armature on the legs; sueh generalizations, however, will be found to have exceptional cases: I have observed one myself. In the north of England, Agenia variegata is not an un- common species; and in the summer of 1852 I observed se- veral females burrowing in a bank of light earth: I also once took a pair running on a bank at Coomb Wood, in Surrey ; and I am inclined to believe this to be the constant habit of that species. I have noticed the fact that some species of sand-wasps have never been observed to burrow, but avail themselves of some ready-formed burrow or hole suitable to their require- ments; as instances of this habit, I may refer to Trypoxylon fugax, a Brazilian species that was found to have used empty cells in a nest of a species of wasp (Polistes). Trypoxylon stores up spiders, as it had done in this instance, and after- wards had closed up the cells with clay. : Mr. Horne has noticed a similar habit in an Indian species of Trypoxylon, which took possession of clay cells constructed by a species of the genus Pison; this insect attaches its cells to twigs and stems of grass, and, as is the habit of Zrypoaxylon, stores up spiders. Here a question may arise as to whether in this instance the Zrypoxylon appropriated the store as well as the cell of Pison; if such were the case, we should have the anomaly of an insect being at one time a provident ereature and at another time a parasite: certainly until such a fact is clearly established, we cannot assume it to be the case; I know of no circumstance that would justify such a conclusion, 7 Mr. F. Smith on Wasps and their Habits. 393 Mr. Walsh obtained five mud cells constructed by Agenia bombycina, an American species; they were ‘all alike, and all of them found in company under the bark of the same tree.” rom these five cells there hatched out, about the end of June 1864, four specimens of Agenia and a single male specimen of a species of Ceropales, a genus of Pompilide: on this evidence Mr. Walsh concludes the habit of parasitism to be proved; but to this I cannot assent. I have just alluded to Trypoxylon being reared from the cells of Pison; in that instance the cells were not deserted ones, but fresh and stored with spiders. Now we know that Trypoxylon is not a parasite, and we are therefore justified in concluding that the insect found a cell built by Péson, in every way adapted to its purposes, and took possession of it. I may remark that the cells of Piéson and those of Trypoxylon are precisely of the same form and mode of construction. Mr. Horne also bred Trypoarylon from a series of cells con- structed by a solitary wasp, a new species of the genus Ptero- chilus: these solitary wasps store their cells with caterpillars ; therefore in this instance, as Trypoxylon stores up spiders, we are led at once to the conclusion that the latter imsect took possession of the cells of the former. Such being the case, I cannot see any reason why Ceropales may not in the same way have taken possession of the cell of Agenda in the in- stance mentioned by Mr. Walsh. I have remarked, in my observations on the genus Cero- pales, in the ‘Monograph of the Fossorial Hymenoptera :’-— ‘“'These insects have been considered parasites on the genus Pompilus ; their legs almost destitute of spines, and the ab- sence of cilia on the tarsi, I am inclined to consider indicative of a peculiar economy.” St. Fargeau considered them to be arasitic insects; and in the same class he placed all the Poadchil Hymenoptera whose legs are destitute of spines : this, however, was, in accordance with his theory, based en- tirely on structure. Subsequent observation has long ago proved his arrangement to be fallacious. Structure in some classes of animals may prove a pretty correct index to habit, but it fails to be so when applied to insects. There is no family among the whole of those which constitute the fossorial section more eminently fossorial in structure than the Scoliade; their legs bristle with spines: yet these insects have long ago been proved by Passerini to be parasites; and when we become acquainted with their habits, we see at once the use of such a structure even in parasitic insects. Scolia flavi- frons has to burrow down to the cell of Oryctes nasicornis ; and other species. have been observed preying also upon 394 Bibliographical Notices. the larva of species of Oryctes. Now it is quite obvious that any theory based upon structure would certainly prove fallacious in the case of Scolia; and it must be borne in mind that, even in the operations of such well-known burrowing species as Sphex tchneumonia and Ammophila sabulosa, half the work is really performed by the use of the mandibles; all the pebbles and harder parts of the ground excavated are removed by them, thrust backwards and kicked out of the burrow by the legs. ‘The insects frequently issue while at work, carrying pebbles in their jaws, which they fly off with and drop at a short distance. I have thought it desirable to pen the above observations for two reasons: in the first place, I claim to have first made known the habits of Agenda, in connexion with remarks upon the structural peculiarities of the insects; and, secondly, I have repeatedly published an opinion that none of the Pompilide are parasitic insects; and I must repeat my opi- nion that the evidence adduced by Mr. Walsh in favour of the parasitism of the genus Ceropales is by no means conclusive. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Facts and Arguments for Darwin. By Fritz Mitter. With Ad- ditions by the Author. ‘Translated from the German by W. 8. Dallas, F.L.S. 8vo. London: Murray, 1869. Just four years ago we gave, from the ‘ Bibliothéque Universelle, a general notice of the contents of Dr. Fritz Miiller’s little work ‘Fir Darwin,’ in which that distinguished zoologist put forward certain observations and arguments derived from his study of the Crustacea, which he regards as almost conclusively in favour of the Darwinian hypothesis. Our former account of the contents of this remarkable book went so far into details as to render any further particulars unnecessary; and we need do little more than call our readers’ attention to the recent appearance of a translation of the work by Mr. W.58. Dallas, with additions by the author. It is to be hoped that this translation will make the contents of this admirable little treatise more generally known among English naturalists; for it must be confessed that the original, although highly appreciated in Germany, has made but little progress in this country. And it must be remarked that Darwinian proclivities are by no means ne- cessary to enable the reader to benefit by its perusal. A great part of the contents consists of the records of a long series of observations on the natural history and structure of the Crustacea, and especi- ally on the developmental history of these animals. We know of no work from which so satisfactory a general view of the phenomena is to be obtained. Indeed this is no more than might have been ’ Bibliographical Notices. 395 expected, since Dr. Fritz Miiller has been one of the foremost workers in this field of research ; and not only have nearly all the facts here brought forward been observed by himself, but of several of the most curious and important of them he was actually the first discoverer. The additions made by the author to the new edition do not ap- pear to be numerous. The most important, as indicated by the translator, are:—a note on the metamorphoses and evolution of Insects (at p. 119), in which the author supports the opinion that, of all existing forms, the Orthoptera approach most closely to the primitive Insectean type, regarding the wingless Blattids as the most typical in their form; and a hypothetical description at the end of the book (pp. 135-140) of the mode by which we may suppose such forms as the Rhizocephala (Sacculina, Peltogaster, &c.) to have been evolved, on Darwinian principles, from some of the sessile Cirripedes. A History of British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. By C. Spence Barr, F.R.S., F.L.S., and J.O. Westwoop, M.A., F.L.S. 8vo. London: Van Voorst, 1861-1868. We have already on several occasions called attention to the pro- gress of this most valuable work during the long period over which its publication has extended, and it is with much pleasure that we have now to announce its completion. The work, as published, in- cludes twenty-three parts, of which twenty-one are occupied by the sequential descriptions of the genera and species. In the last two parts the authors give us an Appendix containing descriptions of species which have been detected on our shores during the progress of their work through the press, a few supplementary notes on pre- viously described species, and an introductory chapter containing a general analysis of the structural and other phenomena presented by the order. We now possess a natural history of the British species of the great section of the Edriophthalmatous Crustacea, which, in com- pleteness, in careful elaboration, and the beauty of its illustrations, leaves little or nothing to be desired; and it is to be hoped that the existence of such an admirable guide may lead to a little more at- tention being paid by our British naturalists to a department of zoology which has hitherto been somewhat neglected. It is true that in some respects these animals do not present such remarkable peculiarities as the members of the other great divisions of their class, the Podophthalmatous and Entomostracous forms, and especially the Cirripedia and Rhizocephala; nor are their characters so striking as those of the higher species of the former order; but many of them are sufficiently interesting in their habits and mode of life to repay the naturalist’s study, whilst, from their typical position in the class Crustacea, their investigation must always be essential to the philosophical student of zoology. 396 MISCELLANEOUS. Rediscovery of Trocheta subviridis. To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN,—As some difference of opinion has been expressed as to the rediscovery of this Annelide, the following extract from my notebook may be of value:—‘“ Jan. 15[1869]. The terrestrial leeches Pryor [ Mr. M. R. Pryor, of Trinity College] brought me from the borders of Surrey (near Horsham, Sussex) were, according to Johaston, Trocheta subviridis.”... .‘* Johnston has described (Cat. Brit. Mus. Non-Parasit. Worms, 1865) Trocheta subviridis from a specimen found in the Regent’s Park, London (now in the British Museum). This specimen appears to have been the first taken in this country; at least so it was stated by Dr. Gray, who brought it before the Zoological Society in 1851 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2. vii. 429).” This is followed by a note on the position of the gene- rative organs; for in the specimen dissected I found the ovarian loop which passes below the ganglionic column occupying a position different from that represented by Moquin-Tandon (Hirudinées, t. iy. 1846). I am, Gentlemen, Your obedient Servant, J. Gene. Anatomical Schools, Cambridge. Lamarck’s Collection of Shells. The celebrated collections of the Baron B. Delessert passed at his death into the hands of his brother, the Baron F. Delessert; at his death the pictures were sold by auction; and he left his zoological collection, including Lamarck’s collection of shells and his herba- rium, to the Museum of Natural History of Geneva, this having been his native country. His books, forming the most extensive botanical library in France, were given to the library of the Institut Impérial de France in Paris.—J. E. Grav. On the Zoological Discoverres recently made in Madagascar by M. Alfred Grandidier. By M. Mitnn-Epwarps. The existing mammalogical fauna of Madagascar is well known to be very different from that of any other part of the world: it is composed solely of types peculiar to that island; and we do not find in it any representative of the large herbivora which give their most striking characters to the zoological population of Africa and Asia. It might be thought that this was always the case ; but the discove- ries of M. Grandidier will change the opinion of naturalists on this point. It appears from his observations that, at the more or less distant period when Madagascar was inhabited by the gigantic bird which has been denominated Apyornis, this island also possessed Miscellaneous. 397 large Pachydermata very analogous to one of the most remarkable African species; in fact numerous remains of a peculiar species of the genus Hippopotamus have just been discovered there. It was by digging in a marshy soil at Amboulitsate, on the western side of Madagascar, that M. Grandidier ascertained this important fact. He found the remains of about fifty Hippopotami, mixed with bones of Apyornis and other animals of extinct species. The subfossil Hippopotamus of Madagascar, which M. Grandidier has inscribed in our zoological catalogues under the name of Hippo- potamus Lemerlei, is much smaller than Hippopotamus amphibius; and, both as regards its size and in several osteological peculiarities, it appears to me to approach closely to the Liberian Cheropsis. The following are the details which M. Grandidier has just sent me with regard to this curious pachyderm :— “The little Hippopotamus of Madagascar is distinguished from its African congener (H. amphibius) by its much smaller size, and by the conformation of its orbits, which are less prominent laterally and rise but little above the forehead. The postorbital and jugal apophyses are short, and leave more than one-sixth of the orbital ring open ; the jugal is more elongated and less prominent outwards than in the common Hippopotamus. The lacrymal bone is more developed in proportion, and less narrowed towards the orbital mar- gin; the posterior surface of the cranium is concave, in consequence of the projection of the occipital crest, which is short and continuous with a tolerably thick and slightly concave sagittal suture; the angle of the arch which roofs the orbit is acute, and the median part of the cranium forms a pretty regular lozenge; the nasal bones are scarcely dilated at their extremity, and the palatines are very nar- row; the vertebral aperture of the atlas is divided by an interior semicircular ring, concentric with the superior arch of this vertebra. The odontoid apophysis of the axis is pointed, and presents an arti- cular facet beneath; the spinous apophysis of the same vertebra is tolerably prominent. The ulna is, as usual, soldered to the radius, from which it is distinguished by a furrow perforated at each end ; the two bones are much depressed. The pelvis is but slightly de- veloped’’*. * The following are the measurements given by M. Grandidier of the principal bones of this Hippopotamus :— Length of various heads, several of which belong to adult ™°*® UREN reat ete n/a ic che nig hag Oca eelamn een yy a 0°315-0°40 Length of the upper jaw to the level of the second molars 0:06-0:07 Distance of the postorbital processes of the frontal ...... 0-21 Distance of the tuberosities from which the lower canines REL ee 2 LDL eins tine Mae COR ER ERE C as cack ante sss 0:22 Minimum length of the lower jaw..............eeeees 0-15 Length of a fragment of maxillaries of a very young indi- vidual (from the last molar to the canine, which is be- Sarthe LO ANCHE Rte EUR ecu es sss «gs snes. s +, . ea SROUML Lekiebie OL CG MONE Maes ds ccutcavescerwnnes ts 0-28 Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. iii. 30 398 Miscellaneous. The remains of A/pyornis, which M.Grandidier found mixed with these bones of Hippopotamus, consist of a fragment of an egg, a tibia 64 centimetres in length*, several fragments of still greater dimen- sions, a femur, and several vertebrae. The femur is remarkably robust; its diameter, measured at the narrowest point of the diaphysis, is equal to more than one-fourth of the length of the boney. It is very probable that a profound study of these specimens will throw much light upon the natural affinities of the gigantic bird from which they are derived—a subject for the investigation of which materials have hitherto been wanting. The same deposit contained other bones of birds, as well as various parts of the skeleton of a land-tortoise, which M. Grandidier regards as constituting a new species, and which he designates under the name of Testudo abrupta. This traveller has also found remains of crocodiles; and he is led to believe that all these animals were con- temporanecous with the Dodo of the island of Mauritius. These discoveries, so interesting as regards both geographical zoology and paleontology, are not the only results obtained by M. Grandidier since his return to Madagascar. He has found three new species of Lemuride, to which he has given the names of Chirogalus Samati, C. glirotdes, and C. adipicaudatus, and a new species of tortoise (Testudo desertorum). Lastly, he has discovered, in sandy beds at Etséré, a magnificent carapace of an Hmys (HE. gigantea, A. Grand.), measuring 132 centimetres in length and 139 centimetres in width, besides several parts of the same animal.—Comptes Rendus, December 14, 1868, tome Ixvii. pp. 1165-1167. On the Miocene Alcyonaria of Algeria. By A. Pomet. The author states that the Miocene strata of Algeria contain the remains of examples of the three chief types of Gorgonide, Corallium, Isis, and Gorgonia. Of the former, many fragments occur which are undistinguishable from the Coralliwm rubrum of the neighbouring coast. Allied to this is a new generic type described as Stolonia saheliensis. It has a stony, creeping, stoloniform sclerobase; in other words, it is a Cornularia with the sclerobase of Corallium. The calyces, forming pits with a nearly smooth bottom near the ra- mnifications of the stolons, have left traces of their eight gastric cham- bers as deep sinuses, separated by ridges indicating the origin of the * M. Grandidier adds that the two condyles of the bone are not very pro- minent and are separated by a rather shallow groove, and that the crests of the antero-superior tuberosity are tolerably prominent. Length measured from the antero-superior tuberosity to the outer condyle 64 centimetres ; minimum circumference 16 centimetres; length of the inferior extremity 13 centimetres. + The upper extremity of this femur is partially broken ; the air pene- trates into it by an orifice situated above the condyles. Length from the head of the bone to the outer condyle 20 centimetres; minimum circum- ference 273 centimetres; length of the inferior extremity 19 centi- metres. Miscellaneous. 399 mesenterioid laminz. The sclerobase is very delicate, and its surface is marked with striz like those of red coral. An Isidine coral is described under the name of Melitwa oranensis. The remains are rootlets and calcareous joints, of various form, but presenting the form and structure of those of Melitea. The rami- fication was dichotomous. A fragment of a sclerobasie axis of stony texture and formed of concentric layers is referred by the author to the genus Gorgonella, under the name of G.? anomala. Of the Pennatulide the author notices the following forms :— Vir- gularia saheliensis had a long, cylindrical, straight, and smooth style, showing a radiated structure; Graphularia barbara had a style differing from the type of the genus in wanting the longitudinal furrow; Celographula subcompressa is the type of a new genus haying a fistulous style. The style is elongated, straight, nearly smooth, slightly compressed, convex on one surface, a little depressed at the edges of the opposite side, the middle of which has an obsolete ° ridge. These species, except the last, are found in the vicinity of Oran, in beds named Sahelian by the author and synchronous with the Tor- tonian beds of the Italian geologists. Calographula subcompressa occurs in the Cartennian of Milianah, immediately below the Hel- vetian with Ostrea crassissima.— Comptes Rendus, November 9, 1868, p-. 963. Are Unios sensitive to Light? By C. A. Wurte. Those who have studied the habits of Unios in their native ele- ment are of course well aware of their habit of burying themselves in the mud or sand, leaving only the posterior portion projecting, for the purpose of giving ingress and exit to the respiratory cur- rents of water. The sensitiveness of the margins of the incurrent and excurrent orifices to the slightest touch is also well known; but during the past summer, while collecting mollusks in one of the rivers of Central Iowa, I became convinced that these, or adjacent parts, were also keenly sensitive to light. Unios were found numerously occupying the position referred to, plying their currents industriously through their distended orifices ; but whenever my shadow in the bright sunlight came suddenly upon them, they invariably closed their orifices quickly and com- pletely. This was repeated a great many times, and upon the same individuals, to assure myself that it was not caused by any agitation of the water or movement of impurities in it that might produce irritation of the parts. It was evidently the interception of the sun’s rays alone that caused them so suddenly to close their orifices ; yet it is worthy of remark that they did not quickly close them if sunlight was suddenly admitted to them while respiring in the shade. ’ The question then arose in my mind as to the possibility that the parts were sensitive alone to the rays of heat from the sun and not 400 Miscellaneous. to those of light. Above the Unios was from one to two feet in depth of clear running water, rendering everything upon the bottom distinctly visible. Believing that the sun’s radiation coming directly toward any object so far beneath the surface of the water would have its heat-rays mostly, if not entirely, separated from the light-rays, at or near the surface, through the absorption of these and their removal down- wards by the current, while nearly all the rays of light would pass on to the object with only slight refraction, I sought a place where rays of heat from sunlight, striking the surface further up the stream, would not reach the Unio to be experimented upon. This was fur- nished by a dense growth of trees, shading the stream completely for a considerable distance. Then placing a Unio just at the lower margin of the shade, but quite within the bright sunlight, I awaited the opening of the orifices ; then, on quickly intercepting the sun’s rays that came freely to it, by passing a screen from above downward, and again from below upward; it responded by closing its orifices as quickly as its fellows had done when my shadow passed over them in the broad open space of sunlight. Upon the supposition that the light- and heat-rays are divided at the surface of the water, as before suggested, the heat-rays must all, or very nearly all, have passed down below the Unio, by the action of the current, while the light-rays alone reached it, and their sudden interception caused it to close its orifices. Thus in this position the Unio was receiving direct rays of light from the sun, but the rays of heat that might have reached it more or less obliquely, by absorption and the action of the current, if in an open space of sunlight, were here cut off by the long shadow of the trees. Therefore no doubt is entertained that the posterior portion of these mollusks is keenly sensitive to light; but exactly what organs are thus sensitive has not been ascertained.—Stlliman’s American Jour- nal, March 1869. The Sea-Elephant (Morunga proboscidea) at the Falkland Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. In the ‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for March 1868, p. 215, I stated that the sea-elephant had become extinct in the Falkland Islands. Mr. Sclater, in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society’ for 1868, p. 189, says that this statement was a mistake; but in ‘his account of the proceedings of Adolphe Alexandre Lecomte, who was sent by the Zoological Society to collect Sea-lions and Penguins for the Collection, he now confirms my first statement, and observes, “ Elephant Island, so called from the former abundance of the sea- elephant (Morunga proboscidea), was found to be quite deserted by this animal, which is said to be now entirely extinct in the Falk- lands.” (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 527.) THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [FOURTH SERIES. ] No. 18. JUNE 1869. L.— Observations on the Amphipoda occurring on the Nor- wegian Coasts. By AxeL BOoEcK. {Concluded from p, 340. } Ampelisca, Ky.—The peduncle of the superior antenne, as in the preceding genera, 1s generally short and thick, but be- comes much elongated in those which Spence Bate has called Tetrommatus and A. Costa Araneops; this however, is also the case in the genus Aceros, which consequently forms a transition to this. Dana places this genus among the Ponto- poreine ; and Spence Bate makes it the type of a distinct sub- family, principally on account of the simple eyes, which it possesses in common with Lilljeborg’s nearly allied genus flaploops. In reality these two form a closely united group, well distinguished from the preceding, and the species of which are very nearly related and difficult to distinguish. They nevertheless agree very closely with the preceding genera in the form of their ovigerous and respiratory lamelle. A new species belonging to this genus is A. spinipes, mihi.—This species, which is 30 millims. long, closely resembles equicornis, Bruzelius, but differs from it in having the second joint of the superior antennee longer in pro- ortion ; the fifth joint of the peduncle of the inferior antenne is only a little shorter than the fourth, and the number of joints in the flagellum is greater. ‘The second joint of the mandibular palpi is extraordinarily thick. ‘The first two pairs of hands are more strongly armed with sete than in equicornis; the fifth and sixth pairs have the last two joints, which are very long, strongly armed with spines; the second joint of the seventh pair of legs is very long, and the fifth is nearly as long as the preceding three together. The nails are elongate- lanceolate. The two posterior segments of the thorax and the whole of those of the abdomen are keeled. It is not uncommon Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. iu. 31 402 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda on our coasts, where it was found by me at Farsund, and by Sars at Bergen. Leucothoé, Leach.—This genus requires to have its bounda- ries enlarged for two species added by Kréyer. Lilljeborg pointed out that Kréyer’s species, together with one discovered by himself, ought to form a new genus, but did not establish it. Bruzelius followed him in this opinion, but still referred these three species to the above genus. As many species of different forms have now been found, it will be advisable to se- parate them. I have found a species belonging to the original genus at Farsund, in the branchial cavity of Ascrdia ; it has also been found under the same circumstances at Manger, by Sars. This species differs in many respects from that described by Lilljeborg, which he believes to be Montagu’s Gammarus articulosus; but I believe that the species found by me must rather be regarded as the latter, as it is both larger and of more frequent occurrence than Lilljeborg’s species, for which I will propose the specific name Lilljeborgi, after its dis- coverer. L. articulosa, Mont., is about 14 millims. in length, and differs from Lilljeborgit, which in other respects it closely re- sembles, in the following particulars:—The process of the fourth joint in the first pair of legs is not toothed at the mar- gins; the fourth epimera are not armed with any tooth; the inferior hinder angle of the third abdominal segment is straight and forms no tooth; the branches of the fifth pair of abdo- minal legs are of unequal length, the inner one longer than the outer. The telson is very long, narrow, and lanceolate, pointed at the apex, and not rounded off. This species is evidently the same that Abildgaard described in the ‘ Zoologia Danica’ and figured on pl. cxix. under the name of Gammarus spinicarpus. The genus Leucothoé is the type of Dana’s subfamily Leu- cothoine, in which he indicates especially the elongated palpi of the maxillipedes with the short masticatory plates, and the absence of masticatory tubercles on the mandibles ; but the first character occurs, although not in the same degree, also in species of Bruzelius’s genus Paramphitoé, such as P. panopla and P. pulchella, Kr., whilst masticatory tubercles occur in many forms which show a near generic relationship to Leucothoé. In all the forms belonging to the Leucothoine the legs are certainly long and slender, and the first two pairs of hands of a peculiar form; but nevertheless that subtamily cannot be sharply defined. Stenothoé, Dana.—Costa’s genus Probolium may certainly merge in Dana’s Stenothoé; and it now contains, besides the occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 403 typical species, S. validus and S. polyprion, Costa, a new Norwegian species which I have called S. Danaz, mihi.—I found a female of this species at Farsund, at a depth of 15 fathoms. It is not quite 5 millims. in length, and differs from the two other species in the form of the first two pairs of hands, of the fourth epimera, and of the abdomen. The third joint of the first pair of oa has its inferior posterior angle much elongated into a thick process, which is as long as the following joint. The hands are shorter than the preceding joint; the fifth joint or hand of the second pair of feet is ex- tremely large and oval, and its posterior margin furnished with many blunt teeth and with two long spines, which reach the apex of the finger. The fourth epimera are much longer than broad, and become narrower behind, but not emarginate for the fifth, as in S. validus. The outer branch of the fifth pair of abdominal legs is much shorter than the imner one, and the peduncle of the last pair of abdominal feet is much longer than in S. validus. Eusirus, Kr.—Dana thought that this genus of Kréyer’s differed so little from Gammarus, that it must be merged in it. Bruzelius certainly accepted it as a genus, but thought that it stood very near to Gammarus. I think, however, that these genera have few characters in common, except the se- condary flagellum, and this is very small. At the first glance there appears to be a great agreement between this genus and Leucothoé. In both the third joint of the peduncle of the su- perior antenne is small, and the first two pairs of hands are nearly of the same form. Both have the following pair of legs long, slender, and feeble, whilst in Gammarus they are strong; and, finally, the very long abdominal feet and telson, as also the large first epimera, are very characteristic external peculiarities of the two genera. Similar agreements occur in the more concealed parts. ‘The mandibles certainly differ, in- asmuch as in Husirus they possess a masticatory tubercle ; but the first pair of maxillary palpi have the same form in both, and are divided into two nearly equal large joints. The inner lamella is furnished only with a single hair, contrary to what occurs in Gammarus. ‘The masticatory lamellae of the maxillipedes are small, and the palpi much elongated, but rather strong. To this genus a new species may be added, belonging to our fauna :— E. Tongipes, mihi.—The third joint of the superior antennz is longer than in Z. cuspidatus ; and the flagellum consists in the males of fifty-four joints fwmished with sucking-disks, and in the females of forty-two. The fifth joint of the m- ferior antennz is shorter than the fourth; in the females it is 31* 404 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda furnished on the upper surface with about twenty erect seti- gerous tubercles. The flagellum consists of from thirty-four (females) to forty-two (males) joints. The second joint of the palpi of the maxillipedes is shorter than in /. cuspidatus, and wants the teeth which characterize the latter. The hands of the first pair of legs are of the same form as in /. cuspidatus, but rather rounder, and not so oval; the three posterior pairs of thoracic legs are very long; the fifth joint is nearly as long as the preceding two together, whilst it is considerably shorter in cuspidatus. The outer branch of the fifth pair of abdominal feet is only a little more than half as long as the inner one, and the telson is less cleft than in cuspidatus. Iduna, mihi.—Bruzelius described a Gammarus brevicornis from the Norwegian coast in general and from Bohuslehn ; and Prof. Sars found a species in Finmark, which he named Gammarus fissicornis. Both species must be separated from the genus Gammarus, and placed under a new genus nearly allied to Hustrus. The secondary flagellum, which in the latter is very short, becomes extremely long in the two species above mentioned, whilst the flagellum itself is short. The inferior antenne: are short and nearly subpediform. The mas- ticatory tubercles of the mandibles are small; and the inner lamella of the first pair of maxille, as in Mustrus, is oval, and furnished with isolated ciliated setee. The masticatory lamellee of the maxillipedes are small, and their palpi are much elon- gated. ‘The first two pairs of legs are furnished with strong prehensile hands; their fourth joint emits from its inferior posterior angle a strong process, as in Leucothoé ; the following pair of legs are very thin and long; the last pair of legs are very long; the abdominal feet are long, and the telson deeply cleft. ‘The first epimera are strong, larger than the following ones ; they consequently show. much agreement with Huszrus, and differ greatly from the typical species of Gammarus. The two species may be easily distinguished from one another by their different size, and also because the second and third seg- ments in [duna fissicornis are produced behind into a spine, whilst in the other they are smooth. The ovigerous lamelle are of somewhat different size in this eroup. In Leucothoé and Iduna they are small, and the re- spiratory lamelle long and broad; in Husirus the ovigerous lamelle are broader than in the preceding; and this is still more the case in Stenothoé. In Leucothoé and Stenothoé there is no secondary flagellum on the superior antenne ; in Lustrus it is small, and in /duna long. The mandibles are destitute of palpi and masticatory tubercles in Stenothoé ; in Leucothoé they have palpi, but no masticatory tubercles, which are small occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 405 in Jduna and large in Eustrus. In Leucothoé and Stenothoé the two joints of the first pair of maxillary palpi are of equal length ; in Lusirus this is nearly the case; in Jduna the first joint is short. The inner lamella is larger than the other in Lustrus and Iduna, but in all only furnished with one bristle; in all, the first two pairs of legs are of a peculiar form, inwhich they resemble Gidicerus, but differ among themselves some- what in form. The remaining legs are long and slender in all. The telson, which is entire in Stenothoé and Leucothoé, is cleft in Hustrus and divided in Jduna. Dexamine, Leach.—This genus agrees in some respects with the preceding. As in it, the palpi of the maxillipedes are very thin, but the fowth joint, which in Jduna was long, and even divided into two joints, appears here to be wanting; the masticatory tubercles are very strongly developed; the inner lamella in the first pair of maxille has only a single bristle, but the palpus is of one joint; the form of the ovigerous and respiratory lamelle is as in the preceding; as in this, the third joint of the peduncle of the superior antenne is short ; in the structure of the legs it approaches Gammarus. Besides the species D. tenuicornis, H. R., I have found a new spe- cies :— D. thea—The superior antenne reach to the second seg- ment of the abdomen. The first joint of the peduncle is not produced downwards into a process; the flagellum consists of eighteen very long and slender joints; the inferior antennz are shorter than the superior; their peduncle is very thin, and its fifth joint is somewhat longer than the fourth ; the flagellum is formed by from twelve to fourteen long joints; the eyes are not very large, but oval; the parts of the mouth are rather longer and slenderer than in D. tenuicornis; the first joint of the seventh pair of legs is very slender, not dilated as usual, and not broader than the following joint; the last thoracic segment and the first four abdominal segments are produced into a strong spine; the fifth pair of abdominal feet are much shorter than in the other species, and do not extend further back than to the branch of the last pair of abdominal feet. In the following genera the inner lamella of the first pair of maxille is furnished with many ciliated hairs, and the ovi- gerous lamelle are very broad. Epidesura, mihi.—The type of this new genus is Lilljeborg’s Amphithoé compressa, which, in the breaking up of the genus Amphithoé, must stand by itself; it approaches the preceding genus in several characters. The form of the antenne is as in the preceding ; the mandibles, which in Dexamine are de- stitute of palpi, have them here very thin, weak, and three- 406 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda jointed ; the palpi of the first pair of maxille are two-jointed, and the inner lamelle are furnished with six ciliated hairs ; the masticatory lamellee of the maxillipedes are large ; the palpi are small and thin, and their fourth joint is a small claw. ‘The ovigerous lamellae are extremely large, furnished at the edges with approximated long hairs; the respiratory lamella of the last thoracic legs are of the same peculiar form that occurs in Ichnopus ; the last two segments of the abdomen are coalesced, and the telson is cleft ; the body is strongly compressed. Gammarus, Fab.—This genus, which, from including all the Amphipoda, has gradually become reduced until it onl comprises those which have a compressed body with large epi- mera, and long and slender antenne with a secondary flagellum, has been very justly divided by Lilljeborg into two genera,— 1, Gammarus, in which the last abdominal foot is furnished with lamellar branches, and, 2, Gammaropsis, in which these are conical. The latter also differ from the former in their smaller epimera and thick telson, and in having the inner lamella of the first pair of maxilla: small and furnished with a single bristle, whilst in the others it is large and furnished with numerous sete. We must also agree with Bruzelius when he transfers these latter to the family Corophiide. The genus Gammarus thus formed includes three groups of Scan- dinavian species. ‘The first of these has the thorax fur- nished with a keel, and the telson entire: this is H. Rathke’s genus Amathia, and includes the species Sabin¢, Leach, and angulosus, H.R. The second group has the telson divided ; the branches of the last pair of feet are furnished with spines and ciliated hairs; the hands are small: this includes the typical species locusta, Linn., pulex, De Geer, and pecilurus, H.R. The last group has the telson divided, the last pair of abdominal feet very long, the inner lamelle of the first pair of maxilla smaller than in the preceding and furnished with fewer ciliated hairs, and the second pair of hands generally very large. This group includes the remaining known Scan- dinavian species. Closely agreeing with the genus Gammarus is a species which I found in the Christiania Fjord, which, however, dif- fers therefrom in wanting the secondary flagellum on the superior antenne ; but as there is a small tubercle in the place usually occupied by the secondary flagellum, and the species otherwise agrees essentially with the typical species, Gammarus locusta, 1 do not think that it ought to be separated from the genus Gammarus. G. Bate’, mihi.—Of this species only one specimen, a male, was found, at a little depth in the neighbourhood of Chris- occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 407 tiania. ‘The eyes are nearly round; the superior antenne are longer than the inferior ; the peduncle short, with its first joint the ‘Jong est; the flagellum consists of twenty-three joints ; the first joint of the inferior antennae is extremely large, standing out nearly in a spherical form; the second joint is very short and united with the preceding one; the fourth and fifth are of nearly equal length; the flagellum consists of twelve joints; the fifth joimt or hand of the first pair of legs is oval, that of the second pair much elongated and narrower; the last three segments of the abdomen are furnished with small spines. The first segment has two small spines upon each side of the median line ; the next has a strong spine in the median line, and a longer and thinner one on each side; the last segment has a small spine on each side. The branches of the telson are furnished with three spines at the apex. Amphithopsis, mihi.—Milne-Edwards placed in the genus Amphithoé those species which had the appearance of the genus Gammarus, but wanted the secondary flagellum on the superior antennee. Dana correctly separated the true species of Amphithoé from the rest, which he placed under the name of Iphimedia, H. R.; but this selection of a name was less fortunate, as J. obesa is a form differing from them. Spence Bate referred the genus Amphithoé to its right place in the family Corophiidee, which opinion has also been adopted by Bruzelius. ‘To the Scandinavian species which ought to come under Dana’s genus [phimedia Bruzelius has given the generic name of Paramphithoé; and in this genus he places all the species which have the body more or less compressed and furnished with large or middle-sized epimera—in which the superior antenne are small, destitute of secondary flagellum, and have the third joint of the peduncle smaller than ‘the fla~ gellum—in which the eyes are compound, the a palpi three-jointed, and those of the maxillipedes four-j in which the fifth joint of the first two pairs of legs is conv ona into a prehensile hand—in which the seventh pair of feet are not twice as long as the preceding—and in which the last pair of abdominal legs are two-branched,—that is to say, all the species of the family Gammaride which do not belong to the genera Ampelisca, Leucothoé, Dexamine, Acanthonotus, (Qdi- cerus, &c. It consequently includes a very large number of species. But if these be more closely examined, we shall easily find that they differ very much among eheraely es in form, and consequently cannot belong to the same genus. Some of them are stout, keeled, angled, ‘and have the body often armed with spines and furnished with a large pointed rostrum. The inner lamelle of the maxillipedes are small, and their palpi 408 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda extremely long; the inner lamella of the first pair of maxille is small, and furnished with one bristle. Here belong the species panopla and pulchella, which may be raised into a dis- tinct genus, and this may retain Bruzelius’s generic name Paramphithoé. Others have an elongated compressed body with moderate epimera and long antenne; the mner lamella of the first pair of maxillee is furnished with from four to five long, thick, ciliated bristles; the inner lamella of the second pair of maxille has at the apex many simple bristles, but on the inside there are several very strong and ciliated ones; the maxillipedes are large, and their palpi of moderate length ; the hands of the first two pairs of legs are nearly of the same size, but small; the fifth jomt in the third and fourth pairs of legs is very long, longer than the third joint; the telson is single; the branches of the last pair of abdominal feet long, often unequal; the ovigerous lamelle are much larger than the respiratory plates, and have their edges closely beset with hairs. Here belong the species bicuspis, elegans, leviuscula, and tridentata, besides two new ones; I have placed all these in the genus Amphithopsis. 'The new species are :— A. glaber, mihi.—The eyes are oval; the peduncle of the superior antennes much thicker than the flagellum, which consists of twenty-two joints; the peduncle of the inferior an- tenne is short, and the fourth joint only a little longer than the third; the first two pairs of legs are of the same size and form; the fifth joint or hand is longer than the fourth, and its inferior edge is obliquely truncated and furnished with a strong spine at the place where the point of the finger meets it; the two following pairs of legs have the fifth jomt very long, nearly as long as the preceding two together ; the telson is oval; the thorax smooth and without spines. A. longicaudata, mihi.—In this the maxillary palpi are very long, their third joint very broad at the end, and transversely truncated; the second pair of hands is longer than the first ; the fifth jomt very long, slender, and nearly of the same length as the preceding ; its inferior side is straightly truncated, and the finger very small ; the telson is small and oval; the posterior three pairs of abdominal feet are extremely long, their outer branch shorter than the inner, especially in the sixth pair of legs, im which the outer branch is not of half the length or thickness of the ner one; the inferior posterior angle of the third abdominal segment is nearly straight. Of both these species single specimens were found at Farsund. As they were partially imjured, the descriptions are somewhat im- perfect. Acanthonotus, Owen.—Owen established this genus for the occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 409 species cristata from Nordiishaven; and it was retained by Milne-Edwards, who distinguished it from the genus Amphi- thoé on the ground that the first two pairs of legs are not fur- nished with prehensile hands. The body in this genus is stout, a ae keeled, and spiny, furnished with large high epimera and hemispherically prominent eyes; the head is short, and runs out into a very long, laterally compressed, high rostrum. This separates from each other the superior antenne, which are elongated and destitute of a secondary flagellum. The first pair of legs is not provided with a prehensile hand ; the ae has only a weak one. The parts of the mouth are especially peculiar, and differ much from the form which they have in the preceding genera; the mandibles are very long, and bipartite at the apex, but with the inner branch very small; the masticatory tubercles are wanting, and the palpi are three-jointed; the labium is elongated; the first pair of maxille are strong ; their outer lamella is nearly triangular and oval at the apex, furnished on the inner side with strong ser- rated spines and hairs; the palpi are very short and weak, shorter than the outer lamella, two-jointed, with the joints of equal length. ‘The inner lamella is large and triangular, but shorter than the outer ; its inner side is furnished with a great number (twenty-four) of strong, ciliated hairs. The maxilli- pedes are short, broad, and strong, their inner lamella very long ; the third joint of the palpi and the lower inner angle are produced into a process; the fourth joint is extremely short, almost rudimentary. ‘Two species occur with us :— 1. A. serra, Kr., and 2. A. cristata, Owen.—The latter has been found by Sars in Finmark ; and to his description I will add something upon the form of the buccal organs, which he has not treated of. The inner branch of the apex of the mandible is large and slightly triangular; it occurs also in serra, but is very small, and was therefore not detected by Kréyer and Bruzelius. The maxillipedes are much shorter and broader than in serra; the fourth joint or claw of their palpi consists here only of a small blunt tubercle. The telson 1s less stout in proportion than in the other species, and is triangularly emarginate at the apex. Iphimedia, H. Rathke.—This genus, which Kroyer has named Microcheles, shows much agreement with the preced- ing in its external characters, but differs in certain parts. It has a stout elevated body, furnished with keel and spines, and oval rigid epimera. ‘The rostrum, like that of the pre- ceding genus, separates the superior antenne ; but the buccal organs here acquire a different form, which justifies the sepa- ration of this as a distinct genus from the foregoing. The 410 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda parts of the mouth are on the whole not so strongly elongated as in the preceding. The mandibles are likewise toothed and bipartite at the apex ; but here there is a small trace of a mas- ticatory tubercle, which is deficient in the preceding genus, but becomes strongly developed in the followmg genera. The third joint of the palpi is much abbreviated ; the outer lamella of the first pair of maxille is of the same form, but shorter and broader than in Acanthonotus; the inner lamella is con- siderably smaller, and furnished with a far smaller number (eight to ten) of hairs, in this resembling that of the next genus. The palpi, which in Acanthonotus were thin, shorter than the outer lamella, and had their joints of nearly equal length, become in this and the following genera broader and longer, with the first jot very short; the maxillipedes in Iphimedia resemble in form those of Acanthonotus, but the fourth joint of the palpi is much more strongly developed ; the first pair of feet are much elongated, which is especially due to the length of the second joint; the fifth jomt, which is slender, has the inferior hinder angle produced into a process which meets the claw, and thereby forms a small two-fingered hand; the second pair of legs, which in Acanthonotus were strong and short, become in this genus much elongated and of the same form as in the genus Anonyx ; in the next genus both hands become converted into distinct prehensile organs. Acanthosoma, Owen.—The characters upon which Owen established this genus were so unsatisfactory that Kroyer combined it with the genus Amphithoé; and this view bal since been always followed. But I think that there are rea- sons for reviving it. A. Costa’s Hpimeria, of which one spe- cies occurs on our coast, may be combined with it. I have already, whilst describing the preceding genus, cited the pe- culiarities in the structure of this which have led me to adopt it; and the two species hystrix, Owen, which is found on the coast of Finmark, and parasitica, Sars, from the coast of Bergen and Farsund, which will probably comeide with A. (Epimeria) tricristata, Costa, may be placed under it, although in some particulars they differ from each other. Family 8. Corophiide, Dana.—I have already treated of the characters of this family under the Gammaride. It in- cludes a great number of forms, which, however, differ com- paratively little from each other, and some of which show great agreement with the Gammaride, whilst others approach the Caprellidee. Podoceropsis, mihi.—In this genus the body is somewhat depressed, the epimera small, the antenne long and slender, the superior inserted far in front of the inferior, at the apex of occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 411 the projecting head. Their peduncle is very long, longer than the flagellum, and without a secondary flagellum. The man- dibles are large, divided and toothed at the apex, and with long three-jointed palpi. The palpi of the first pair of maxilla are two-jointed; the mner lamella is small and thick. The maxillipedes are long and slender; the fourth joint of their palpi is divided into two joints, the last of which forms a pointed claw. he fifth joint of the last two pairs of feet forms a ‘prehensile hand, which in the second pair is much larger than in the first, and of unequal size in the two sexes. The three posterior abdominal feet are biramose, their branches conical and without spines. Telson small and thin. Here belongs the single species P. sophia, mihi.—The thorax is smooth, without keels or points. The head projects in a small pointed horn between the superior antenne. The eyes are large, nearly oval, with very large facets. The superior antenne are as long as the head and thorax; their peduncles are much longer than the flagella, which consist of twelve long but thin joints. The second joint of the peduncle is the longest, the third longer than the first. The inferior antenne are shorter than the superior, but their peduncle reaches as far as that of the latter; the first joint has a large olfactory spine; the fifth joint is longer than the fourth. The fourth joint of the first pair of legs is longer than the hand, which is oval, and the posterior surface of the finger is serrated. The second pair of hands are much larger than the first ; the second, third, and fourth joints are short, the last is produced behind and downwards into a short process. The hands in the males are exceedingly large, as long as the first joint, and oval; their posterior edge is fur- nished with two large blunt teeth. The claws are curved and serrated at the apex. In the females the hands are much smaller and nearly triangular. The first joint of the hindmost three pairs of thoracic legs is elongated, nearly quadrangular, the lower posterior angle projecting. The three hindmost abdominal legs extend to nearly an equal distance backward, and their branches are of equal length. The length was about 5 millims. It was found at Farsund, at a depth of 15 fathoms. Leptocheirus, Zaddach.—Zaddach established this genus in the year 1844, for the species L. pilosus. Species which I think ought to be referred to this genus have since been de- scribed under various names: A. Costa’s Microdeutopus gryl- lotalpa, Spence Bate’s Lonchomeres gracilis, and Bruzelius’s species of Autonoé certainly belong to it. Lilljeborg separated a number of species from the genus Gammarus Be the 412 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda name of Gammaropsis, of which those which have the hands of the first pair larger than those of the second must belong to the above-named genus; but I think there is no reason for referring them all here, as Bruzelius has done, and I will re- tain the others under Lilljeborg’s generic name. Bruzelius’s species A. punctata certainly coincides with Spence Bate’s Lonchomeres gracilis, which | have found at Farsund. The species grandimana, established by Bruzelius, which was found by Lilljeborg off the Swedish coast, I have also met with at Farsund. Amphithoé, Leach.—To this genus, from which all the spe- cies have been removed which differ generically from the typical species, rubricata, Mont., I can add a new Norwegian species :— A, grandimana, mihi.—The body is somewhat compressed, the epimera strongly ciliated on the lower margin; the fifth is the largest, oval, with a small emargination for the fifth pair of legs in the upper posterior angle. The eyes are round and black ; the superior antenne are longer than the inferior, with about thirty joints in the flagellum. The palpi of the first pair of maxille are extremely long and slender, much longer than the outer lamella. The first pair of feet are of moderate size; the fifth jomt or hand is longer than the preceding joint; the claws are strong. The second pair of hands in the females are of about the same size and form as the first pair—in the males, on the contrary, extremely large, longer than the pre- ceding joints together, and oval. The finger is very large, curved, and strong. ‘The first jomt in the third and fourth pairs of legs is very strongly dilated, that of the following pair is longer than broad. The animal, which was found at a depth of a few fathoms at Farsund, was 6 millims. in length. Hela, mibi.—This remarkable new genus is characterized by its long, slender, depressed body, small, nearly rudimentary epimera, and very long legs, of which the first two pairs are furnished with strong prehensile hands, the first larger than the second; the last three pairs always have the first joint not dilated, but narrow and cylindrical like the following joints, and the claws are long and conical. The abdomen is of the usual structure, and none of its segments are amalgamated. The first three pairs of abdominal feet are exceedingly long and thin, the two following pairs biramose, and the last pair extremely thin, branched, with the branches longer than the peduncle. ‘The mandibles have a divided toothed apex, a pro- minent masticatory tubercle, and a thin three-jointed palpus. The palpi of the first pair of maxille: are long, thin, and two- jointed; the inner lamella is small, furnished with a few occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 413 sete. The maxillipedes are very strong, and their palpi four- jointed. Respiratory sacs occur at the base of the second to the sixth pair of legs. The greater part of the antenne was wanting in the described specimen. Hela monstrosa, mihii—Head broader than long, elongated in front into a small rostrum. On each side of the base of the inferior antenne there is a spine. The first joint of the infe- rior antennee is large and spherical, and emits a strong olfac- tory spine from its lower surface. The third joint extends as far out as the first joint of the superior antenne. The fifth joit or hand of the first pair of legs is shorter than the pre- ceding, and triangular, its posterior inferior side fwmished with three strong teeth. Finger long, curved, and ciliated on the convex side. The hands of the second pair are smaller than those of the first pair, and without teeth. The third joint in the two following pairs is as long as the first; the fourth and fifth are equal in length. In the following pair the fourth joint is shorter than the fifth, which in the two succeeding pairs increases still more in proportion to the fourth. The animal is more than 30 millims. in length, and was found at a depth of 30 fathoms off Holmestrand. Tribe IV. CAprRELLIDEA. — Kréyer has made Milne- Edwards’s Leemodipoda into a family under the Amphipoda ; and later systematists have followed him in this view. Spence Bate thinks that this section does not stand so near the other two as they do to each other; but this is certainly not the case. Kroyer saw pertectly that most of the characters upon which they have been separated from the Gammarine cannot be accepted as of that importance ; and only the rudimentary abdomen and the want of epimera separate them from that group. But in a new species of the genus “gina the origin of the feet and the respiratory vesicles are covered by some very large, strong, and spinous processes, which greatly re- semble small adnate epimera. In the structure of the buccal organs, this tribe agrees much more with the Gammaridea than these with the Hyperidea. Particular species of the families Corophiide and Dulichiide furnish, in the form of their body, transitions to the tribe Caprellidea. Proto, Leach.—Proto pedata occurs along the whole of our coast, but is not abundant anywhere. Protella, Dana.—To this genus belongs Kréyer’s species P. (Aigina) longispina, taken by Cirsted at Drébak and by Sars at Manger, sitting upon Plumularia pinnata, at a depth of 30 fathoms. Spence Bate cites it also from the English coast. 414 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda LEigina, Kréyer.—Kréyer characterizes this genus by the three-jointed palpi of the mandibles, the two-jointed abdomen with two pairs of appendages, of which the first pair are two- jointed, the second one-jointed. Dana refers to the genus some species which differ from the typical longicornis in the formation of the abdomen, and he thinks that this is of little systematic importance. But as I have found two new species which agree perfectly with Kréyer’s characters of dgina, and also a species which resembles these in having palpi on the mandibles, but in which the abdomen is constructed as in the genus Caprella, I think that Dana’s species must be trans- ferred from Avgina to a new genus, of which this species of mine is the type. To this genus I have given the name of Aiginella. ‘The new species of the genus Agina, Kr., are :— 4. (Caprella) echinata, Esmark.—This species, which was found by Professors Rasch and Boeck at Beian and Séndmor, is distinguished by its large size and spinose body. ‘The superior antenne are very long, and reach to the beginning of the sixth segment. The first joint of the peduncle is of about the length of the second thoracic segment, the second joint is about as long as the first, and the third is shorter than this, but longer than the first; all these joints are closely beset with larger and smaller tubercles. ‘The flagellum is some- what longer than the second joint of the peduncle, and con- sists of eighteen joints, which gradually become longer and thinner. ‘The interior antenne do not reach to the end of the second joint of the peduncle of the superior. In these (as m the other Caprellidea) the first two jomts of the peduncle of the inferior antennz are so closely united that they look like one joint, which I have called the first. The third joint is shorter but thicker than the fourth. The flagellum is two- jointed. On these joints there are some small tubercles ; and beneath they are furnished with short and close hairs. The mandibular palpi are rather shorter than in. longicornis, Kr. The first pair of maxille are strong. I have not found the inner lamella in this any more than in any other species of this subtribe ; and as Kréyer neither mentions nor figures any such organ, I cannot but think that it is constantly deficient. The fourth joint or claw in the palpi of the maxillipedes is much longer and stronger than in 4. longicornis. The first pair of legs are small; the fourth joint is produced downwards behind into an obtuse hairy process; and the fifth joimt or hand is elongate-ovate, with its hinder margin furnished with small spines, which also occur on all the other joints. ‘The’ second pair of legs are much larger. The first joint has a occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 415 groove beset at its margins with tubercles along the anterior side, within which the anterior margin of the hand can lay itself. This is large, oval, longer than the first joint, and beset with tubercles all over; on the hinder margin there are three strong teeth—one that meets the apex of the claw, and two others nearer its point of attachment. The claws are long and beset with tubercles. The three posterior legs, which gradually increase somewhat in length, are elongated, and of the same form as in 4. longicornis, Kr. All the segments of the body are strongly beset with tubercles, among which the following are especially distinguishable :—two directed for- ward on the upper surface of the head; a pair upon the ante- rior end of the first segment ; two upon the anterior end of the second segment, and a very large one, cleft in the middle, and a double spine at the hinder end of the segment: besides these there is a long strong spine, directed forwards, which covers the origin of the feet of the first pair, and which appears to represent a rudiment of the deficient epimeron. In the fol- lowing segment likewise similar tubercles cover the origin of the respiratory vesicles and the remaining space. On the following segments tubercles stand in irregular transverse rows, without any distinguishing themselves from the rest, except the lateral tubercles above the origin of the respiratory vesicles and legs. The form of the respiratory vesicles and abdomen is in all respects as in _@&. longicornis. The animal is from 35-40 millims. in length. 4. levis, mihi.—The body in this species is smooth and even all over, without tubercles or spines, and resembles in appearance 47. longicornis; it nevertheless differs much from that species. ‘The superior antenne reach to the sixth thoracic segment; the peduncle is longer than the flagellum, of which the second joint is the longest and the first the shortest. The flagellum consists of eighteen joints. The in- ferior antennz reach to the end of the peduncle of the superior antenne. The buccal organs as in the preceding species. The first pair of legs are short. The first jomt and the hand are of equal length; the fourth joint is produced downwards behind into a process clothed with hairs ; and the hand is oval, with its posterior margin furnished with many small teeth. The second pair of legs are very long, about as long as the first three segments of the body together. The first joint is long, and furnished on its anterior margin with a longitudinal depression, in which the anterior margin of the hand can lay itself. The hand is about as long as the first joint, elongate oval; its posterior margin is furnished with three teeth, one of which, situated where the finger meets the hand, is very 416 M. A. Boeck on the Amphipoda strong, the second smaller, directed somewhat downwards, and the third broad, but less considerable, nearer the end of the joint. The segments of the body are much shorter, and the posterior legs of the same form, but longer, than in 4. longi- cornis. The abdomen and respiratory vesicles are of the same form as in the latter. Aéginella, mihii—This genus, which forms a transition be- tween the preceding and following genera, I have already characterized by its want of palpi on the mandibles, and by the abdomen being, as in the genus Caprella, formed of two segments, with unjointed appendages. My typical species of this genus, to which Dana’s species of gina likewise cer- tainly belong, is AY, spinosa, mihi.—Head small; forehead projecting in a pointed spine. The superior antennee reach to the ‘ourth segment of the thorax. The first and fourth joints of the peduncle are nearly of equal length; but the second is much longer than these. The flagellum is longer than the peduncle, and consists of twenty joints. The inferior antenne are about as long as the peduncle of the superior antenne. ‘The first joint is furnished with a long, thin, olfactory spine. The first segment of the thorax is furnished at its anterior extremity with a long strong spine, directed forwards and somewhat curved; the second segment has two similar spines on its an- terior third, standing side by side, and a single one at its pos- terior extremity. In addition there are two large tubercles at the sides, above the origin of the second pair of legs. The third segment is longer than the second, and equal in length to the fourth. Both these are furnished at their anterior ex- tremity with two geminate tubercles, two similar ones in the middle over the origin of the respiratory vesicles, and a single one at the posterior extremity. ‘The sides are bounded towards the belly by a sharp line, which is furnished with strong spines at the anterior extremity of the segment, then a little further back, and finally just above the respiratory vesicles. The fifth segment is somewhat longer than the fourth, and has a similar armature of tubercles. The last two segments are very short, and furnished with strong tubercles in the middle and over the origin of the legs. The parts of the mouth are long. The first pair of feet are small, and the second pair not very large, but strong and thick. Abdomen as in Caprella. Caprella, Lam.—To this genus I can add three new species, of which the first two belong to the group of species in which the males and females are of very dissimilar form. C. Esmarki’, mihi.—This species, which is 12 millims. in length, was found at Beian by Rasch and Boeck. ‘The head occurring on the Norwegian Coasts. 417 is small, and the forehead terminates in front in a tubercle. In the males the superior antenne reach to the third segment of the thorax; the second joint of the peduncle is twice as long as the first, and the third somewhat shorter than this. The flagellum, which consists of twelve joints somewhat thickened outwards, is not so long as the third joint of the peduncle. The inferior antenne do not reach to the end of the second joint of the superior antenne. The first joint of their peduncle is short, the second somewhat longer, the third twice as long as this, and the fourth of the same length as the third, but thinner. The flagellum is as long as the last joint of the peduncle. The antenne are furnished with long hairs along the whole of the lower surface. In the females the superior antennez are much shorter than in the males, so that the inferior antenne are longer than their peduncle. The first joint of the peduncle is very short, only half as long as in the male; the second is somewhat longer than the third. The flagellum is much longer than the third joint. In the males the first two segments of the thorax are excessively long, and both of the same length. The second pair of hands, when extended, do not reach to the beginning of the head. In the females, on the contrary, the segments of the thorax are short, the first segment shorter than the second, and the hands extend in front of the head. The first joint in the second pair of feet is exceedingly short, only a little more than one-third the length of the hand, which is oval, and in the males more elongated than in the females. Its posterior margin is fur- nished with a strongly projecting tubercle at the point which meets the finger, and another and more strongly pyramidal one near the origin of the latter. Immediately above this tubercle there is a very small one. The respiratory vesicles are thick- ened at the apex. The posterior pairs of feet are short and broad, and increase gradually in length. The length of the largest specimens is 12 millims. C. laticornis, mihi.—This species was found at the same lace as the preceding, but only isolated male specimens. he head in this species has no frontal tubercle. The superior antenne are exceedingly long and broad. The first joint of the peduncle is much longer than the head; the second joint, which is one-third longer than the first, is three times as broad as the peduncle of the inferior antenne. The third joint is only half as long and broad as the second. The flagellum, which is as long as the third joint, consists of ten joints. The inferior antenne, which are strongly clothed with hair on the lower surface, reach to the end of the second joint of the pe- Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. iii. 418 On the Amphipoda of the Norwegian Coasts. duncle of the superior antenne. The first joint of the second pair of feet is long, somewhat shorter than the thoracic seg- ment to which it is attached. The hand is very large, oval, somewhat curved; its posterior margin, as in the preceding species, is furnished with three teeth ; but the lowest of these is much stronger than in that species. The finger is curved, and hairy on the posterior surface. The respiratory vesicles are oval. The posterior pairs of feet, which are short and thin, gradually increase in length. The length of the animal is 15 millims. C. punctata, mihi.—In this species the sexes only differ slightly. The body is closely covered all over with tuber- cles, and sprinkled with dark spots upon a light ground. The superior antenne in the male are longer than in the female, and reach further back than the fourth segment of the thorax. The second joint of their peduncle is as long as the head and first thoracic segment together; the third is some- what shorter, and the first is still shorter than this. The flagellum, which is somewhat shorter than the last two joints together, consists of eighteen long joints. The inferior an- tenn reach about to the third joint of the peduncle of the superior antenne, and their third joint is shorter than the fourth. In the female the peduncle of the superior antenne is shorter, and the flagellum consists of 14 joints. The inferior antenne are much longer in proportion to the superior than in the male. Among the numerous tubercles of the body, one, cleft at the apex, projecting from the head, 1s especially remarkable. On the second segment there is, in the middle line of the back, a thick blunt tubercle immediately above the point of attachment of the second pair of feet, and two smaller ones on each side of this, besides two on the anterior and two on the posterior margin. Many larger and smaller tubercles are scattered between these in irregular transverse series. The third segment bears a large tubercle near the anterior margin, two smaller ones at the sides still nearer the margin, and in the middle of the segment there is a large one with the apex bifid. The fourth segment is furnished with a large bifid tubercle in front, two large ones side by side on the middle of the segment, and a double one at the posterior mar- gin. The following segment bears two large ones, one behind the other, and two smaller ones at the sides. The succeeding segments have two tubercles side by side, near their posterior margins. Above the origin of each pair of legs on these last three segments there is a strong posteriorly directed spine. The length is 12-15 millims. It has been found at Thrond- Mr. T. P. Barkas on a Carboniferous Reptilian Malar. 419 hiemsfiord, Séndmér, and Manger by Professors Boeck, Rasch, and Sars. C. lobata, Miill., and C. septentrionalis, Kr., are frequent along the whole coast. C. hystrix, Kr., was found by Kréyer at Christiansund. LI.—On the Discovery of a Malar of a large Reptile in the Northumberland Coal-measures. By, T..P2 BApcas: To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. GENTLEMEN, I desire briefly to direct the attention of your readers to the discovery of a complete malar of a large Carboniferous reptile. It was found by me in shale from Newsham Colliery, North- umberland, and is probably the malar of the Labyrinthodont Pteroplax cornuta (which was described in your pages in April 1868) or of some analogous reptile. The surface-markings on the malar exactly resemble those of ordinary reptilian head-bones, and closely correspond with the description of the markings of reptile bones in the paper referred to. ‘The length of the bone is 8} inches, its width at the anterior extremity is 3 inches, at the posterior extremity 24 inches; and a space at the upper part of the bone exhibits one-third of the eye-orbit. The specimen is in an excellent state of preservation. In form the fossil malar very nearly corre- sponds with the representation of that of a crocodile given in Prof. Owen’s ‘Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Ver- tebrates,’ vol. 1. p. 145. no. 26; and when compared with the malar of a crocodile in the Museum of Neweastle-upon-Tyne, it indicates the existence of a reptile in Northumberland during the Carboniferous era of a size equal to that of a full-grown crocodile. I have also obtained from the same district large jaws, teeth, ribs, vertebra, and other remains of Carboniferous La- byrinthodonts ; and I feel confident that if the various collieries in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland, were diligently searched by competent observers, a large and rapid addition to our Carboniferous fauna would certainly be made. No field of paleontological research has been more neglected, and none would yield better results. I am, Gentlemen, Yours obediently, T. P. BARKAS. Newcastle-on-Tyne, May 14, 1869, 32* 420 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Cladonie of Bavaria. LIL.—Notule Lichenologice. No. XXIX. By the Rev. W. A. Leicuton, B.A., F.L.S. To the generous kindness of Dr. Rehm, of Sugenheim, Bavaria, I am indebted for a copy of his recently published first fasci- culus of Cladoniew of Bavaria. It contains fifty specimens, well preserved, in beautiful condition, and carefully mounted. They are enumerated below, with the names, &c., on the at- tached labels. To these I have appended the results of che- mical tests, which are precisely similar to those uniformly met with in an examination of thousands of specimens in all sorts of conditions and from all parts of the world, embodied in the herbaria of D. Turner, Borrer, and Hooker at Kew, and of which a detailed account is given in Not. Lich. No. XII. A few references are made to published collections by way of identification, and an occasional note as to possible differences. In my experience, the best way to apply the chemical tests is with small brushes made of finely spun glass, merely mois- tening the cortical layer. There is no need of friction, for the reaction is instantaneous. The student is especially warned against misconception as to chemical tests constituting a sole specific character. All that has been ever asserted respecting them is that they afford an additional and confirmatory specific character. And in those cases where external characters are similar or approxi- mate, and doubt necessarily exists, their value as such will be abundantly apparent. For proof, reference may be made to the results of an examination of the Acharian specimens in Mr. D. Turner’s herbarium, and those in the Borrerian herba- rium, at Kew (see Not. Lich. No. XII.). In these investigations the student will do well to bear constantly in mind the following admirable caution of Dr. Nylander (see Journ. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 365, note) :—‘ The analyses of lichens made by chemists often fail through the neglect of an exact determination of the species, and probably not less often by the mixture of specimens confounded together and incorrectly assigned to one single species. For the chemist no less than for the physiologist it is of the greatest importance to know exactly what is the plant we have under observation —that is, to have well determined the plant which we are studying.” In other words, he must not place implicit confi- dence on the attached labels as indicating undoubted accuracy, or on his own preconceived notions of the particular diagnosis, but by careful observation and comparison thoroughly satisfy himself that the plant under review is really that which the Rey. W. A. Leighton on the Cladonix of Bavaria. 421 label indicates it to be. Then apply the chemical test, and doubt will be exchanged for certainty. is papillaria, Hoftm., f. symphicarpa, Scher.” 2. “ Cl. cariosa, Fik., f. macrophylla apoda, Nyl. Lapp. 176.” K+ C—. =Cl. cervicornis, Del. hb. ; Coém. 19. 3.“ Cl. cariosa, Flk., f. continua (Wallr.), Korb. par.” K+ C-—. =Trish specimens, 4. “ Cl. cariosa, Fk.” K+ C=: =Fellm. Lapp. or. 27. d. * Cl. cariosa, Flk.” K+ C—. = M. & N. 850; Mudd, Br. Clad. 5; Coém. Clad. Belg. 20. 6. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. tubeformis (Ach.)” K— C—. =Coém. Clad. Belg. 41. 7° CH. ieee iata (L.), v. tubeeformis (Ach. ), f. entegra, Scheer.” —C—. =Coém. Clad. Belg. 44. 8. “Cl. init (L.), v. tubeformis (Ach. ), f. denticulata, Flk.” K— C—. =Mudd, 15; Coém. 46, 9. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. conista (Ach.).” K—C—. =Coém. 50; Mudd, 13. 10. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. chloropheea, Fk.” K— C—. =Coém. 37; Mudd, 8; Spruce, Amaz. 28. jee By Simbriata (1.), V v. chlor opheea, Elk. » f. syntheta et staphylea, Ach. K— C—. =Coém. 35. 12. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. cornuta, Ach.” K— C—. =Coém. 66; Scher. 57. 13. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. cornuta (Ach.), f. tortuosa, Del.” K— C—. =Coém. 79. 14. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.) cornuto-abortiva.” K— C—. =Scher. 56; Coém. 67. 15. “ Cl. fimbriata (L), v. fibula (Ach.).” K— C—. =Coém. 76 & 108. 16. “ Cl. fimbriata (L.), v. ochrochlora, Fik., f. chordalis.” K— C—. =Coém. 61 & 62. 17. “ Cl. fimbriata(L),v. cornuta, Ach, (ad ochrochloram pertinens?).” K— C—. =Coém. 65. 18. “ Cl. cenotea (Ach.), Scheer.” K— C—. =Zwackh. 329. 19. * Cl. delicata, Flk.” K+ C—. =Nyl. Paris, 24; Hepp, 112. 20. “ Cl. epiphylla (Ach.), v. caespiticia, Ach.” K— C—. =Mudd, 44; Hepp, 544; Anzi, Clad, Cisalp. 21 ; Coém, 105; Leight. 368. 21. “ Cl. squamosa, "Hoffin. .. V. ventricosa, Fr. (f. frondosa, Del.? ef. Nyl. Syn. 209).” Of frondosa, Del., Nylander says (J. ¢.):— Podetia magis foliolosa podetiis plerumque minus evolutis, foliolis contra magis 422 Rev. W. A. Leighton on the Cladoniz of Bavaria. evolutis multifidisinterdum confertis et apotheciis symphycarpis.” This description applies well to this specimen, in which there is a decided reaction K+ in the folioles, and would seem to point to its separation from sguamosa, which has a different reaction, K—. . © Cl. squamosa, Hofftm.,, v. ventricosa, Fr., glabriuscula.” Here, again, there is the reaction K+ in the folioles of the podetia ; and it may probably be also referable to frondosa, Del. . © OL. squamosa, Hoffm., v. asperella (Flk.), Korb.” K— C—. . «© Ol. furcata, Hoffm., v. stricta, Wall. (syn. v. stenozosia, Mass. Ital, 196).” K+ C+. =Tuck. L. Amer. 33, but with slight reaction. Mass. Ital. 196 has full reaction, K-+C-+, and is therefore referable to pungens. . © Ol. furcata, Hottm., v. racemosa, Hoftm.” K+ C+. =Coém. 183. This specimen has so decided a reaction that I cannot hesitate in referring it as a state of Cl. pungens, var, foliosa. . © OL. furcata, Hoffm., v. corymbosa (Ach.).” K+ C+. =Coém. 189. The decided reaction refers this also to Cl. pungens. . © Ol. pungens (Ach.), Fr., f. foliolosa.” K+ C+. The true plant. . © Ol. pungens (Ach.), Fr., f. valida, Rabh. (syn. Cl. muricata, v. Euganea, Mass. Ital. 191).” K+ C+. In my copy of Mass. Ital., No. 191 is a much stronger plant, and different in aspect from this specimen. 29. “ Cl. pungens (Ach.), Fr.” Dow K+ C+. =Mudd,54&55; M.&N. 754; Leight. 16. ). * Cl. pungens (Ach.), Fr.” K+ C+. . “© Ol. degenerans, Flk., f. pleolepis, Ach.” K+ C+. The decided yellow reaction makes this =/epidota, Ach. . Ol. degenerans, Flk., f. phyllocephala, Wallr., Korb.” K+ C+. The decided yellow reaction refers this also to lepidota, Ach. « Ol. gracilis, Hoftm., v. aspera (Ach.), Fk.” » K+ C+. The reaction and aspect refer this to Cl. pungens, var. foliosa. . OL. gracilis, Hoffm., v. elongata (Ach.).” K+ C+. The reaction and the peculiar character of the cortical layer identify this with Cl. eemocyna, Ach. . “ Cl, cornucopoides (L.), Fr., v. extensa, Hoftm.” Kf+ C+. . “ Cl. bacillaris (Ach.), f. clavata-polycephala.” K— C— . © Ol. bacillaris (Ach.), f. clavata, Ach.” K— C—., On the Distribution of Animal Life in the Sea-depths. 423 38. “ Cl. bacillaris (Ach.), f. phyllocephala,.” 39. “ Cl. bacillaris (Ach.), f. coronata (Ach.).”” 40. “ Cl. macilenta, Hoffm.” K+ C+. 41. “ Cl. rangiferina (L.), Hoffm.” K+ C—. =Coém. 140. 42. “ Cl. sylvatica, Hoffm., v. tenuis, Flk. ?” Kf+ C+. =Coém. 150; Hepp, 818; Leight. 57. 43. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), vy. tenuis, Flk.” Kf+ C+, 44, “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), v. tenuis, Flk.” K f+ C+. 45. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), v. tenuis, Flk.” Kf.+ C+. 46. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.) f. compacta.” Kf+ C+. 47. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), f. ramulis extremis subfuscis, elongatis, nutantibus.” Kf+ C+. 48. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), f. ramulis extremis brevibus, distanti- bus, laxis.” Kf+ C+. 49. “ Cl. sylvatica, (Hoffm.) f. erecta.” Kf+C+. 50. “ Cl. sylvatica (Hoffm.), v. alpestris (Ach.).” Kf+ C+. LI.— Remarks on the Distribution of Animal Life in the Depths of the Sea. By M. Sars*. Upon the question, so interesting and important in many respects, how far animal life extends downwards in the sea, and of what kind are the animals which occur in the great depths, the observations of the last few years have, as is well known, furnished us with some valuable information. This, however, is stilt extremely scanty, and embraces only a very small number of animal forms accidentally brought to light; they are, it would appear, little more than iso- lated glimpses of the life that stirs in the abysses of the ocean. In order, if possible, to obtain a more comprehensive know- ledge of this subject, investigations have been made near our * Translated from the ‘ Videnskabs-Selskabs Forhandlinger ’ for 1868, pp. 246-275, by the Rey. A. Bethune, M.A., late President of the Tyne- side Naturalists’ Field-Club; and communicated by the Rey. A. M., Norman. , ADA M. Sars on the Distribution of Animal Life coast in the last two years, which, however, as the necessary means for reaching greater depths are still wanting, have for the present been limited to depths between 200 and 300 fathoms, only in a few cases reaching 450 fathoms. The apparatus, such as the sounding-lead and “ Bulldog’s machines,’ which have hitherto especially been employed for the investigation of great depths m the sea, are in reality very imperfect, inasmuch as with them one can only bring up a very small portion of what there is at the sea-bottom, and only trom that particular and very limited space upon which the instrument may chance to descend. The ordinary large dredge, which has done such good service in smaller depths, can hardly be used at depths above 200 fathoms, except by an extraordinary expenditure of time and money; and yet it is undoubtedly the most serviceable apparatus for the purpose, as it can be dragged over a larger portion of the sea-bottom, and by this means take up a greater number of the animals living upon it. It is of consequence therefore to improve this apparatus so as to fit it for more convenient use at great depths. Such a modified dredge, of smaller dimensions than the common, but yet sufficiently heavy to withstand the force of the often strong sea-currents, and provided with a fine net to contain animals, has been constructed by my son, G. O. Sars, and found to be very convenient in depths of 300 fathoms, and even sufficient at 450 fathoms. With this instrument nearly all the species referred to in the present paper have been obtained. Since my former paper on this subject, ‘“ Remarks on the extent of Animal Life in the depths of the Sea” (‘ Chris- tianias Videnskabs-Selskabs Fordhandlinger,’ 1864), I am in a position to make a very considerable addition to what is there contained, nearly all derived from my son’s unwearied re- searches during his journeys to the Lofodens, and some con- tributions kindly communicated by my friends Danielssen and Koren. ‘The number of species from the depth men- tioned is, with this addition, which anreunts to nearly quadruple what was known before, increased to such a degree that it now supplies us with a tolerably clear idea of the whole fauna living there, which seems very far indeed from being yet fully known—though it is worthy of remark that it exhibits representatives of nearly all classes of marine animals, and an unexpected wealth of forms, of which not a few seem to be peculiar to these depths, while the remainder belong to levels more or less high up. In my former paper 92 species were given as occurring on our coast at a depth of 200 or 800 fathoms. As three of these tin the Depths of the Sea. 425 have been found by later explorers to be mere varieties, and the nomenclature otherwise stands in need of some correction, I have thought that I ought to include all these earlier mentioned species in the following catalogue. Catalogue of all Living Species hitherto found on the Coast of Norway at from 200 to 3800 fathoms, and in part also at 450 fathoms. Typus I. PROTOZOA, fath. Classis Ruizopopa. Rhabdammina _—_abyssorum, Sars, Di. g. Ct Sp.......00.. 450 Astrorhiza iececles Sandahl.. 450 Saccammina spherica, Sars, ERS ROL AD it alt maascautn rece 450 Glandulina levigata, D’ Orb... 450 Nodosaria radicula, Linné, Parker & Jones ..2+......- 300 Dentalina communis, D’ Orb. . 300 guttifera, D’Orbigny.... § Vaginulina linearis, Montagu . 300 Marginulina lituus, D’ Ord. .. —— spinosa, Sars, n. sp. .... 3 Cristellaria crepidula, Fichtel EERE EER ae a 300 —— cultrata, Montfort...... 500 rotulata, Zamarck .... 300 Lagena sulcata, Walker § Jacob 300 eaudata, D’Orbigny .... 800 —— distoma, Parker § Jones. 300 Polymorphina lactea, Walker &§ Jacob compressa, D’ Orbigny .. 300 tubulosa, D’ Orbigny.... 300 Uvigerina pygmeea, D’ Orbigny 450 angulosa, Welliamson .. 300 Globigerina bulloides, D’ Orb. . 800 Truncatulina lobatula, Walker & Jacob refulgens, Montagu, Car- 300 | 200 SO) Ds nO 66.6.8 0 0 06'S ROEM oat on oa as, op 5's 500 Anomalina coronata, Parker & MOE ce eS nt ote bins « 300 Rotalia Soldani, D’Orbigny.. 300 Pulvinulina punctulata,D’ Ord, 300 —— Karsteni, Pewss........ 300 —— Menardi, D’Orbigny.... 300 Discorbina obtusa, d’ Orbigny . 300 rosacea, D’Orbigny .... 300 Polystomella striatopunctata, mchtel GIMON *. os kena Nonionina depressula, Walker A 300 fath. Nonionina umbilicatula, Mont. 300 scapha, Fichtel § Moll .. 300 Pullenia spheroides, D’ Orb... 450 Spheeroidina bulloides, D’Orb. 450 Operculina ammonioides, Gro- RUS. oy ch atagns Oe canton se Cassidulina levigata, D’Orb. . 450 Bulimina marginata, D’Orb.. . — aculeata, D’Orbigny.... ovata, D’ Orbigny ...... pyrula, D’ Orbigny...... Virgulina Schreibersii, Czeck. 3 —— squamosa, D’Orbigny .. Textularia agglutinans, D’ Orb. 450 carinata, D’Orbigny.... : Verneuilina polystropha, Reuss 300 Bigenerina eruca, Sars, n. sp.. 300 Valvulina conica, Parker § TONE rc cries’ oe Peer ee fusca (Rotalina), Wii- Kamson' Met 35.2. ieee Vee Trochammina irregularis, Par- Ker SORE ES. ov era toe Cornuspira foliacea, Philippi . marginata, Sars, n. sp. .. Quinqueloculina Be, LTinné, Parker § Jones .. agglutinans, D Orbigny. . Spiroloculina planulata, La- 5 ee Se ee a Triloculina oblonga, Montagu. 300 cryptella, D’ Orbigny.... tricarinata, D’ Orbigny .. Biloculina ringens, Lamarck . 450 elongata, D’Orbigny.... 450 depressa, D'Orbigny.... Lituola cenomana, D’Orbigny 300 canariensis, D’ Orbigny. . subglobosa, Sars, n. sp.. . globerigeriniformis, Parker: & Jones re so 450 scorpiurus, Montfort.... 450 =68, 426 fat Classis Spone1m (Porifera). Cliona abyssorum, Sars, n. sp. 300 HMalichondria, Sp. cays ce eri: 300 Hyalonema boreale, Lovén .. 200 (sec. Lovén). M. Sars on the Distribution of Animal Life fath. Cladorhiza abyssicola, Sars, N. BCC SP. 6028s eeeeeees 300 Trichostemma —hzemisphzeri- cum, Sars, n. g. et sp. . 800 = 5. Typus Il, CCALENTERATA. Classis ANTHOZOA (Polypi). Paragorgia arborea (Alcyo- nium), Lanne os.2. seas 300 orandiflora, Sars ...... 200 Primnoa lepadifera (Gorgonia), Tinné Mopsea borealis, Sars, n. sp... 300 Funiculina finmarchica (Vir- gularia), Sars ......+++5+ 300 Christii (Virgularia), Koren §& Danielsson ...... 200 Forbesii, Verrill (Payona- ria quadrangularis, Forbes) . 200 (sec. Koren). Pennatula borealis, Sars .... 200 Kophobelemnon _ stelliferum (Pennatula), O. F. Miiller.. 300 Lophelia prolifera (Madre- pora), Linné 300 Amphelia ramea (Madrepora), O. F. Miller Ulocyathus arcticus, Sars .... 800 Fungiacyathus fragilis, Sars, N, B. Cb SP. wee sseececeees 300 Capnea sanguinea, Forbes... . 800 Peachia Boeckii (Siphonac- tinia), Danielssen § Koren . 200 Actinopsis flava, Danielssen & TROT ER a sated Ae eee nae 250 Tealia digitata (Actinia), O. F’. Miiller, Gosse .....s0+00+5 300 ACHIDIA IEPs g's. «cele arene 300 Bolocera Tuedize (Anthea), SORRSCON ccs «a dnsaps eee ee 300 =). Classis HypROZOA. Campanularia verticillata (Ser- tularia), Linné, Johnston .. 300 Lafoéina tenuis, Sars, n. g. et Typus III. ECHINODERMATA. Classis CRINOIDA. Rhizocrinus lofotensis, Sars, a] o) (ahevaje se) 0.18) a)ce, (8),8) 8 ben & Koren .......0-5-> 300 =a Classis ASTERIDA. Astrophyton Linckii, Miller Gi PrOschel, Give am) skews 250 Lamarckii, Miller §& Ty oschel garetts ape eicisit etre 250 Asteronyx Lovenii, Miller § TY OSCRON he Haka. a asinine 240 Ophioscolex glacialis, Miiller § Troschel oi. acbeaaee hele 300 purpurea, Diiben § Koren 300 Ophiacantha spinulosa, Miller GS LOSCHEL ie tras inet tor 300 Ophiopholis aculeata (Asterias), OnE Maer ence cnietaeeaeis 300 Ophiactis clavigera, Ljung- LETS Bao Bye 084 SE ..... 200-300 (sec. Ljungman). Amphiura, 0: &p.f. so emiieen 300 norvegica, Ljyungman .. 450 tenuispina, Ljyungman .. 300 Ophiura abyssicola, Forbes .. 300 cares, S@Ns. s). sce 500 Sarsii, Liitken ........ 300 Ctenodiscus crispatus (Aste- TIGS), Aeteus ci cc elmer 200 Brisinga endecacnemos, Asb- GONE. « ete Ree 200 Archaster tenuispinus (Astro- pecten), Diiben § Koren .. 500 arcticus (Astropecten), OPS scissile ela) pee ene 300 in the Depths of the Sea. fath. Archaster andromeda (Astro- pecten), Miiller § Troschel. , 250 Goniaster granularis (Aste- Mies), O.2. Miller... 0.5 obinson Del et Sc? Mat ; ) ena Se ay: fe Le sie a za ’ Ann.d-Mag Nat Hist. 84 Vol 3 PUXIL. Frobosadutera’ Orthodonta. _ Tnanate Serves. J. Basire lith. Ann.& Mag. Nat Htst.S. 4. Vol. 3. PL XIV. G.West del elth ~ Sl ox “BF, i mostra W. West tri; Ann & Maq. Nat. Hist. S. 4. Vol. 3. PL XV. Suurian. Entomeostraca W West ime wh Vag NaLFist..S'F VoL 8 FLXVI Antec: LGeortssa sartidin. 2-Acteula (Acmella) lersa . SC GJarmarn Ann &Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.4 Vol.3. Pl XVI J Basire se. G.$.Brady del etlith. Ann. & Mag. Nat Hist 5.4. Vol.3. PUXVII W.West ump. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S.4. Vol. 3. PU.XIXx G.S. Brady del et lith. ; W West tmp Ann. & Mag. Nat.Hist.S.4.Vol.3. PUXX G.S. Brady del.et Lith. ° W. West unp Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 4 Vol.3.Pv. XX1 re lial =F — ee wnt a ee 5 ws ae ” — ie : rrr SEO en a nk cel al I ‘ = awit Ps , i " ~ A - ere As GS Brady del et ith W. West imp Ann. & Mag Nat Hist. 5.4 Vol.3. PU XXII W West ump GS. Brady del et tith. « 2 oa, = a Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.4 Vol. 3.PL XXII G H Ford lth. W. West imy Jubipora musica. oe > i io ae r, 7 it ¥ rs ae heal , Peace? i] q t \Y 8 GH The Annals & magazine of 1 natural history hé ser.d4 * v.3 Biological & Medical Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE a gaes gry siecnnre ee : inapeatmabrinunbamd teetedes deen adinien me Sein benipaih deaetaAade adeiipen uth Aa-aaeeandbeonee None et iak wale atm Ati afar eg Manheim batt